summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/14006.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:43:29 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:43:29 -0700
commitb21ee6489d309b7ab3609c9e1d16606c627e8171 (patch)
treec9e0cd7419f139f6f79b51acf9c06e9e36afa66e /old/14006.txt
initial commit of ebook 14006HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to 'old/14006.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/14006.txt17153
1 files changed, 17153 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/14006.txt b/old/14006.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6956272
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/14006.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17153 @@
+Project Gutenberg's An English Grammar, by W. M. Baskervill and J. W. Sewell
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: An English Grammar
+
+Author: W. M. Baskervill and J. W. Sewell
+
+Release Date: November 10, 2004 [EBook #14006]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN ENGLISH GRAMMAR ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Stephen Schulze and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+
+
+
+
+AN ENGLISH GRAMMAR
+
+FOR THE USE OF
+
+HIGH SCHOOL, ACADEMY, AND COLLEGE CLASSES
+
+BY
+
+W.M. BASKERVILL
+
+PROFESSOR OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN VANDERBILT
+UNIVERSITY NASHVILLE, TENN.
+
+AND
+
+J.W. SEWELL
+
+OF THE FOGG HIGH SCHOOL, NASHVILLE, TENN.
+
+
+1895
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+Of making many English grammars there is no end; nor should there be
+till theoretical scholarship and actual practice are more happily
+wedded. In this field much valuable work has already been
+accomplished; but it has been done largely by workers accustomed to
+take the scholar's point of view, and their writings are addressed
+rather to trained minds than to immature learners. To find an advanced
+grammar unencumbered with hard words, abstruse thoughts, and difficult
+principles, is not altogether an easy matter. These things enhance the
+difficulty which an ordinary youth experiences in grasping and
+assimilating the facts of grammar, and create a distaste for the
+study. It is therefore the leading object of this book to be both as
+scholarly and as practical as possible. In it there is an attempt to
+present grammatical facts as simply, and to lead the student to
+assimilate them as thoroughly, as possible, and at the same time to do
+away with confusing difficulties as far as may be.
+
+To attain these ends it is necessary to keep ever in the foreground
+the _real basis of grammar_; that is, good literature. Abundant
+quotations from standard authors have been given to show the student
+that he is dealing with the facts of the language, and not with the
+theories of grammarians. It is also suggested that in preparing
+written exercises the student use English classics instead of "making
+up" sentences. But it is not intended that the use of literary
+masterpieces for grammatical purposes should supplant or even
+interfere with their proper use and real value as works of art. It
+will, however, doubtless be found helpful to alternate the regular
+reading and aesthetic study of literature with a grammatical study, so
+that, while the mind is being enriched and the artistic sense
+quickened, there may also be the useful acquisition of arousing a keen
+observation of all grammatical forms and usages. Now and then it has
+been deemed best to omit explanations, and to withhold personal
+preferences, in order that the student may, by actual contact with the
+sources of grammatical laws, discover for himself the better way in
+regarding given data. It is not the grammarian's business to
+"correct:" it is simply to record and to arrange the usages of
+language, and to point the way to the arbiters of usage in all
+disputed cases. Free expression within the lines of good usage should
+have widest range.
+
+It has been our aim to make a grammar of as wide a scope as is
+consistent with the proper definition of the word. Therefore, in
+addition to recording and classifying the facts of language, we have
+endeavored to attain two other objects,--to cultivate mental skill and
+power, and to induce the student to prosecute further studies in this
+field. It is not supposable that in so delicate and difficult an
+undertaking there should be an entire freedom from errors and
+oversights. We shall gratefully accept any assistance in helping to
+correct mistakes.
+
+Though endeavoring to get our material as much as possible at first
+hand, and to make an independent use of it, we desire to express our
+obligation to the following books and articles:--
+
+Meiklejohn's "English Language," Longmans' "School Grammar," West's
+"English Grammar," Bain's "Higher English Grammar" and "Composition
+Grammar," Sweet's "Primer of Spoken English" and "New English
+Grammar," etc., Hodgson's "Errors in the Use of English," Morris's
+"Elementary Lessons in Historical English Grammar," Lounsbury's
+"English Language," Champney's "History of English," Emerson's
+"History of the English Language," Kellner's "Historical Outlines of
+English Syntax," Earle's "English Prose," and Matzner's "Englische
+Grammatik." Allen's "Subjunctive Mood in English," Battler's articles
+on "Prepositions" in the "Anglia," and many other valuable papers,
+have also been helpful and suggestive.
+
+We desire to express special thanks to Professor W.D. Mooney of Wall &
+Mooney's Battle-Ground Academy, Franklin, Tenn., for a critical
+examination of the first draft of the manuscript, and to Professor
+Jno. M. Webb of Webb Bros. School, Bell Buckle, Tenn., and Professor
+W.R. Garrett of the University of Nashville, for many valuable
+suggestions and helpful criticism.
+
+W.M. BASKERVILL.
+
+J.W. SEWELL.
+
+NASHVILLE, TENN., January, 1896.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+ INTRODUCTION
+
+ PART I.
+
+ _THE PARTS OF SPEECH_.
+
+ NOUNS
+ PRONOUNS
+ ADJECTIVES
+ ARTICLES
+ VERBS AND VERBALS
+ Verbs
+ Verbals
+ How to Parse Verbs and Verbals
+ ADVERBS
+ CONJUNCTIONS
+ PREPOSITIONS
+ WORDS THAT NEED WATCHING
+ INTERJECTIONS
+
+ PART II.
+
+ _ANALYSIS OF SENTENCES_.
+
+ CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO FORM
+ CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF STATEMENTS
+ Simple Sentences
+ Contracted Sentences
+ Complex Sentences
+ Compound Sentences
+
+
+ PART III.
+
+ _SYNTAX_.
+
+ INTRODUCTORY
+ NOUNS
+ PRONOUNS
+ ADJECTIVES
+ ARTICLES
+ VERBS
+ INDIRECT DISCOURSE
+ VERBALS
+ ADVERBS
+ CONJUNCTIONS
+ PREPOSITIONS
+
+ INDEX
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+So many slighting remarks have been made of late on the use of
+teaching grammar as compared with teaching science, that it is plain
+the fact has been lost sight of that grammar is itself a science. The
+object we have, or should have, in teaching science, is not to fill a
+child's mind with a vast number of facts that may or may not prove
+useful to him hereafter, but to draw out and exercise his powers of
+observation, and to show him how to make use of what he observes....
+And here the teacher of grammar has a great advantage over the teacher
+of other sciences, in that the facts he has to call attention to lie
+ready at hand for every pupil to observe without the use of apparatus
+of any kind while the use of them also lies within the personal
+experience of every one.--DR RICHARD MORRIS.
+
+The proper study of a language is an intellectual discipline of the
+highest order. If I except discussions on the comparative merits of
+Popery and Protestantism, English grammar was the most important
+discipline of my boyhood.--JOHN TYNDALL.
+
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+What various opinions writers on English grammar have given in answer
+to the question, _What is grammar?_ may be shown by the following--
+
+[Sidenote: _Definitions of grammar._]
+
+ English grammar is a description of the usages of the English
+ language by good speakers and writers of the present
+ day.--WHITNEY
+
+ A description of account of the nature, build, constitution, or
+ make of a language is called its grammar--MEIKLEJOHN
+
+ Grammar teaches the laws of language, and the right method of
+ using it in speaking and writing.--PATTERSON
+
+ Grammar is the science of _letter_; hence the science of using
+ words correctly.--ABBOTT
+
+ The English word _grammar_ relates only to the laws which govern
+ the significant forms of words, and the construction of the
+ sentence.--RICHARD GRANT WHITE
+
+These are sufficient to suggest several distinct notions about English
+grammar--
+
+[Sidenote: _Synopsis of the above._]
+
+(1) It makes rules to tell us how to use words.
+
+(2) It is a record of usage which we ought to follow.
+
+(3) It is concerned with the _forms_ of the language.
+
+(4) English _has_ no grammar in the sense of forms, or inflections,
+but takes account merely of the nature and the uses of words in
+sentences.
+
+[Sidenote: _The older idea and its origin._]
+
+Fierce discussions have raged over these opinions, and numerous works
+have been written to uphold the theories. The first of them remained
+popular for a very long time. It originated from the etymology of the
+word _grammar_ (Greek _gramma_, writing, a letter), and from an effort
+to build up a treatise on English grammar by using classical grammar
+as a model.
+
+Perhaps a combination of (1) and (3) has been still more popular,
+though there has been vastly more classification than there are forms.
+
+[Sidenote: _The opposite view_.]
+
+During recent years, (2) and (4) have been gaining ground, but they
+have had hard work to displace the older and more popular theories. It
+is insisted by many that the student's time should be used in studying
+general literature, and thus learning the fluent and correct use of
+his mother tongue. It is also insisted that the study and discussion
+of forms and inflections is an inexcusable imitation of classical
+treatises.
+
+[Sidenote: _The difficulty_.]
+
+Which view shall the student of English accept? Before this is
+answered, we should decide whether some one of the above theories must
+be taken as the right one, and the rest disregarded.
+
+The real reason for the diversity of views is a confusion of two
+distinct things,--what the _definition_ of grammar should be, and what
+the _purpose_ of grammar should be.
+
+[Sidenote: _The material of grammar_.]
+
+The province of English grammar is, rightly considered, wider than is
+indicated by any one of the above definitions; and the student ought
+to have a clear idea of the ground to be covered.
+
+[Sidenote: _Few inflections_.]
+
+It must be admitted that the language has very few inflections at
+present, as compared with Latin or Greek; so that a small grammar will
+hold them all.
+
+[Sidenote: _Making rules is risky_.]
+
+It is also evident, to those who have studied the language
+historically, that it is very hazardous to make rules in grammar: what
+is at present regarded as correct may not be so twenty years from now,
+even if our rules are founded on the keenest scrutiny of the
+"standard" writers of our time. Usage is varied as our way of thinking
+changes. In Chaucer's time two or three negatives were used to
+strengthen a negation; as, "Ther _nas no_ man _nowher_ so vertuous"
+(There never was no man nowhere so virtuous). And Shakespeare used
+good English when he said _more elder_ ("Merchant of Venice") and
+_most unkindest_ ("Julius Caesar"); but this is bad English now.
+
+If, however, we have tabulated the inflections of the language, and
+stated what syntax is the most used in certain troublesome places,
+there is still much for the grammarian to do.
+
+[Sidenote: _A broader view_.]
+
+Surely our noble language, with its enormous vocabulary, its peculiar
+and abundant idioms, its numerous periphrastic forms to express every
+possible shade of meaning, is worthy of serious study, apart from the
+mere memorizing of inflections and formulation of rules.
+
+[Sidenote: _Mental training. An aesthetic benefit._]
+
+Grammar is eminently a means of mental training; and while it will
+train the student in subtle and acute reasoning, it will at the same
+time, if rightly presented, lay the foundation of a keen observation
+and a correct literary taste. The continued contact with the highest
+thoughts of the best minds will create a thirst for the "well of
+English undefiled."
+
+[Sidenote: _What grammar is_.]
+
+Coming back, then, from the question, _What ground should grammar
+cover?_ we come to answer the question, _What should grammar teach?_
+and we give as an answer the definition,--
+
+_English grammar is the science which treats of the nature of words,
+their forms, and their uses and relations in the sentence_.
+
+[Sidenote: _The work it will cover._]
+
+This will take in the usual divisions, "The Parts of Speech" (with
+their inflections), "Analysis," and "Syntax." It will also require a
+discussion of any points that will clear up difficulties, assist the
+classification of kindred expressions, or draw the attention of the
+student to everyday idioms and phrases, and thus incite his
+observation.
+
+[Sidenote: _Authority as a basis_.]
+
+A few words here as to the _authority_ upon which grammar rests.
+
+[Sidenote: _Literary English_.]
+
+The statements given will be substantiated by quotations from the
+leading or "standard" literature of modern times; that is, from the
+eighteenth century on. This _literary English_ is considered the
+foundation on which grammar must rest.
+
+[Sidenote: _Spoken English_.]
+
+Here and there also will be quoted words and phrases from _spoken_ or
+_colloquial English_, by which is meant the free, unstudied
+expressions of ordinary conversation and communication among
+intelligent people.
+
+These quotations will often throw light on obscure constructions,
+since they preserve turns of expressions that have long since perished
+from the literary or standard English.
+
+[Sidenote: _Vulgar English_.]
+
+Occasionally, too, reference will be made to _vulgar English,_--the
+speech of the uneducated and ignorant,--which will serve to illustrate
+points of syntax once correct, or standard, but now undoubtedly bad
+grammar.
+
+The following pages will cover, then, three divisions:--
+
+Part I. The Parts of Speech, and Inflections.
+
+Part II. Analysis of Sentences.
+
+Part III. The Uses of Words, or Syntax.
+
+
+
+
+
+PART I.
+
+_THE PARTS OF SPEECH_.
+
+
+
+
+NOUNS.
+
+
+1. In the more simple _state_ of the _Arabs_, the _nation_ is free,
+because each of her _sons_ disdains a base _submission_ to the _will_
+of a _master_.--GIBBON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Name words_]
+
+By examining this sentence we notice several words used as names. The
+plainest name is _Arabs_, which belongs to a people; but, besides this
+one, the words _sons_ and _master_ name objects, and may belong to any
+of those objects. The words _state, submission,_ and _will_ are
+evidently names of a different kind, as they stand for ideas, not
+objects; and the word _nation_ stands for a whole group.
+
+When the meaning of each of these words has once been understood, the
+word naming it will always call up the thing or idea itself. Such
+words are called nouns.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition_.]
+
+2. A noun is a name word, representing directly to the mind an
+object, substance, or idea.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Classes of nouns_.]
+
+3. Nouns are classified as follows:--
+
+(1) Proper.
+
+(2) Common. (a) CLASS NAMES: i. Individual.
+ ii. Collective.
+ (b) MATERIAL.
+
+(3) Abstract. (a) ATTRIBUTE.
+ (b) VERBAL
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Names for special objects._]
+
+4. A proper noun is a name applied to a particular object, whether
+person, place, or thing.
+
+It specializes or limits the thing to which it is applied, reducing it
+to a narrow application. Thus, _city_ is a word applied to any one of
+its kind; but _Chicago_ names one city, and fixes the attention upon
+that particular city. _King_ may be applied to any ruler of a kingdom,
+but _Alfred the Great_ is the name of one king only.
+
+The word _proper_ is from a Latin word meaning _limited, belonging to
+one_. This does not imply, however, that a proper name can be applied
+to only one object, but that each time such a name is applied it is
+fixed or proper to that object. Even if there are several Bostons or
+Manchesters, the name of each is an individual or proper name.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Name for any individual of a class._]
+
+5. A common noun is a name possessed by _any_ one of a class of
+persons, animals, or things.
+
+_Common_, as here used, is from a Latin word which means _general,
+possessed by all_.
+
+For instance, _road_ is a word that names _any_ highway outside of
+cities; _wagon_ is a term that names _any_ vehicle of a certain kind
+used for hauling: the words are of the widest application. We may say,
+_the man here_, or _the man in front of you_, but the word _man_ is
+here hedged in by other words or word groups: the name itself is of
+general application.
+
+[Sidenote: _Name for a group or collection of objects._]
+
+Besides considering persons, animals, and things separately, we may
+think of them in groups, and appropriate names to the groups.
+
+Thus, men in groups may be called a _crowd_, or a _mob_, a
+_committee_, or a _council_, or a _congress_, etc.
+
+These are called COLLECTIVE NOUNS. They properly belong under common
+nouns, because each group is considered as a unit, and the name
+applied to it belongs to any group of its class.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Names for things thought of in mass._]
+
+6. The definition given for common nouns applies more strictly to
+class nouns. It may, however, be correctly used for another group of
+nouns detailed below; for they are common nouns in the sense that the
+names apply to _every particle of similar substance_, instead of to
+each individual or separate object.
+
+They are called MATERIAL NOUNS. Such are _glass_, _iron_, _clay_,
+_frost_, _rain_, _snow_, _wheat_, _wine_, _tea_, _sugar_, etc.
+
+They may be placed in groups as follows:--
+
+(1) The metals: _iron_, _gold_, _platinum_, etc.
+
+(2) Products spoken of in bulk: _tea_, _sugar_, _rice_, _wheat_, etc.
+
+(3) Geological bodies: _mud_, _sand_, _granite_, _rock_, _stone_, etc.
+
+(4) Natural phenomena: _rain_, _dew_, _cloud_, _frost_, _mist_, etc.
+
+(5) Various manufactures: _cloth_ (and the different kinds of cloth),
+_potash_, _soap_, _rubber_, _paint_, _celluloid_, etc.
+
+7. NOTE.--There are some nouns, such as _sun_, _moon_, _earth_,
+which seem to be the names of particular individual objects, but which
+are not called proper names.
+
+[Sidenote: _Words naturally of limited application not proper._]
+
+The reason is, that in proper names the intention is _to exclude_ all
+other individuals of the same class, and fasten a special name to the
+object considered, as in calling a city _Cincinnati_; but in the words
+_sun_, _earth_, etc., there is no such intention. If several bodies
+like the center of our solar system are known, they also are called
+_suns_ by a natural extension of the term: so with the words _earth_,
+_world_, etc. They remain common class names.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Names of ideas, not things._]
+
+8. Abstract nouns are names of qualities, conditions, or actions,
+considered abstractly, or apart from their natural connection.
+
+When we speak of a _wise man_, we recognize in him an attribute or
+quality. If we wish to think simply of that quality without describing
+the person, we speak of the _wisdom_ of the man. The quality is still
+there as much as before, but it is taken merely as a name. So
+_poverty_ would express the condition of a poor person; _proof_ means
+the act of proving, or that which shows a thing has been proved; and
+so on.
+
+Again, we may say, "_Painting_ is a fine art," "_Learning_ is hard to
+acquire," "a man of _understanding_."
+
+
+9. There are two chief divisions of abstract nouns:--
+
+(1) ATTRIBUTE NOUNS, expressing attributes or qualities.
+
+(2) VERBAL NOUNS, expressing state, condition, or action.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Attribute abstract nouns._]
+
+10. The ATTRIBUTE ABSTRACT NOUNS are derived from adjectives and
+from common nouns. Thus, (1) _prudence_ from _prudent_, _height_ from
+_high_, _redness_ from _red_, _stupidity_ from _stupid_, etc.; (2)
+_peerage_ from _peer_, _childhood_ from _child_, _mastery_ from
+_master_, _kingship_ from _king_, etc.
+
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Verbal abstract nouns._]
+
+II. The VERBAL ABSTRACT NOUNS Originate in verbs, as their name
+implies. They may be--
+
+(1) Of the same form as the simple verb. The verb, by altering its
+function, is used as a noun; as in the expressions, "a long _run_" "a
+bold _move_," "a brisk _walk_."
+
+(2) Derived from verbs by changing the ending or adding a suffix:
+_motion_ from _move_, _speech_ from _speak_, _theft_ from _thieve_,
+_action_ from _act_, _service_ from _serve_.
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution._]
+
+(3) Derived from verbs by adding _-ing_ to the simple verb. It must be
+remembered that these words are _free from any verbal function_. They
+cannot govern a word, and they cannot _express_ action, but are merely
+_names_ of actions. They are only the husks of verbs, and are to be
+rigidly distinguished from _gerunds_ (Secs. 272, 273).
+
+To avoid difficulty, study carefully these examples:
+
+The best thoughts and _sayings_ of the Greeks; the moon caused fearful
+_forebodings_; in the _beginning_ of his life; he spread his
+_blessings_ over the land; the great Puritan _awakening_; our birth is
+but a sleep and a _forgetting_; a _wedding_ or a festival; the rude
+_drawings_ of the book; masterpieces of the Socratic _reasoning_; the
+_teachings_ of the High Spirit; those opinions and _feelings_; there
+is time for such _reasonings_; the _well-being_ of her subjects; her
+_longing_ for their favor; _feelings_ which their original _meaning_
+will by no means justify; the main _bearings_ of this matter.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Underived abstract nouns._]
+
+12. Some abstract nouns were not derived from any other part of
+speech, but were framed directly for the expression of certain ideas
+or phenomena. Such are _beauty_, _joy_, _hope_, _ease_, _energy_;
+_day_, _night_, _summer_, _winter_; _shadow_, _lightning_, _thunder_,
+etc.
+
+The adjectives or verbs corresponding to these are either themselves
+derived from the nouns or are totally different words; as
+_glad_--_joy_, _hopeful_--_hope_, etc.
+
+
+
+Exercises.
+
+1. From your reading bring up sentences containing ten common nouns,
+five proper, five abstract.
+
+--NOTE.--Remember that all sentences are to be _selected_ from
+standard literature.
+
+2. Under what class of nouns would you place (_a_) the names of
+diseases, as _pneumonia_, _pleurisy_, _catarrh_, _typhus_,
+_diphtheria_; (_b_) branches of knowledge, as _physics_, _algebra_,
+_geology_, _mathematics_?
+
+3. Mention collective nouns that will embrace groups of each of the
+following individual nouns:--
+
+ man
+ horse
+ bird
+ fish
+ partridge
+ pupil
+ bee
+ soldier
+ book
+ sailor
+ child
+ sheep
+ ship
+ ruffian
+
+4. Using a dictionary, tell from what word each of these abstract
+nouns is derived:--
+
+ sight
+ speech
+ motion
+ pleasure
+ patience
+ friendship
+ deceit
+ bravery
+ height
+ width
+ wisdom
+ regularity
+ advice
+ seizure
+ nobility
+ relief
+ death
+ raid
+ honesty
+ judgment
+ belief
+ occupation
+ justice
+ service
+ trail
+ feeling
+ choice
+ simplicity
+
+
+SPECIAL USES OF NOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Nouns change by use._]
+
+13. By being used so as to vary their usual meaning, nouns of one
+class may be made to approach another class, or to go over to it
+entirely. Since words alter their meaning so rapidly by a widening or
+narrowing of their application, we shall find numerous examples of
+this shifting from class to class; but most of them are in the
+following groups. For further discussion see the remarks on articles
+(p. 119).
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Proper names transferred to common use._]
+
+14. Proper nouns are used as common in either of two ways:--
+
+(1) _The origin of a thing is used for the thing itself_: that is, the
+name of the inventor may be applied to the thing invented, as a
+_davy_, meaning the miner's lamp invented by Sir Humphry Davy; the
+_guillotine_, from the name of Dr. Guillotin, who was its inventor. Or
+the name of the country or city from which an article is derived is
+used for the article: as _china_, from China; _arras_, from a town in
+France; _port_ (wine), from Oporto, in Portugal; _levant_ and
+_morocco_ (leather).
+
+Some of this class have become worn by use so that at present we can
+scarcely discover the derivation from the form of the word; for
+example, the word _port_, above. Others of similar character are
+_calico_, from Calicut; _damask_, from Damascus; _currants_, from
+Corinth; etc.
+
+(2) _The name of a person or place noted for certain qualities is
+transferred to any person or place possessing those qualities_;
+thus,--
+
+ Hercules and Samson were noted for their strength, and we call a
+ very strong man _a Hercules_ or _a Samson_. Sodom was famous for
+ wickedness, and a similar place is called _a Sodom_ of sin.
+
+ _A Daniel_ come to judgment!--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ If it prove a mind of uncommon activity and power, _a Locke_, _a
+ Lavoisier_, _a Hutton_, _a Bentham_, _a Fourier_, it imposes its
+ classification on other men, and lo! a new system.--EMERSON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Names for things in bulk altered for separate portions._]
+
+15. Material nouns may be used as class names. Instead of
+considering the whole body of material of which certain uses are made,
+one can speak of particular uses or phases of the substance; as--
+
+(1) _Of individual objects_ made from metals or other substances
+capable of being wrought into various shapes. We know a number of
+objects made of iron. The material _iron_ embraces the metal contained
+in them all; but we may say, "The cook made the _irons_ hot,"
+referring to flat-irons; or, "The sailor was put in _irons_" meaning
+chains of iron. So also we may speak of _a glass_ to drink from or to
+look into; _a steel_ to whet a knife on; _a rubber_ for erasing marks;
+and so on.
+
+(2) _Of classes_ or _kinds_ of the same substance. These are the same
+in material, but differ in strength, purity, etc. Hence it shortens
+speech to make the nouns plural, and say _teas_, _tobaccos_, _paints_,
+_oils_, _candies_, _clays_, _coals_.
+
+(3) _By poetical use_, of certain words necessarily singular in idea,
+which are made plural, or used as class nouns, as in the following:--
+
+ The lone and level _sands_ stretch far away.--SHELLEY.
+
+ From all around--
+ Earth and her _waters_, and the depths of air--
+ Comes a still voice.--BRYANT.
+
+ Their airy ears
+ _The winds_ have stationed on the mountain peaks.
+ --PERCIVAL.
+
+(4) _Of detached portions_ of matter used as class names; as _stones_,
+_slates_, _papers_, _tins_, _clouds_, _mists_, etc.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Personification of abstract ideas._]
+
+16. Abstract nouns are frequently used as proper names by being
+personified; that is, the ideas are spoken of as residing in living
+beings. This is a poetic usage, though not confined to verse.
+
+ Next _Anger_ rushed; his eyes, on fire,
+ In lightnings owned his secret stings.--COLLINS.
+
+ _Freedom's_ fame finds wings on every wind.--BYRON.
+
+ _Death_, his mask melting like a nightmare dream, smiled.--HAYNE.
+
+ _Traffic_ has lain down to rest; and only _Vice_ and _Misery_, to
+ prowl or to moan like night birds, are abroad.--CARLYLE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _A halfway class of words. Class nouns in use, abstract in
+meaning._]
+
+17. Abstract nouns are made half abstract by being spoken of in
+the plural.
+
+They are not then pure abstract nouns, nor are they common class
+nouns. For example, examine this:--
+
+ The _arts_ differ from the _sciences_ in this, that their power
+ is founded not merely on _facts_ which can be communicated, but
+ on _dispositions_ which require to be created.--RUSKIN.
+
+When it is said that _art_ differs from _science_, that the power of
+art is founded on _fact_, that _disposition_ is the thing to be
+created, the words italicized are pure abstract nouns; but in case _an
+art_ or _a science_, or _the arts_ and _sciences_, be spoken of, the
+abstract idea is partly lost. The words preceded by the article _a_,
+or made plural, are still names of abstract ideas, not material
+things; but they widen the application to separate kinds of _art_ or
+different branches of _science_. They are neither class nouns nor pure
+abstract nouns: they are more properly called _half abstract_.
+
+Test this in the following sentences:--
+
+ Let us, if we must have great _actions_, make our own
+ so.--EMERSON.
+
+ And still, as each repeated _pleasure_ tired, Succeeding _sports_
+ the mirthful band inspired.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ But ah! those _pleasures_, _loves_, and _joys_
+ Which I too keenly taste,
+ The Solitary can despise.--BURNS.
+
+ All these, however, were mere _terrors_ of the night.--IRVING.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _By ellipses, nouns used to modify._]
+
+18. Nouns used as descriptive terms. Sometimes a noun is attached
+to another noun to add to its meaning, or describe it; for example, "a
+_family_ quarrel," "a _New York_ bank," "the _State Bank Tax_ bill,"
+"a _morning_ walk."
+
+It is evident that these approach very near to the function of
+adjectives. But it is better to consider them as nouns, for these
+reasons: they do not give up their identity as nouns; they do not
+express quality; they cannot be compared, as descriptive adjectives
+are.
+
+They are more like the possessive noun, which belongs to another word,
+but is still a noun. They may be regarded as elliptical expressions,
+meaning a walk _in the morning_, a bank _in New York_, a bill _as to
+tax on the banks_, etc.
+
+NOTE.--If the descriptive word be a _material_ noun, it may be
+regarded as changed to an adjective. The term "_gold_ pen" conveys the
+same idea as "_golden_ pen," which contains a pure adjective.
+
+
+WORDS AND WORD GROUPS USED AS NOUNS.
+
+[Sidenote: _The noun may borrow from any part of speech, or from any
+expression._]
+
+19. Owing to the scarcity of distinctive forms, and to the
+consequent flexibility of English speech, words which are usually
+other parts of speech are often used as nouns; and various word groups
+may take the place of nouns by being used as nouns.
+
+[Sidenote: _Adjectives, Conjunctions, Adverbs._]
+
+(1) _Other parts of speech_ used as nouns:--
+
+ _The great_, _the wealthy_, fear thy blow.--BURNS.
+
+ Every _why_ hath a _wherefore_.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ When I was young? Ah, woeful _When_!
+ Ah! for the change 'twixt _Now_ and _Then_!
+ --COLERIDGE.
+
+(2) _Certain word groups_ used like single nouns:--
+
+ _Too swift_ arrives as tardy as _too slow_.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ Then comes the "_Why, sir_!" and the "_What then, sir_?" and the
+ "_No, sir_!" and the "_You don't see your way through the
+ question, sir_!"--MACAULAY
+
+(3) Any part of speech may be considered merely as a word, without
+reference to its function in the sentence; also titles of books are
+treated as simple nouns.
+
+ The _it_, at the beginning, is ambiguous, whether it mean the sun
+ or the cold.--Dr BLAIR
+
+ In this definition, is the word "_just_," or "_legal_," finally
+ to stand?--RUSKIN.
+
+ There was also a book of Defoe's called an "_Essay on Projects_,"
+ and another of Dr. Mather's called "_Essays to do Good_."--B.
+ FRANKLIN.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution._]
+
+20. It is to be remembered, however, that the above cases are
+shiftings of the _use_, of words rather than of their _meaning_. We
+seldom find instances of complete conversion of one part of speech
+into another.
+
+When, in a sentence above, the terms _the great_, _the wealthy_, are
+used, they are not names only: we have in mind the idea of persons and
+the quality of being _great_ or _wealthy_. The words are used in the
+sentence where nouns are used, but have an adjectival meaning.
+
+In the other sentences, _why_ and _wherefore_, _When_, _Now_, and
+_Then_, are spoken of as if pure nouns; but still the reader considers
+this not a natural application of them as name words, but as a figure
+of speech.
+
+NOTE.--These remarks do not apply, of course, to such words as become
+pure nouns by use. There are many of these. The adjective _good_ has
+no claim on the noun _goods_; so, too, in speaking of the _principal_
+of a school, or a state _secret_, or a faithful _domestic_, or a
+_criminal_, etc., the words are entirely independent of any adjective
+force.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Pick out the nouns in the following sentences, and tell to which class
+each belongs. Notice if any have shifted from one class to another.
+
+
+1. Hope springs eternal in the human breast.
+
+2. Heaven from all creatures hides the book of Fate.
+
+3. Stone walls do not a prison make.
+ Nor iron bars a cage.
+
+4. Truth-teller was our England's Alfred named.
+
+5. A great deal of talent is lost to the world for want of a little
+courage.
+
+6. Power laid his rod aside,
+ And Ceremony doff'd her pride.
+
+7. She sweeps it through the court with troops of ladies.
+
+8. Learning, that cobweb of the brain.
+
+9. A little weeping would ease my heart;
+ But in their briny bed
+ My tears must stop, for every drop
+ Hinders needle and thread.
+
+10. A fool speaks all his mind, but a wise man reserves something for
+hereafter.
+
+11. Knowledge is proud that he has learned so much; Wisdom is humble
+that he knows no more.
+
+12. Music hath charms to soothe the savage breast.
+
+13. And see, he cried, the welcome,
+ Fair guests, that waits you here.
+
+14. The fleet, shattered and disabled, returned to Spain.
+
+15. One To-day is worth two To-morrows.
+
+16. Vessels carrying coal are constantly moving.
+
+17. Some mute inglorious Milton here may rest,
+ Some Cromwell guiltless of his country's blood.
+
+18. And oft we trod a waste of pearly sands.
+
+19. A man he seems of cheerful yesterdays
+ And confident to-morrows.
+
+20. The hours glide by; the silver moon is gone.
+
+21. Her robes of silk and velvet came from over the sea.
+
+22. My soldier cousin was once only a drummer boy.
+
+23. But pleasures are like poppies spread,
+ You seize the flower, its bloom is shed.
+
+24. All that thou canst call thine own Lies in thy To-day.
+
+
+INFLECTIONS OF NOUNS.
+
+
+GENDER.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _What gender means in English. It is founded on sex._]
+
+21. In Latin, Greek, German, and many other languages, some general
+rules are given that names of male beings are usually masculine, and
+names of females are usually feminine. There are exceptions even to
+this general statement, but not so in English. Male beings are, in
+English grammar, always masculine; female, always feminine.
+
+When, however, _inanimate_ things are spoken of, these languages are
+totally unlike our own in determining the gender of words. For
+instance: in Latin, _hortus_ (garden) is masculine, _mensa_ (table) is
+feminine, _corpus_ (body) is neuter; in German, _das Messer_ (knife)
+is neuter, _der Tisch_ (table) is masculine, _die Gabel_ (fork) is
+feminine.
+
+The great difference is, that in English the gender follows the
+_meaning_ of the word, in other languages gender follows the _form_;
+that is, in English, gender depends on _sex_: if a thing spoken of is
+of the male sex, the _name_ of it is masculine; if of the female sex,
+the _name_ of it is feminine. Hence:
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+22. Gender is the mode of distinguishing sex by words, or
+additions to words.
+
+
+23. It is evident from this that English can have but two
+genders,--masculine and feminine.
+
+[Sidenote: _Gender nouns. Neuter nouns._]
+
+All nouns, then, must be divided into two principal classes,--gender
+nouns, those distinguishing the sex of the object; and neuter
+nouns, those which do not distinguish sex, or names of things without
+life, and consequently without sex.
+
+Gender nouns include names of persons and some names of animals;
+neuter nouns include some animals and all inanimate objects.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Some words either gender or neuter nouns, according to
+use._]
+
+24. Some words may be either gender nouns or neuter nouns, according
+to their use. Thus, the word _child_ is neuter in the sentence, "A
+little _child_ shall lead them," but is masculine in the sentence
+from Wordsworth,--
+
+ I have seen
+ A curious _child_ ... applying to _his_ ear
+ The convolutions of a smooth-lipped shell.
+
+Of animals, those with which man comes in contact often, or which
+arouse his interest most, are named by gender nouns, as in these
+sentences:--
+
+ Before the barn door strutted the gallant _cock_, that pattern of
+ a husband, ... clapping _his_ burnished wings.--IRVING.
+
+ _Gunpowder_ ... came to a stand just by the bridge, with a
+ suddenness that had nearly sent _his_ rider sprawling over _his_
+ head--_id._
+
+Other animals are not distinguished as to sex, but are spoken of as
+neuter, the sex being of no consequence.
+
+ Not a _turkey_ but he [Ichabod] beheld daintily trussed up, with
+ _its_ gizzard under _its_ wing.--IRVING.
+
+ He next stooped down to feel the _pig_, if there were any signs
+ of life in _it_.--LAMB.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _No "common gender._"]
+
+25. According to the definition, there can be no such thing as
+"common gender:" words either distinguish sex (or the sex is
+distinguished by the context) or else they do not distinguish sex.
+
+If such words as _parent_, _servant_, _teacher_, _ruler_, _relative_,
+_cousin_, _domestic_, etc., do not show the sex to which the persons
+belong, they are neuter words.
+
+
+26. Put in convenient form, the division of words according to sex,
+or the lack of it, is,--
+
+ (MASCULINE: Male beings.
+Gender nouns {
+ (FEMININE: Female beings.
+
+Neuter nouns: Names of inanimate things, or of living beings whose
+sex cannot be determined.
+
+
+27. The inflections for gender belong, of course, only to masculine
+and feminine nouns. _Forms_ would be a more accurate word than
+_inflections_, since inflection applies only to the _case_ of nouns.
+
+There are three ways to distinguish the genders:--
+
+(1) By prefixing a gender word to another word.
+
+(2) By adding a suffix, generally to a masculine word.
+
+(3) By using a different word for each gender.
+
+
+I. Gender shown by Prefixes.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Very few of class I._]
+
+28. Usually the gender words _he_ and _she_ are prefixed to neuter
+words; as _he-goat_--_she-goat_, _cock sparrow_--_hen sparrow_,
+_he-bear_--_she-bear_.
+
+One feminine, _woman_, puts a prefix before the masculine _man_.
+_Woman_ is a short way of writing _wifeman_.
+
+
+II. Gender shown by Suffixes.
+
+
+29. By far the largest number of gender words are those marked by
+suffixes. In this particular the native endings have been largely
+supplanted by foreign suffixes.
+
+[Sidenote: _Native suffixes._]
+
+The native suffixes to indicate the feminine were _-en_ and _-ster_.
+These remain in _vixen_ and _spinster_, though both words have lost
+their original meanings.
+
+The word _vixen_ was once used as the feminine of _fox_ by the
+Southern-English. For _fox_ they said _vox_; for _from_ they said
+_vram_; and for the older word _fat_ they said _vat_, as in _wine
+vat_. Hence _vixen_ is for _fyxen_, from the masculine _fox_.
+
+_Spinster_ is a relic of a large class of words that existed in Old
+and Middle English,[1] but have now lost their original force as
+feminines. The old masculine answering to _spinster_ was _spinner_;
+but _spinster_ has now no connection with it.
+
+The foreign suffixes are of two kinds:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Foreign suffixes. Unaltered and little used._]
+
+(1) Those belonging to borrowed words, as _czarina_, _senorita_,
+_executrix_, _donna_. These are attached to foreign words, and are
+never used for words recognized as English.
+
+[Sidenote: _Slightly changed and widely used._]
+
+(2) That regarded as the standard or regular termination of the
+feminine, _-ess_ (French _esse_, Low Latin _issa_), the one most used.
+The corresponding masculine may have the ending _-er_ (_-or_), but in
+most cases it has not. Whenever we adopt a new masculine word, the
+feminine is formed by adding this termination _-ess_.
+
+Sometimes the _-ess_ has been added to a word already feminine by the
+ending _-ster_; as _seam-str-ess_, _song-str-ess_. The ending _-ster_
+had then lost its force as a feminine suffix; it has none now in the
+words _huckster_, _gamester_, _trickster_, _punster_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Ending of masculine not changed._]
+
+30. The ending _-ess_ is added to many words without changing the
+ending of the masculine; as,--
+
+ baron--baroness
+ count--countess
+ lion--lioness
+ Jew--Jewess
+ heir--heiress
+ host--hostess
+ priest--priestess
+ giant--giantess
+
+[Sidenote: _Masculine ending dropped._]
+
+The masculine ending may be dropped before the feminine _-ess_ is
+added; as,--
+
+ abbot--abbess
+ negro--negress
+ murderer--murderess
+ sorcerer--sorceress
+
+[Sidenote: _Vowel dropped before adding_ -ess.]
+
+The feminine may discard a vowel which appears in the masculine; as
+in--
+
+ actor--actress
+ master--mistress
+ benefactor--benefactress
+ emperor--empress
+ tiger--tigress
+ enchanter--enchantress
+
+_Empress_ has been cut down from _emperice_ (twelfth century) and
+_emperesse_ (thirteenth century), from Latin _imperatricem_.
+
+_Master_ and _mistress_ were in Middle English
+_maister_--_maistresse_, from the Old French _maistre_--_maistresse_.
+
+
+31. When the older _-en_ and _-ster_ went out of use as the
+distinctive mark of the feminine, the ending _-ess_, from the French
+_-esse_, sprang into a popularity much greater than at present.
+
+[Sidenote: _Ending_ -ess _less used now than formerly._]
+
+Instead of saying _doctress_, _fosteress_, _wagoness_, as was said in
+the sixteenth century, or _servauntesse_, _teacheresse_,
+_neighboresse_, _frendesse_, as in the fourteenth century, we have
+dispensed with the ending in many cases, and either use a prefix word
+or leave the masculine to do work for the feminine also.
+
+Thus, we say _doctor_ (masculine and feminine) or _woman doctor_,
+_teacher_ or _lady teacher_, _neighbor_ (masculine and feminine), etc.
+We frequently use such words as _author_, _editor_, _chairman_, to
+represent persons of either sex.
+
+NOTE.--There is perhaps this distinction observed: when we speak of a
+female _as an active agent_ merely, we use the masculine termination,
+as, "George Eliot is the _author_ of 'Adam Bede;'" but when we speak
+purposely _to denote a distinction from a male_, we use the feminine,
+as, "George Eliot is an eminent _authoress_."
+
+
+
+III. Gender shown by Different Words.
+
+
+32. In some of these pairs, the feminine and the masculine are
+entirely different words; others have in their origin the same root.
+Some of them have an interesting history, and will be noted below:--
+
+ bachelor--maid
+ boy--girl
+ brother--sister
+ drake--duck
+ earl--countess
+ father--mother
+ gander--goose
+ hart--roe
+ horse--mare
+ husband--wife
+ king--queen
+ lord--lady
+ wizard--witch
+ nephew--niece
+ ram--ewe
+ sir--madam
+ son--daughter
+ uncle--aunt
+ bull--cow
+ boar--sow
+
+Girl originally meant a child of either sex, and was used for male
+or female until about the fifteenth century.
+
+Drake is peculiar in that it is formed from a corresponding feminine
+which is no longer used. It is not connected historically with our
+word _duck_, but is derived from _ened_ (duck) and an obsolete suffix
+_rake_ (king). Three letters of _ened_ have fallen away, leaving our
+word _drake_.
+
+Gander and goose were originally from the same root word. _Goose_
+has various cognate forms in the languages akin to English (German
+_Gans_, Icelandic _gas_, Danish _gaas_, etc.). The masculine was
+formed by adding _-a_, the old sign of the masculine. This _gansa_ was
+modified into _gan-ra_, _gand-ra_, finally _gander_; the _d_ being
+inserted to make pronunciation easy, as in many other words.
+
+Mare, in Old English _mere_, had the masculine _mearh_ (horse), but
+this has long been obsolete.
+
+Husband and wife are not connected in origin. _Husband_ is a
+Scandinavian word (Anglo-Saxon _husbonda_ from Icelandic _hus-bondi_,
+probably meaning house dweller); _wife_ was used in Old and Middle
+English to mean woman in general.
+
+King and queen are said by some (Skeat, among others) to be from
+the same root word, but the German etymologist Kluge says they are
+not.
+
+Lord is said to be a worn-down form of the Old English _hlaf-weard_
+(loaf keeper), written _loverd_, _lhauerd_, or _lauerd_ in Middle
+English. Lady is from _hloefdige_ (_hloef_ meaning loaf, and
+_dige_ being of uncertain origin and meaning).
+
+Witch is the Old English _wicce_, but wizard is from the Old
+French _guiscart_ (prudent), not immediately connected with _witch_,
+though both are ultimately from the same root.
+
+Sir is worn down from the Old French _sire_ (Latin _senior_).
+Madam is the French _ma dame_, from Latin _mea domina_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Two masculines from feminines._]
+
+33. Besides _gander_ and _drake_, there are two other masculine
+words that were formed from the feminine:--
+
+Bridegroom, from Old English _bryd-guma_ (bride's man). The _r_ in
+_groom_ has crept in from confusion with the word _groom_.
+
+Widower, from the weakening of the ending _-a_ in Old English to
+_-e_ in Middle English. The older forms, _widuwa_--_widuwe_, became
+identical, and a new masculine ending was therefore added to
+distinguish the masculine from the feminine (compare Middle English
+_widuer_--_widewe_).
+
+
+Personification.
+
+
+34. Just as abstract ideas are personified (Sec. 16), material
+objects may be spoken of like gender nouns; for example,--
+
+ "Now, where the swift _Rhone_ cleaves _his_ way."--BYRON.
+
+ The _Sun_ now rose upon the right:
+ Out of the sea came _he_.
+ --COLERIDGE.
+
+ And haply the _Queen Moon_ is on _her_ throne,
+ Clustered around by all her starry Fays.
+ --KEATS,
+
+ _Britannia_ needs no bulwarks,
+ No towers along the steep;
+ _Her_ march is o'er the mountain waves,
+ _Her_ home is on the deep.
+ --CAMPBELL
+
+This is not exclusively a poetic use. In ordinary speech
+personification is very frequent: the pilot speaks of his boat as
+feminine; the engineer speaks so of his engine; etc.
+
+[Sidenote: _Effect of personification._]
+
+In such cases the gender is marked by the pronoun, and not by the form
+of the noun. But the fact that in English the distinction of gender is
+confined to difference of sex makes these departures more effective.
+
+
+
+NUMBER.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+35. In nouns, number means the mode of indicating whether we are
+speaking of one thing or of more than one.
+
+
+36. Our language has two numbers,--_singular_ and _plural_. The
+singular number denotes that one thing is spoken of; the plural, more
+than one.
+
+
+37. There are three ways of changing the singular form to the
+plural:--
+
+(1) By adding _-en_.
+
+(2) By changing the root vowel.
+
+(3) By adding _-s_ (or _-es_).
+
+The first two methods prevailed, together with the third, in Old
+English, but in modern English _-s_ or _-es_ has come to be the
+"standard" ending; that is, whenever we adopt a new word, we make its
+plural by adding _-s_ or _-es._
+
+
+I. Plurals formed by the Suffix _-en_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The_ -en _inflection._]
+
+38. This inflection remains only in the word oxen, though it was
+quite common in Old and Middle English; for instance, _eyen_ (eyes),
+_treen_ (trees), _shoon_ (shoes), which last is still used in Lowland
+Scotch. _Hosen_ is found in the King James version of the Bible, and
+_housen_ is still common in the provincial speech in England.
+
+
+39. But other words were inflected afterwards, in imitation of the
+old words in _-en_ by making a double plural.
+
+[Sidenote: -En _inflection imitated by other words._]
+
+Brethren has passed through three stages. The old plural was
+_brothru_, then _brothre_ or _brethre_, finally _brethren_. The
+weakening of inflections led to this addition.
+
+Children has passed through the same history, though the
+intermediate form _childer_ lasted till the seventeenth century in
+literary English, and is still found in dialects; as,--
+
+ "God bless me! so then, after all, you'll have a chance to see
+ your _childer_ get up like, and get settled."--QUOTED BY DE
+ QUINCEY.
+
+Kine is another double plural, but has now no singular.
+
+ In spite of wandering _kine_ and other adverse
+ circumstance.--THOREAU.
+
+
+II. Plurals formed by Vowel Change.
+
+
+40. Examples of this inflection are,--
+
+ man--men
+ foot--feet
+ goose--geese
+ louse--lice
+ mouse--mice
+ tooth--teeth
+
+Some other words--as _book_, _turf_, _wight_, _borough_--formerly had
+the same inflection, but they now add the ending _-s_.
+
+
+41. Akin to this class are some words, originally neuter, that have
+the singular and plural alike; such as _deer_, _sheep_, _swine_, etc.
+
+Other words following the same usage are, _pair_, _brace_, _dozen_,
+after numerals (if not after numerals, or if preceded by the
+prepositions _in_, _by_, etc, they add _-s_): also _trout_, _salmon_;
+_head_, _sail_; _cannon_; _heathen_, _folk_, _people_.
+
+The words _horse_ and _foot_, when they mean soldiery, retain the
+same form for plural meaning; as,--
+
+ The _foot_ are fourscore thousand,
+ The _horse_ are thousands ten.
+ --MACAULAY.
+
+ Lee marched over the mountain wall,--
+ Over the mountains winding down,
+ _Horse_ and _foot_, into Frederick town.
+ --WHITTIER.
+
+
+
+III. Plurals formed by Adding -s or -es.
+
+
+42. Instead of _-s,_ the ending _-es_ is added--
+
+(1) If a word ends in a letter which cannot add _-s_ and be
+pronounced. Such are _box, cross, ditch, glass, lens, quartz_, etc.
+
+[Sidenote: _-Es added in certain cases_.]
+
+If the word ends in a _sound_ which cannot add _-s_, a new syllable is
+made; as, _niche--niches, race--races, house--houses, prize--prizes,
+chaise--chaises_, etc.
+
+_-Es_ is also added to a few words ending in -o, though this sound
+combines readily with _-s_, and does not make an extra syllable:
+_cargo--cargoes, negro--negroes, hero--heroes, volcano--volcanoes_,
+etc.
+
+Usage differs somewhat in other words of this class, some adding _-s_,
+and some _-es_.
+
+(2) If a word ends in _-y_ preceded by a consonant (the _y_ being then
+changed to _i_); e.g., _fancies, allies, daisies, fairies_.
+
+[Sidenote: _Words in -ies._]
+
+Formerly, however, these words ended in _-ie_, and the real ending is
+therefore _-s_. Notice these from Chaucer (fourteenth century):--
+
+[Sidenote: _Their old form._]
+
+ The _lilie_ on hir stalke grene.
+ Of _maladie_ the which he hadde endured.
+
+And these from Spenser (sixteenth century):--
+
+ Be well aware, quoth then that _ladie_ milde.
+ At last fair Hesperus in highest _skie_
+ Had spent his lampe.
+
+(3) In the case of some words ending in -_f_ or -_fe_, which have
+the plural in _-ves_: _calf_--_calves_, _half_--_halves_,
+_knife_--_knives_, _shelf_--_shelves_, etc.
+
+
+Special Lists.
+
+
+43. Material nouns and abstract nouns are always singular. When
+such words take a plural ending, they lose their identity, and go over
+to other classes (Secs. 15 and 17).
+
+
+44. Proper nouns are regularly singular, but may be made plural
+when we wish to speak of several persons or things bearing the same
+name; e.g., _the Washingtons_, _the Americas_.
+
+
+45. Some words are usually singular, though they are plural in
+form. Examples of these are, _optics_, _economics_, _physics_,
+_mathematics_, _politics_, and many branches of learning; also _news_,
+_pains_ (care), _molasses_, _summons_, _means_: as,--
+
+ _Politics_, in its widest extent, is both the science and the art
+ of government.--_Century Dictionary_.
+
+ So live, that when thy _summons comes_, etc.--BRYANT.
+
+ It served simply as _a means_ of sight.--PROF. DANA.
+
+[Sidenote: Means _plural_.]
+
+Two words, means and politics, _may be plural_ in their
+construction with verbs and adjectives:--
+
+ Words, by strongly conveying the passions, by _those means_ which
+ we have already mentioned, fully compensate for their weakness in
+ other respects.--BURKE.
+
+ With great dexterity _these means_ were now applied.--MOTLEY.
+
+ By _these means_, I say, riches will accumulate.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+[Sidenote: Politics _plural_.]
+
+ Cultivating a feeling that _politics_ are tiresome.--G.W. CURTIS.
+
+ The _politics_ in which he took the keenest interest _were
+ politics_ scarcely deserving of the name.--MACAULAY.
+
+ Now I read all the _politics_ that _come_ out.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+
+46. Some words have no corresponding singular.
+
+ aborigines
+ amends
+ annals
+ assets
+ antipodes
+ scissors
+ thanks
+ spectacles
+ vespers
+ victuals
+ matins
+ nuptials
+ oats
+ obsequies
+ premises
+ bellows
+ billiards
+ dregs
+ gallows
+ tongs
+
+[Sidenote: _Occasionally singular words_.]
+
+Sometimes, however, a few of these words have the construction of
+singular nouns. Notice the following:--
+
+ They cannot get on without each other any more than one blade of
+ _a scissors_ can cut without the other.--J.L. LAUGHLIN.
+
+ A relic which, if I recollect right, he pronounced to have been
+ _a tongs_.--IRVING.
+
+ Besides this, it is furnished with _a forceps_.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ The air,--was it subdued when...the wind was trained only to turn
+ a windmill, carry off chaff, or work in _a bellows_?--PROF. DANA.
+
+In Early Modern English _thank_ is found.
+
+ What _thank_ have ye?--_Bible_
+
+
+47. Three words were _originally singular_, the present ending _-s_
+not being really a plural inflection, but they are regularly construed
+as plural: _alms, eaves, riches_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _two plurals_.]
+
+48. A few nouns have two plurals differing in meaning.
+
+ brother--brothers (by blood), brethren (of a society or church).
+
+ cloth--cloths (kinds of cloth), clothes (garments).
+
+ die--dies (stamps for coins, etc.), dice (for gaming).
+
+ fish--fish (collectively), fishes (individuals or kinds).
+
+ genius--geniuses (men of genius), genii (spirits).
+
+ index--indexes (to books), indices (signs in algebra).
+
+ pea--peas (separately), pease (collectively).
+
+ penny--pennies (separately), pence (collectively).
+
+ shot--shot (collective balls), shots (number of times fired).
+
+In speaking of coins, _twopence_, _sixpence_, etc., may add _-s_,
+making a double plural, as two _sixpences_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _One plural, two meanings._]
+
+49. Other words have one plural form with two meanings,--one
+corresponding to the singular, the other unlike it.
+
+ custom--customs: (1) habits, ways; (2) revenue duties.
+
+ letter--letters: (1) the alphabet, or epistles; (2) literature.
+
+ number--numbers: (1) figures; (2) poetry, as in the lines,--
+
+ I lisped in _numbers_, for the numbers came.--POPE.
+
+ Tell me not, in mournful _numbers_.--LONGFELLOW.
+
+_Numbers_ also means issues, or copies, of a periodical.
+
+ pain--pains: (1) suffering; (2) care, trouble,
+
+ part--parts: (1) divisions; (2) abilities, faculties.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Two classes of compound words._]
+
+50. Compound words may be divided into two classes:--
+
+(1) _Those whose parts are so closely joined as to constitute one
+word._ These make the last part plural.
+
+ courtyard
+ dormouse
+ Englishman
+ fellow-servant
+ fisherman
+ Frenchman
+ forget-me-not
+ goosequill
+ handful
+ mouthful
+ cupful
+ maidservant
+ pianoforte
+ stepson
+ spoonful
+ titmouse
+
+(2) _Those groups in which the first part is the principal one,
+followed by a word or phrase making a modifier._ The chief member adds
+_-s_ in the plural.
+
+ aid-de-camp
+ attorney at law
+ billet-doux
+ commander in chief
+ court-martial
+ cousin-german
+ father-in-law
+ knight-errant
+ hanger-on
+
+NOTE.--Some words ending in _-man_ are not compounds of the English
+word _man_, but add _-s_; such as _talisman_, _firman_, _Brahman_,
+_German_, _Norman_, _Mussulman_, _Ottoman_.
+
+
+51. Some groups pluralize both parts of the group; as _man singer_,
+_manservant_, _woman servant_, _woman singer_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Two methods in use for names with titles._]
+
+52. As to plurals of names with titles, there is some disagreement
+among English writers. The title may be plural, as _the Messrs.
+Allen_, _the Drs. Brown_, _the Misses Rich_; or the name may be
+pluralized.
+
+The former is perhaps more common in present-day use, though the
+latter is often found; for example,--
+
+ Then came Mr. and Mrs. Briggs, and then _the three Miss
+ Spinneys_, then Silas Peckham.--DR. HOLMES.
+
+ Our immortal Fielding was of the younger branch of the _Earls of
+ Denbigh_, who drew their origin from the _Counts of
+ Hapsburgh_.--GIBBON.
+
+ The _Miss Flamboroughs_ were reckoned the best dancers in the
+ parish.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ The _Misses Nettengall's_ young ladies come to the Cathedral
+ too.--DICKENS.
+
+ The _Messrs. Harper_ have done the more than generous thing by
+ Mr. Du Maurier.--_The Critic_.
+
+
+53. A number of foreign words have been adopted into English
+without change of form. These are said to be _domesticated_, and
+retain their foreign plurals.
+
+Others have been adopted, and by long use have altered their power so
+as to conform to English words. They are then said to be
+_naturalized_, or _Anglicized_, or _Englished_.
+
+[Sidenote: _Domesticated words._]
+
+The domesticated words may retain the original plural. Some of them
+have a secondary English plural in _-s_ or _-es_.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Find in the dictionary the plurals of these words:--
+
+I. FROM THE LATIN.
+
+ apparatus
+ appendix
+ axis
+ datum
+ erratum
+ focus
+ formula
+ genus
+ larva
+ medium
+ memorandum
+ nebula
+ radius
+ series
+ species
+ stratum
+ terminus
+ vertex
+
+II. FROM THE GREEK.
+
+ analysis
+ antithesis
+ automaton
+ basis
+ crisis
+ ellipsis
+ hypothesis
+ parenthesis
+ phenomenon
+ thesis
+
+[Sidenote: _Anglicized words._]
+
+When the foreign words are fully naturalized, they form their plurals
+in the regular way; as,--
+
+ bandits
+ cherubs
+ dogmas
+ encomiums
+ enigmas
+ focuses
+ formulas
+ geniuses
+ herbariums
+ indexes
+ seraphs
+ apexes
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Usage varies in plurals of letters, figures, etc._]
+
+54. Letters, figures, etc., form their plurals by adding _-s_ or
+_'s_. Words quoted merely as words, without reference to their
+meaning, also add _-s_ or _'s_; as, "His _9's_ (or _9s_) look like
+_7's_ (or _7s_)," "Avoid using too many _and's_ (or _ands_)," "Change
+the _+'s_ (or _+s_) to _-'s_ (or _-s_)."
+
+
+CASE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+55. Case is an inflection or use of a noun (or pronoun) to show its
+relation to other words in the sentence.
+
+In the sentence, "He sleeps in a felon's cell," the word _felon's_
+modifies _cell_, and expresses a relation akin to possession; _cell_
+has another relation, helping to express the idea of place with the
+word _in_.
+
+
+56. In the general wearing-away of inflections, the number of case
+forms has been greatly reduced.
+
+[Sidenote: _Only two_ case forms.]
+
+There are now only two case forms of English nouns,--one for the
+_nominative_ and _objective_, one for the _possessive_: consequently
+the matter of inflection is a very easy thing to handle in learning
+about cases.
+
+[Sidenote: _Reasons for speaking of_ three cases _of nouns_.]
+
+But there are reasons why grammars treat of _three_ cases of nouns
+when there are only two forms:--
+
+(1) Because the relations of all words, whether inflected or not, must
+be understood for purposes of analysis.
+
+(2) Because pronouns still have three case forms as well as three case
+relations.
+
+
+57. Nouns, then, may be said to have three cases,--the
+nominative, the objective, and the possessive.
+
+
+I. Uses of the Nominative.
+
+58. The nominative case is used as follows:--
+
+(1) _As the subject of a verb_: "_Water_ seeks its level."
+
+(2) _As a predicate noun_, completing a verb, and referring to or
+explaining the subject: "A bent twig makes a crooked _tree_."
+
+(3) _In apposition_ with some other nominative word, adding to the
+meaning of that word: "The reaper _Death_ with his sickle keen."
+
+(4) _In direct address_: "_Lord Angus_, thou hast lied!"
+
+(5) _With a participle in an absolute or independent phrase_ (there is
+some discussion whether this is a true nominative): "The _work_ done,
+they returned to their homes."
+
+(6) _With an infinitive in exclamations_: "_David_ to die!"
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Pick out the nouns in the nominative case, and tell which use of the
+nominative each one has.
+
+1. Moderate lamentation is the right of the dead; excessive grief, the
+enemy of the living.
+
+2. Excuses are clothes which, when asked unawares,
+ Good Breeding to naked Necessity spares.
+
+3. Human experience is the great test of truth.
+
+4. Cheerfulness and content are great beautifiers.
+
+5. Three properties belong to wisdom,--nature, learning, and
+experience; three things characterize man,--person, fate, and merit.
+
+6. But of all plagues, good Heaven, thy wrath can send,
+ Save, save, oh save me from the candid friend!
+
+7. Conscience, her first law broken, wounded lies.
+
+8. They charged, sword in hand and visor down.
+
+9. O sleep! O gentle sleep!
+ Nature's soft nurse, how have I frighted thee?
+
+
+II. Uses of the Objective.
+
+59. The objective case is used as follows:--
+
+(1) _As the direct object of a verb_, naming the person or thing
+directly receiving the action of the verb: "Woodman, spare that
+_tree_!"
+
+(2) _As the indirect object of a verb_, naming the person or thing
+indirectly affected by the action of the verb: "Give the _devil_ his
+due."
+
+(3) _Adverbially_, defining the action of a verb by denoting _time_,
+_measure_, _distance_, etc. (in the older stages of the language, this
+took the regular accusative inflection): "Full _fathom_ five thy
+father lies;" "Cowards die many _times_ before their deaths."
+
+(4) _As the second object_, completing the verb, and thus becoming
+part of the predicate in acting upon an object: "Time makes the worst
+enemies _friends_;" "Thou makest the storm a _calm_." In these
+sentences the real predicates are _makes friends_, taking the object
+_enemies_, and being equivalent to one verb, _reconciles_; and _makest
+a calm_, taking the object _storm_, and meaning calmest. This is also
+called the _predicate objective_ or the _factitive object_.
+
+(5) _As the object of a preposition_, the word toward which the
+preposition points, and which it joins to another word: "He must have
+a long spoon that would eat with the _devil_."
+
+The preposition sometimes takes the _possessive_ case of a noun, as
+will be seen in Sec. 68.
+
+(6) _In apposition with another objective_: "The opinions of this
+junto were completely controlled by Nicholas Vedder, a _patriarch_ of
+the village, and _landlord_ of the inn."
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Point out the nouns in the objective case in these sentences, and tell
+which use each has:--
+
+1. Tender men sometimes have strong wills.
+
+2. Necessity is the certain connection between cause and effect.
+
+3. Set a high price on your leisure moments; they are sands of
+precious gold.
+
+4. But the flood came howling one day.
+
+5. I found the urchin Cupid sleeping.
+
+6. Five times every year he was to be exposed in the pillory.
+
+7. The noblest mind the best contentment has.
+
+8. Multitudes came every summer to visit that famous natural
+curiosity, the Great Stone Face.
+
+9. And whirling plate, and forfeits paid,
+ His winter task a pastime made.
+
+10. He broke the ice on the streamlet's brink,
+ And gave the leper to eat and drink.
+
+
+III. Uses of the Possessive.
+
+
+60. The possessive case always modifies another word, expressed or
+understood. There are three forms of possessive showing how a word is
+related in sense to the modified word:--
+
+(1) _Appositional possessive_, as in these expressions,--
+
+ The blind old man of _Scio's_ rocky isle.--BYRON.
+
+ Beside a pumice isle in _Baiae's_ bay.--SHELLEY.
+
+In these sentences the phrases are equivalent to _of the rocky isle
+[of] Scio_, and _in the bay [of] Baiae_, the possessive being really
+equivalent here to an appositional objective. It is a poetic
+expression, the equivalent phrase being used in prose.
+
+(2) _Objective possessive_, as shown in the sentences,--
+
+ Ann Turner had taught her the secret before this last good lady
+ had been hanged for _Sir Thomas Overbury's_ murder.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ He passes to-day in building an air castle for to-morrow, or in
+ writing _yesterday's_ elegy.--THACKERAY
+
+In these the possessives are equivalent to an objective after a verbal
+expression: as, _for murdering Sir Thomas Overbury_; _an elegy to
+commemorate yesterday_. For this reason the use of the possessive here
+is called objective.
+
+(3) _Subjective possessive_, the most common of all; as,--
+
+ The unwearied sun, from day to day,
+ Does his Creator's power display.
+ --ADDISON.
+
+If this were expanded into _the power which his Creator possesses_,
+the word _Creator_ would be the subject of the verb: hence it is
+called a subjective possessive.
+
+
+61. This last-named possessive expresses a variety of relations.
+_Possession_ in some sense is the most common. The kind of relation
+may usually be found by expanding the possessive into an equivalent
+phrase: for example, "_Winter's_ rude tempests are gathering now"
+(i.e., tempests that winter is likely to have); "His beard was of
+_several days'_ growth" (i.e., growth which several days had
+developed); "The _forest's_ leaping panther shall yield his spotted
+hide" (i.e., the panther which the forest hides); "Whoso sheddeth
+_man's_ blood" (blood that man possesses).
+
+
+[Sidenote: _How the possessive is formed._]
+
+62. As said before (Sec. 56), there are only two case forms. One is
+the simple form of a word, expressing the relations of nominative and
+objective; the other is formed by adding _'s_ to the simple form,
+making the possessive singular. To form the possessive plural, only
+the apostrophe is added if the plural nominative ends in _-s_; the
+_'s_ is added if the plural nominative does not end in _-s_.
+
+
+Case Inflection.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Declension or inflection of nouns._]
+
+63. The full declension of nouns is as follows:--
+
+ SINGULAR. PLURAL.
+
+1. _Nom. and Obj._ lady ladies
+ _Poss._ lady's ladies'
+
+2. _Nom. and Obj._ child children
+ _Poss._ child's children's
+
+[Sidenote: _A suggestion._]
+
+NOTE.--The difficulty that some students have in writing the
+possessive plural would be lessened if they would remember there are
+two steps to be taken:--
+
+(1) Form the nominative plural according to Secs 39-53
+
+(2) Follow the rule given in Sec. 62.
+
+
+Special Remarks on the Possessive Case.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Origin of the possessive with its apostrophe._]
+
+64. In Old English a large number of words had in the genitive case
+singular the ending _-es_; in Middle English still more words took
+this ending: for example, in Chaucer, "From every _schires_ ende,"
+"Full worthi was he in his _lordes_ werre [war]," "at his _beddes_
+syde," "_mannes_ herte [heart]," etc.
+
+[Sidenote: _A false theory._]
+
+By the end of the seventeenth century the present way of indicating
+the possessive had become general. The use of the apostrophe, however,
+was not then regarded as standing for the omitted vowel of the
+genitive (as _lord's_ for _lordes_): by a false theory the ending was
+thought to be a contraction of _his_, as schoolboys sometimes write,
+"George Jones _his_ book."
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of the apostrophe._]
+
+Though this opinion was untrue, the apostrophe has proved a great
+convenience, since otherwise words with a plural in _-s_ would have
+three forms alike. To the eye all the forms are now distinct, but to
+the ear all may be alike, and the connection must tell us what form is
+intended.
+
+The use of the apostrophe in the plural also began in the seventeenth
+century, from thinking that _s_ was not a possessive sign, and from a
+desire to have distinct forms.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Sometimes_ s _is left out in the possessive singular._]
+
+65. Occasionally the _s_ is dropped in the possessive singular if
+the word ends in a hissing sound and another hissing sound follows,
+but the apostrophe remains to mark the possessive; as, _for goodness'
+sake, Cervantes' satirical work_.
+
+In other cases the _s_ is seldom omitted. Notice these three examples
+from Thackeray's writings: "Harry ran upstairs to his _mistress's_
+apartment;" "A postscript is added, as by the _countess's_ command;"
+"I saw what the _governess's_ views were of the matter."
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Possessive with compound expressions._]
+
+66. In compound expressions, containing words in apposition, a word
+with a phrase, etc., the possessive sign is usually last, though
+instances are found with both appositional words marked.
+
+Compare the following examples of literary usage:--
+
+ Do not the Miss Prys, my neighbors, know the amount of my income,
+ the items of my _son's_, _Captain Scrapegrace's_, tailor's
+ bill--THACKERAY.
+
+ The world's pomp and power sits there on this hand: on that,
+ stands up for God's truth one man, the _poor miner Hans Luther's_
+ son.--CARLYLE.
+
+ They invited me in the _emperor their master's_ name.--SWIFT.
+
+ I had naturally possessed myself of _Richardson the painter's_
+ thick octavo volumes of notes on the "Paradise Lost."--DE
+ QUINCEY.
+
+ They will go to Sunday schools to teach classes of little
+ children the age of Methuselah or the dimensions of _Og the king
+ of Bashan's_ bedstead.--HOLMES.
+
+More common still is the practice of turning the possessive into an
+equivalent phrase; as, _in the name of the emperor their master_,
+instead of _the emperor their master's name_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Possessive and no noun limited._]
+
+67. The possessive is sometimes used without belonging to any noun
+in the sentence; some such word as _house_, _store_, _church_,
+_dwelling_, etc., being understood with it: for example,--
+
+ Here at the _fruiterer's_ the Madonna has a tabernacle of fresh
+ laurel leaves.--RUSKIN.
+
+ It is very common for people to say that they are disappointed in
+ the first sight of _St. Peter's_.--LOWELL.
+
+ I remember him in his cradle at _St. James's_.--THACKERAY.
+
+ Kate saw that; and she walked off from the _don's_.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The double possessive._]
+
+68. A peculiar form, a double possessive, has grown up and become a
+fixed idiom in modern English.
+
+In most cases, a possessive relation was expressed in Old English by
+the inflection _-es_, corresponding to _'s_. The same relation was
+expressed in French by a phrase corresponding to _of_ and its object.
+Both of these are now used side by side; sometimes they are used
+together, as one modifier, making a double possessive. For this there
+are several reasons:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Its advantages: Euphony_.]
+
+(1) When a word is modified by _a_, _the_, _this_, _that_, _every_,
+_no_, _any_, _each_, etc., and at the same time by a possessive noun,
+it is distasteful to place the possessive before the modified noun,
+and it would also alter the meaning: we place it after the modified
+noun with _of_.
+
+[Sidenote: _Emphasis._]
+
+(2) It is more emphatic than the simple possessive, especially when
+used with _this_ or _that_, for it brings out the modified word in
+strong relief.
+
+[Sidenote: _Clearness._]
+
+(3) It prevents ambiguity. For example, in such a sentence as, "This
+introduction _of Atterbury's_ has all these advantages" (Dr. Blair),
+the statement clearly means only one thing,--the introduction which
+Atterbury made. If, however, we use the phrase _of Atterbury_, the
+sentence _might_ be understood as just explained, or it might mean
+this act of introducing Atterbury. (See also Sec. 87.)
+
+The following are some instances of double possessives:--
+
+ This Hall _of Tinville's_ is dark, ill-lighted except where she
+ stands.--CARLYLE.
+
+ Those lectures _of Lowell's_ had a great influence with me, and
+ I used to like whatever they bade me like.--HOWELLS
+
+ Niebuhr remarks that no pointed sentences _of Caesar's_ can have
+ come down to us.--FROUDE.
+
+ Besides these famous books _of Scott's and Johnson's_, there is a
+ copious "Life" by Thomas Sheridan.--THACKERAY
+
+ Always afterwards on occasions of ceremony, he wore that quaint
+ old French sword _of the Commodore's_.--E.E. HALE.
+
+
+Exercises.
+
+(_a_) Pick out the possessive nouns, and tell whether each is
+appositional, objective, or subjective.
+
+(_b_) Rewrite the sentence, turning the possessives into equivalent
+phrases.
+
+1. I don't choose a hornet's nest about my ears.
+
+2. Shall Rome stand under one man's awe?
+
+3. I must not see thee Osman's bride.
+
+4. At lovers' perjuries,
+ They say, Jove laughs.
+
+5. The world has all its eyes on Cato's son.
+
+6. My quarrel and the English queen's are one.
+
+7. Now the bright morning star, day's harbinger,
+ Comes dancing from the East.
+
+8. A man's nature runs either to herbs or weeds; therefore, let him
+seasonably water the one, and destroy the other.
+
+9. 'Tis all men's office to speak patience
+ To those that wring under the load of sorrow.
+
+10. A jest's prosperity lies in the ear
+ Of him that hears it, never in the tongue
+ Of him that makes it.
+
+11. No more the juice of Egypt's grape shall moist his lip.
+
+12. There Shakespeare's self, with every garland crowned,
+ Flew to those fairy climes his fancy sheen.
+
+13. What supports me? dost thou ask?
+ The conscience, Friend, to have lost them [his eyes] overplied
+ In liberty's defence.
+
+14. Or where Campania's plain forsaken lies,
+ A weary waste expanding to the skies.
+
+15. Nature herself, it seemed, would raise
+ A minster to her Maker's praise!
+
+
+HOW TO PARSE NOUNS.
+
+
+69. Parsing a word is putting together all the facts about its
+form and its relations to other words in the sentence.
+
+In parsing, some idioms--the double possessive, for example--do not
+come under regular grammatical rules, and are to be spoken of merely
+as idioms.
+
+70. Hence, in parsing a noun, we state,--
+
+(1) The class to which it belongs,--common, proper, etc.
+
+(2) Whether a neuter or a gender noun; if the latter, which gender.
+
+(3) Whether singular or plural number.
+
+(4) Its office in the sentence, determining its case.
+
+[Sidenote: _The correct method._]
+
+71. In parsing any word, the following method should always be
+followed: tell the facts about what the word _does_, then make the
+grammatical statements as to its class, inflections, and relations.
+
+
+MODEL FOR PARSING.
+
+"What is bolder than a miller's neckcloth, which takes a thief by the
+throat every morning?"
+
+_Miller's_ is a name applied to every individual of its class, hence
+it is a common noun; it is the name of a male being, hence it is a
+gender noun, masculine; it denotes only one person, therefore
+singular number; it expresses possession or ownership, and limits
+_neckcloth_, therefore possessive case.
+
+_Neckcloth_, like _miller's_, is a common class noun; it has no sex,
+therefore neuter; names one thing, therefore singular number; subject
+of the verb _is_ understood, and therefore nominative case.
+
+_Thief_ is a common class noun; the connection shows a male is meant,
+therefore masculine gender; singular number; object of the verb
+_takes_, hence objective case.
+
+_Throat_ is neuter, of the same class and number as the word
+_neckcloth_; it is the object of the preposition _by_, hence it is
+objective case.
+
+NOTE.--The preposition sometimes takes the possessive case (see Sec.
+68).
+
+_Morning_ is like _throat_ and _neckcloth_ as to class, gender, and
+number; as to case, it expresses time, has no governing word, but is
+the adverbial objective.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+
+Follow the model above in parsing all the nouns in the following
+sentences:--
+
+
+1. To raise a monument to departed worth is to perpetuate virtue.
+
+2. The greatest pleasure I know is to do a good action by stealth, and
+to have it found out by accident.
+
+3. An old cloak makes a new jerkin; a withered serving man, a fresh
+tapster.
+
+4. That in the captain's but a choleric word,
+ Which in the soldier is flat blasphemy.
+
+5. Now, blessings light on him that first invented ... sleep!
+
+6. Necker, financial minister to Louis XVI., and his daughter, Madame
+de Stael, were natives of Geneva.
+
+7. He giveth his beloved sleep.
+
+8. Time makes the worst enemies friends.
+
+9. A few miles from this point, where the Rhone enters the lake,
+stands the famous Castle of Chillon, connected with the shore by a
+drawbridge,--palace, castle, and prison, all in one.
+
+10. Wretches! ye loved her for her wealth,
+ And hated her for her pride.
+
+11. Mrs. Jarley's back being towards him, the military gentleman shook
+his forefinger.
+
+
+
+
+PRONOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The need of pronouns._]
+
+72. When we wish to speak of a name several times in succession, it
+is clumsy and tiresome to repeat the noun. For instance, instead of
+saying, "_The pupil_ will succeed in _the pupil's_ efforts if _the
+pupil_ is ambitious," we improve the sentence by shortening it thus,
+"The pupil will succeed in _his_ efforts if _he_ is ambitious."
+
+Again, if we wish to know about the ownership of a house, we evidently
+cannot state the owner's name, but by a question we say, "_Whose_
+house is that?" thus placing a word instead of the name till we learn
+the name.
+
+This is not to be understood as implying that pronouns were _invented_
+because nouns were tiresome, since history shows that pronouns are as
+old as nouns and verbs. The use of pronouns must have sprung up
+naturally, from a necessity for short, definite, and representative
+words.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+A pronoun is a reference word, standing for a name, or for a person
+or thing, or for a group of persons or things.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Classes of pronouns._]
+
+73. Pronouns may be grouped in five classes:--
+
+(1) Personal pronouns, which distinguish person by their form (Sec.
+76).
+
+(2) Interrogative pronouns, which are used to ask questions about
+persons or things.
+
+(3) Relative pronouns, which relate or refer to a noun, pronoun, or
+other word or expression, and at the same time connect two statements
+They are also called conjunctive.
+
+(4) Adjective pronouns, words, primarily adjectives, which are
+classed as adjectives when they modify nouns, but as pronouns when
+they stand for nouns.
+
+(5) Indefinite pronouns, which cannot be used as adjectives, but
+stand for an indefinite number of persons or things.
+
+Numerous examples of all these will be given under the separate
+classes hereafter treated.
+
+
+PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Person in grammar._]
+
+74. Since pronouns stand for persons as well as names, they must
+represent the person talking, the person or thing spoken to, and the
+person or thing talked about.
+
+This gives rise to a new term, "the distinction of _person_."
+
+[Sidenote: Person _of nouns_.]
+
+75. This distinction was not needed in discussing nouns, as nouns
+have the _same form_, whether representing persons and things spoken
+to or spoken of. It is evident that a noun could not represent the
+person speaking, even if it had a special form.
+
+From analogy to pronouns, which have _forms_ for person, nouns are
+sometimes spoken of as first or second person by their _use_; that is,
+if they are in apposition with a pronoun of the first or second
+person, they are said to have person by agreement.
+
+But usually nouns represent something spoken of.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Three persons of pronouns._]
+
+76. Pronouns naturally are of three persons:--
+
+(1) First person, representing the person speaking.
+
+(2) Second person, representing a person or thing spoken to.
+
+(3) Third person, standing for a person or thing spoken of.
+
+
+
+FORMS OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
+
+77. Personal pronouns are inflected thus:--
+
+ FIRST PERSON.
+ _Singular._
+_Nom._ I
+_Poss._ mine, my
+_Obj._ me
+
+ _Plural._
+_Nom._ we
+_Poss._ our, ours
+_Obj._ us
+
+
+ SECOND PERSON.
+ _Singular._
+ _Old Form_ _Common Form._
+_Nom._ thou you
+_Poss._ thine, thy your, yours
+_Obj._ thee you
+
+ _Plural._
+_Nom._ ye you
+_Poss._ your, yours your, yours
+_Obj._ you you
+
+ THIRD PERSON.
+ _Singular._
+ _Masc._ _Fem._ _Neut._.
+_Nom._ he she it
+_Poss._ his her, hers its
+_Obj._ him her it
+
+ _Plur. of all Three_.
+_Nom._ they
+_Poss._ their, theirs
+_Obj._ them
+
+
+Remarks on These Forms.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _First and second persons without gender._]
+
+78. It will be noticed that the pronouns of the first and second
+persons have no forms to distinguish gender. The speaker may be either
+male or female, or, by personification, neuter; so also with the
+person or thing spoken to.
+
+[Sidenote: _Third person_ singular _has gender_.]
+
+But the third person has, in the singular, a separate form for each
+gender, and also for the neuter.
+
+[Sidenote: _Old forms_.]
+
+In Old English these three were formed from the same root; namely,
+masculine _he_, feminine _heo_, neuter _hit_.
+
+The form _hit_ (for _it_) is still heard in vulgar English, and _hoo_
+(for _heo_) in some dialects of England.
+
+The plurals were _hi_, _heora_, _heom_, in Old English; the forms
+_they_, _their_, _them_, perhaps being from the English demonstrative,
+though influenced by the cognate Norse forms.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Second person always plural in ordinary English._]
+
+79. _Thou_, _thee_, etc., are old forms which are now out of use in
+ordinary speech. The consequence is, that we have no singular pronoun
+of the second person in ordinary speech or prose, but make the plural
+_you_ do duty for the singular. We use it with a plural verb always,
+even when referring to a single object.
+
+[Sidenote: _Two uses of the old singulars._]
+
+
+80. There are, however, two modern uses of _thou, thy_, etc.:--
+
+(1) _In elevated style_, especially in poetry; as,--
+
+ With _thy_ clear keen joyance
+ Languor cannot be;
+ Shadow of annoyance
+ Never came near _thee_;
+ _Thou_ lovest; but ne'er knew love's sad satiety.--SHELLEY.
+
+(2) _In addressing the Deity_, as in prayers, etc.; for example,--
+
+ Oh, _thou_ Shepherd of Israel, that didst comfort _thy_ people of
+ old, to _thy_ care we commit the helpless.--BEECHER.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The form_ its.]
+
+81. It is worth while to consider the possessive _its_. This is of
+comparatively recent growth. The old form was _his_ (from the
+nominative _hit_), and this continued in use till the sixteenth
+century. The transition from the old _his_ to the modern _its_ is
+shown in these sentences:--
+
+ 1 He anointed the altar and all _his_ vessels.--_Bible_
+
+Here _his_ refers to _altar_, which is a neuter noun. The quotation
+represents the usage of the early sixteenth century.
+
+ 2 It's had _it_ head bit off by _it_ young--SHAKESPEARE
+
+Shakespeare uses _his_, _it_, and sometimes _its_, as possessive of
+_it_.
+
+In Milton's poetry (seventeenth century) _its_ occurs only three
+times.
+
+ 3 See heaven _its_ sparkling portals wide display--POPE
+
+
+[Sidenote: _A relic of the olden time._]
+
+82. We have an interesting relic in such sentences as this from
+Thackeray: "One of the ways to know '_em_ is to watch the scared looks
+of the ogres' wives and children."
+
+As shown above, the Old English objective was _hem_ (or _heom_), which
+was often sounded with the _h_ silent, just as we now say, "I saw
+'_im_ yesterday" when the word _him_ is not emphatic. In spoken
+English, this form '_em_ has survived side by side with the literary
+_them_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of the pronouns in personification._]
+
+83. The pronouns _he_ and _she_ are often used in poetry, and
+sometimes in ordinary speech, to personify objects (Sec. 34).
+
+
+
+CASES OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
+
+
+I The Nominative.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Nominative forms._]
+
+84. The nominative forms of personal pronouns have the same uses as
+the nominative of nouns (see Sec. 58). The case of most of these
+pronouns can be determined more easily than the case of nouns, for,
+besides a nominative _use_, they have a nominative form. The words
+_I_, _thou_, _he_, _she_, _we_, _ye_, _they_, are very rarely anything
+but nominative in literary English, though _ye_ is occasionally used
+as objective.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Additional nominatives in spoken English._]
+
+85. In spoken English, however, there are some others that are added
+to the list of nominatives: they are, _me_, _him_, _her_, _us_,
+_them_, when they occur in the _predicate position_. That is, in such
+a sentence as, "I am sure it was _him_," the literary language would
+require _he_ after _was_; but colloquial English regularly uses as
+predicate nominatives the forms _me_, _him_, _her_, _us_, _them_,
+though those named in Sec. 84 are always subjects. Yet careful
+speakers avoid this, and follow the usage of literary English.
+
+
+II. The Possessive.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Not a separate class._]
+
+86. The forms _my_, _thy_, _his_, _her_, _its_, _our_, _your_,
+_their_, are sometimes grouped separately as POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS, but
+it is better to speak of them as the possessive case of personal
+pronouns, just as we speak of the possessive case of nouns, and not
+make more classes.
+
+[Sidenote: Absolute _personal pronouns._]
+
+The forms _mine_, _thine_, _yours_, _hers_, _theirs_, sometimes _his_
+and _its_, have a peculiar use, standing apart from the words they
+modify instead of immediately before them. From this use they are
+called ABSOLUTE PERSONAL PRONOUNS, or, some say, ABSOLUTE POSSESSIVES.
+
+As instances of the use of absolute pronouns, note the following:--
+
+ 'Twas _mine_, 'tis _his_, and has been slave to thousands.
+ --SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ And since thou own'st that praise, I spare thee _mine_.--COWPER.
+
+ My arm better than _theirs_ can ward it off.--LANDOR.
+
+ _Thine_ are the city and the people of Granada.--BULWER.
+
+[Sidenote: _Old use of_ mine _and_ thine.]
+
+Formerly _mine_ and _thine_ stood before their nouns, if the nouns
+began with a vowel or _h_ silent; thus,--
+
+ Shall I not take _mine_ ease in _mine_ inn?--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ Give every man _thine_ ear, but few thy voice.--_Id._
+
+ If _thine_ eye offend thee, pluck it out.--_Bible._
+
+ My greatest apprehension was for _mine_ eyes.--SWIFT.
+
+This usage is still preserved in poetry.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Double and triple possessives._]
+
+87. The forms _hers_, _ours_, _yours_, _theirs_, are really double
+possessives, since they add the possessive _s_ to what is already a
+regular possessive inflection.
+
+Besides this, we have, as in nouns, a possessive phrase made up of the
+preposition _of_ with these double possessives, _hers_, _ours_,
+_yours_, _theirs_, and with _mine_, _thine_, _his_, sometimes _its_.
+
+[Sidenote: _Their uses._]
+
+Like the noun possessives, they have several uses:--
+
+(1) _To prevent ambiguity_, as in the following:--
+
+ I have often contrasted the habitual qualities of that gloomy
+ friend _of theirs_ with the astounding spirits of Thackeray and
+ Dickens.--J.T. FIELDS.
+
+ No words _of ours_ can describe the fury of the conflict.--J.F.
+ COOPER.
+
+(2) _To bring emphasis_, as in these sentences:--
+
+ This thing _of yours_ that you call a Pardon of Sins, it is a bit
+ of rag-paper with ink.--CARLYLE.
+
+ This ancient silver bowl _of mine_, it tells of good old times.
+ --HOLMES.
+
+(3) _To express contempt, anger, or satire_; for example,--
+
+ "Do you know the charges that unhappy sister _of mine_ and her
+ family have put me to already?" says the Master.--THACKERAY.
+
+ He [John Knox] had his pipe of Bordeaux too, we find, in that old
+ Edinburgh house _of his_.--CARLYLE.
+
+ "Hold thy peace, Long Allen," said Henry Woodstall, "I tell thee
+ that tongue _of thine_ is not the shortest limb about
+ _thee_."--SCOTT.
+
+(4) _To make a noun less limited in application_; thus,--
+
+ A favorite liar and servant _of mine_ was a man I once had to
+ drive a brougham.--THACKERAY.
+
+ In New York I read a newspaper criticism one day, commenting upon
+ a letter _of mine_.--_Id._
+
+What would the last two sentences mean if the word _my_ were written
+instead of _of mine_, and preceded the nouns?
+
+
+[Sidenote: _About the case of absolute pronouns._]
+
+88. In their function, or use in a sentence, the absolute possessive
+forms of the personal pronouns are very much like adjectives used as
+nouns.
+
+In such sentences as, "_The good_ alone are great," "None but _the
+brave_ deserves _the fair_," the words italicized have an adjective
+force and also a noun force, as shown in Sec. 20.
+
+So in the sentences illustrating absolute pronouns in Sec. 86: _mine_
+stands for _my property_, _his_ for _his property_, in the first
+sentence; _mine_ stands for _my praise_ in the second. But the first
+two have a nominative use, and _mine_ in the second has an objective
+use.
+
+They may be spoken of as possessive in form, but nominative or
+objective in use, according as the modified word is in the nominative
+or the objective.
+
+
+
+III. The Objective.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The old_ dative _case._]
+
+89. In Old English there was one case which survives in use, but not
+in form. In such a sentence as this one from Thackeray, "Pick _me_ out
+a whip-cord thong with some dainty knots in it," the word _me_ is
+evidently not the direct object of the verb, but expresses _for whom_,
+_for whose benefit_, the thing is done. In pronouns, this dative
+use, as it is called, was marked by a separate case.
+
+[Sidenote: _Now the objective._]
+
+In Modern English the same _use_ is frequently seen, but the _form_ is
+the same as the objective. For this reason a word thus used is called
+a dative-objective.
+
+The following are examples of the dative-objective:--
+
+ Give _me_ neither poverty nor riches.--_Bible._
+
+ Curse _me_ this people.--_Id._
+
+ Both joined in making _him_ a present.--MACAULAY
+
+ Is it not enough that you have _burnt me_ down three houses with
+ your dog's tricks, and be hanged to you!--LAMB
+
+ I give _thee_ this to wear at the collar.--SCOTT
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Other uses of the objective._]
+
+90. Besides this use of the objective, there are others:--
+
+(1) _As the direct object of a verb._
+
+ They all handled _it_.--LAMB
+
+(2) _As the object of a preposition._
+
+ Time is behind _them_ and before _them_.--CARLYLE.
+
+(3) _In apposition._
+
+ She sate all last summer by the bedside of the blind beggar,
+ _him_ that so often and so gladly I talked with.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+
+
+SPECIAL USES OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Indefinite use of_ you _and_ your.]
+
+91. The word _you_, and its possessive case _yours_ are sometimes
+used without reference to a particular person spoken to. They approach
+the indefinite pronoun in use.
+
+ _Your_ mere puny stripling, that winced at the least flourish of
+ the rod, was passed by with indulgence.--IRVING
+
+ To empty here, _you_ must condense there.--EMERSON.
+
+ The peasants take off their hats as _you_ pass; _you_ sneeze, and
+ they cry, "God bless you!" The thrifty housewife shows _you_ into
+ her best chamber. _You_ have oaten cakes baked some months
+ before.--LONGFELLOW
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Uses of_ it.]
+
+92. The pronoun _it_ has a number of uses:--
+
+(1) _To refer to some single word preceding_; as,--
+
+ Ferdinand ordered the _army_ to recommence _its_ march.--BULWER.
+
+ _Society_, in this century, has not made _its_ progress, like
+ Chinese skill, by a greater acuteness of ingenuity in
+ trifles.--D. WEBSTER.
+
+(2) _To refer to a preceding word group_; thus,--
+
+ If any man should do wrong merely out of ill nature, why, yet
+ _it_ is but like the thorn or brier, which prick and scratch
+ because they can do no other.--BACON.
+
+Here _it_ refers back to the whole sentence before it, or to the idea,
+"any man's doing wrong merely out of ill nature."
+
+(3) _As a grammatical subject, to stand for the real, logical
+subject, which follows the verb_; as in the sentences,--
+
+ _It_ is easy in the world _to live after the world's opinion_.
+ --EMERSON.
+
+ _It_ is this _haziness_ of intellectual vision which is the
+ malady of all classes of men by nature.--NEWMAN.
+
+ _It_ is a pity _that he has so much learning, or that he has not
+ a great deal more_.--ADDISON.
+
+(4) _As an impersonal subject in certain expressions which need no
+other subject_; as,--
+
+ _It_ is finger-cold, and prudent farmers get in their barreled
+ apples.--THOREAU.
+
+ And when I awoke, _it_ rained.--COLERIDGE.
+
+ For when _it_ dawned, they dropped their arms.--_Id._
+
+ _It_ was late and after midnight.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+(5) _As an impersonal or indefinite object of a verb or a
+preposition_; as in the following sentences:--
+
+ (_a_) Michael Paw, who _lorded it_ over the fair regions of
+ ancient Pavonia.--IRVING.
+
+ I made up my mind _to foot it_.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ A sturdy lad ... who in turn tries all the professions, who
+ _teams it, farms it, peddles it_, keeps a school.--EMERSON.
+
+ (_b_) "Thy mistress leads thee a dog's life _of it_."--IRVING.
+
+ There was nothing _for it_ but to return.--SCOTT.
+
+ An editor has only to say "respectfully declined," and there is
+ an end _of it_.--HOLMES.
+
+ Poor Christian was hard put _to it_.--BUNYAN.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Reflexive use of the personal pronouns._]
+
+93. The personal pronouns in the objective case are often used
+_reflexively_; that is, referring to the same person as the subject of
+the accompanying verb. For example, we use such expressions as, "I
+found _me_ a good book," "He bought _him_ a horse," etc. This
+reflexive use of the _dative_-objective is very common in spoken and
+in literary English.
+
+The personal pronouns are not often used reflexively, however, when
+they are _direct_ objects. This occurs in poetry, but seldom in prose;
+as,--
+
+ Now I lay _me_ down to sleep.--ANON.
+
+ I set _me_ down and sigh.--BURNS.
+
+ And millions in those solitudes, since first
+ The flight of years began, have laid _them_ down
+ In their last sleep.--BRYANT.
+
+
+
+REFLEXIVE OR COMPOUND PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Composed of the personal pronouns with_ -self, -selves.]
+
+94. The REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS, or COMPOUND PERSONAL, as they are also
+called, are formed from the personal pronouns by adding the word
+_self_, and its plural _selves_.
+
+They are _myself_, (_ourself_), _ourselves_, _yourself_, (_thyself_),
+_yourselves_, _himself_, _herself_, _itself_, _themselves_.
+
+Of the two forms in parentheses, the second is the old form of the
+second person, used in poetry.
+
+_Ourself_ is used to follow the word _we_ when this represents a
+single person, especially in the speech of rulers; as,--
+
+ Methinks he seems no better than a girl;
+ As girls were once, as we _ourself_ have been.--TENNYSON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Origin of these reflexives._]
+
+95. The question might arise, Why are _himself_ and _themselves_ not
+_hisself_ and _theirselves_, as in vulgar English, after the analogy
+of _myself_, _ourselves_, etc.?
+
+The history of these words shows they are made up of the
+dative-objective forms, not the possessive forms, with _self_. In
+Middle English the forms _meself_, _theself_, were changed into the
+possessive _myself_, _thyself_, and the others were formed by analogy
+with these. _Himself_ and _themselves_ are the only ones retaining a
+distinct objective form.
+
+In the forms _yourself_ and _yourselves_ we have the possessive _your_
+marked as singular as well as plural.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of the reflexives._]
+
+96. There are three uses of reflexive pronouns:--
+
+(1) _As object of a verb or preposition, and referring to the same
+person or thing as the subject_; as in these sentences from Emerson:--
+
+ He who offers _himself_ a candidate for that covenant comes up
+ like an Olympian.
+
+ I should hate _myself_ if then I made my other friends my asylum.
+
+ We fill _ourselves_ with ancient learning.
+
+ What do we know of nature or of _ourselves_?
+
+(2) _To emphasize a noun or pronoun_; for example,--
+
+ The great globe _itself_ ... shall dissolve.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ Threats to all;
+ To _you yourself_, to us, to every one.--_Id._
+
+ Who would not sing for Lycidas! he knew
+ _Himself_ to sing, and build the lofty rhyme.--MILTON.
+
+NOTE.--In such sentences the pronoun is sometimes omitted, and the
+reflexive modifies the pronoun understood; for example,--
+
+ Only _itself_ can inspire whom it will.--EMERSON.
+
+ My hands are full of blossoms plucked before, Held dead within
+ them till _myself_ shall die.--E.B. BROWNING.
+
+ As if it were _thyself_ that's here, I shrink with
+ pain.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+(3) _As the precise equivalent of a personal pronoun_; as,--
+
+ Lord Altamont designed to take his son and _myself_.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ Victories that neither _myself_ nor my cause always deserved.--B.
+ FRANKLIN.
+
+ For what else have our forefathers and _ourselves_ been
+ taxed?--LANDOR.
+
+ Years ago, Arcturus and _myself_ met a gentleman from China who
+ knew the language.--THACKERAY.
+
+
+
+Exercises on Personal Pronouns.
+
+
+(_a_) Bring up sentences containing ten personal pronouns, some each
+of masculine, feminine, and neuter.
+
+(_b_) Bring up sentences containing five personal pronouns in the
+possessive, some of them being double possessives.
+
+(_c_) Tell which use each _it_ has in the following sentences:--
+
+1. Come and trip it as we go,
+ On the light fantastic toe.
+
+2. Infancy conforms to nobody; all conform to it.
+
+3. It is an ill wind that blows nobody good.
+
+4. Courage, father, fight it out.
+
+5. And it grew wondrous cold.
+
+6. To know what is best to do, and how to do it, is wisdom.
+
+7. If any phenomenon remains brute and dark, it is because the
+corresponding faculty in the observer is not yet active.
+
+8. But if a man do not speak from within the veil, where the word is
+one with that it tells of, let him lowly confess it.
+
+9. It behooved him to keep on good terms with his pupils.
+
+10. Biscuit is about the best thing I know; but it is the soonest
+spoiled; and one would like to hear counsel on one point, why it is
+that a touch of water utterly ruins it.
+
+
+
+INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Three now in use._]
+
+97. The interrogative pronouns now in use are _who_ (with the forms
+_whose_ and _whom_), _which_, and _what_.
+
+[Sidenote: _One obsolete._]
+
+There is an old word, _whether_, used formerly to mean which of two,
+but now obsolete. Examples from the Bible:--
+
+ _Whether_ of them twain did the will of his father?
+
+ _Whether_ is greater, the gold, or the temple?
+
+From Steele (eighteenth century):--
+
+ It may be a question _whether_ of these unfortunate persons had
+ the greater soul.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of_ who _and its forms._]
+
+98. The use of _who_, with its possessive and objective, is seen in
+these sentences:--
+
+ _Who_ is she in bloody coronation robes from Rheims?--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ _Whose_ was that gentle voice, that, whispering sweet,
+ Promised, methought, long days of bliss sincere?--BOWLES.
+
+ What doth she look on? _Whom_ doth she behold?--WORDSWORTH.
+
+From these sentences it will be seen that interrogative _who_ refers
+to _persons only_; that it is not inflected for gender or number, but
+for case alone, having three forms; it is always third person, as it
+always asks _about_ somebody.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of_ which.]
+
+99. Examples of the use of interrogative _which_:--
+
+ _Which_ of these had speed enough to sweep between the question
+ and the answer, and divide the one from the other?--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ _Which_ of you, shall we say, doth love us most?--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ _Which_ of them [the sisters] shall I take?--_Id._
+
+As shown here, _which_ is not inflected for gender, number, or case;
+it refers to either persons or things; it is selective, that is, picks
+out one or more from a number of known persons or objects.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of_ what.]
+
+100. Sentences showing the use of interrogative _what_:--
+
+ Since I from Smaylho'me tower have been,
+ _What_ did thy lady do?--SCOTT.
+
+ _What_ is so rare as a day in June?--LOWELL.
+
+ _What_ wouldst thou do, old man?--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+These show that _what_ is not inflected for case; that it is always
+singular and neuter, referring to things, ideas, actions, etc., not to
+persons.
+
+
+
+DECLENSION OF INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+
+101. The following are all the interrogative forms:--
+
+ SING. AND PLUR. SING. AND PLUR. SINGULAR
+
+_Nom._ who? which? what?
+_Poss._ whose? -- --
+_Obj._ whom? which? what?
+
+In spoken English, _who_ is used as objective instead of _whom_; as,
+"_Who_ did you see?" "_Who_ did he speak to?"
+
+
+[Sidenote: _To tell the case of interrogatives._]
+
+102. The interrogative _who_ has a separate form for each case,
+consequently the case can be told by the form of the word; but the
+case of _which_ and _what_ must be determined exactly as in nouns,--by
+the _use_ of the words.
+
+For instance, in Sec. 99, _which_ is nominative in the first sentence,
+since it is subject of the verb _had_; nominative in the second also,
+subject of _doth love_; objective in the last, being the direct
+object of the verb _shall take_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Further treatment of_ who, which _and_ what.]
+
+103. _Who_, _which_, and _what_ are also relative pronouns; _which_
+and _what_ are sometimes adjectives; _what_ may be an adverb in some
+expressions.
+
+They will be spoken of again in the proper places, especially in the
+treatment of indirect questions (Sec. 127).
+
+
+
+RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Function of the relative pronoun_.]
+
+104. Relative pronouns differ from both personal and interrogative
+pronouns in referring to an antecedent, and also in having a
+conjunctive use. The advantage in using them is to unite short
+statements into longer sentences, and so to make smoother discourse.
+Thus we may say, "The last of all the Bards was he. These bards sang
+of Border chivalry." Or, it may be shortened into,--
+
+ "The last of all the Bards was he,
+ _Who_ sung of Border chivalry."
+
+In the latter sentence, _who_ evidently refers to _Bards_, which is
+called the antecedent of the relative.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The antecedent._]
+
+105. The antecedent of a pronoun is the noun, pronoun, or other
+word or expression, for which the pronoun stands. It usually precedes
+the pronoun.
+
+Personal pronouns of the third person may have antecedents also, as
+they take the place usually of a word already used; as,--
+
+ The priest hath _his_ fee who comes and shrives us.--LOWELL
+
+In this, both _his_ and _who_ have the antecedent _priest_.
+
+The pronoun _which_ may have its antecedent following, and the
+antecedent may be a word or a group of words, as will be shown in the
+remarks on _which_ below.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Two kinds._]
+
+106. Relatives may be SIMPLE or INDEFINITE.
+
+When the word _relative_ is used, a simple relative is meant.
+Indefinite relatives, and the indefinite use of simple relatives, will
+be discussed further on.
+
+The SIMPLE RELATIVES are _who_, _which_, _that_, _what_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Who _and its forms._]
+
+107. Examples of the relative _who_ and its forms:--
+
+ 1. Has a man gained anything _who_ has received a hundred favors
+ and rendered none?--EMERSON.
+
+ 2. That man is little to be envied _whose_ patriotism would not
+ gain force upon the plain of Marathon.--DR JOHNSON.
+
+3. For her enchanting son,
+ _Whom_ universal nature did lament.--MILTON.
+
+ 4. The nurse came to us, _who_ were sitting in an adjoining
+ apartment.--THACKERAY.
+
+5. Ye mariners of England,
+ That guard our native seas;
+ _Whose_ flag has braved, a thousand years,
+ The battle and the breeze!--CAMPBELL.
+
+ 6. The men _whom_ men respect, the women _whom_ women approve,
+ are the men and women _who_ bless their species.--PARTON
+
+
+[Sidenote: Which _and its forms._]
+
+108. Examples of the relative _which_ and its forms:--
+
+ 1. They had not their own luster, but the look _which_ is not of
+ the earth.--BYRON.
+
+ 2. The embattled portal arch he pass'd,
+ _Whose_ ponderous grate and massy bar
+ Had oft roll'd back the tide of war.--SCOTT.
+
+ 3. Generally speaking, the dogs _which_ stray around the butcher
+ shops restrain their appetites.--COX.
+
+ 4. The origin of language is divine, in the same sense in _which_
+ man's nature, with all its capabilities ..., is a divine
+ creation.--W.D. WHITNEY.
+
+ 5. (_a_) This gradation ... ought to be kept in view; else this
+ description will seem exaggerated, _which_ it certainly is
+ not.--BURKE.
+
+ (_b_) The snow was three inches deep and still falling, _which_
+ prevented him from taking his usual ride.--IRVING.
+
+[Sidenote: That.]
+
+109. Examples of the relative _that_:--
+
+
+ 1. The man _that_ hath no music in himself,...
+ Is fit for treasons, stratagems, and spoils.
+ --SHAKESPEARE
+
+ 2. The judge ... bought up all the pigs _that_ could be
+ had.--LAMB
+
+ 3. Nature and books belong to the eyes _that_ see them.--EMERSON.
+
+ 4. For the sake of country a man is told to yield everything
+ _that_ makes the land honorable.--H.W. BEECHER
+
+ 5. Reader, _that_ do not pretend to have leisure for very much
+ scholarship, you will not be angry with me for telling you.--DE
+ QUINCEY.
+
+ 6. The Tree Igdrasil, _that_ has its roots down in the kingdoms
+ of Hela and Death, and whose boughs overspread the highest
+ heaven!--CARLYLE.
+
+[Sidenote: What.]
+
+110. Examples of the use of the relative _what_:--
+
+ 1. Its net to entangle the enemy seems to be _what_ it chiefly
+ trusts to, and _what_ it takes most pains to render as complete
+ as possible.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ 2. For _what_ he sought below is passed above, Already done is
+ all that he would do.--MARGARET FULLER.
+
+ 3. Some of our readers may have seen in India a crowd of crows
+ picking a sick vulture to death, no bad type of _what_ often
+ happens in that country.--MACAULAY
+
+[_To the Teacher._--If pupils work over the above sentences carefully,
+and test every remark in the following paragraphs, they will get a
+much better understanding of the relatives.]
+
+
+
+REMARKS ON THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+[Sidenote: Who.]
+
+111. By reading carefully the sentences in Sec. 107, the following
+facts will be noticed about the relative _who_:--
+
+(1) It usually refers to persons: thus, in the first sentence, Sec.
+107, _a man...who_; in the second, _that man...whose_; in the third,
+_son_, _whom_; and so on.
+
+(2) It has three case forms,--_who_, _whose_, _whom_.
+
+(3) The forms do not change for person or number of the antecedent. In
+sentence 4, _who_ is first person; in 5, _whose_ is second person; the
+others are all third person. In 1, 2, and 3, the relatives are
+singular; in 4, 5, and 6, they are plural.
+
+[Sidenote: Who _referring to animals_.]
+
+112. Though in most cases _who_ refers to persons there are
+instances found where it refers to animals. It has been seen (Sec. 24)
+that animals are referred to by personal pronouns when their
+characteristics or habits are such as to render them important or
+interesting to man. Probably on the same principle the personal
+relative _who_ is used not infrequently in literature, referring to
+animals.
+
+Witness the following examples:--
+
+ And you, warm little housekeeper [the cricket], _who_ class With
+ those who think the candles come too soon.--LEIGH HUNT.
+
+ The robins...have succeeded in driving off the bluejays _who_
+ used to build in our pines.--LOWELL.
+
+ The little gorilla, _whose_ wound I had dressed, flung its arms
+ around my neck.--THACKERAY.
+
+ A lake frequented by every fowl _whom_ Nature has taught to dip
+ the wing in water.--DR. JOHNSON.
+
+ While we had such plenty of domestic insects _who_ infinitely
+ excelled the former, because they understood how to weave as well
+ as to spin.--SWIFT.
+
+ My horse, _who_, under his former rider had hunted the buffalo,
+ seemed as much excited as myself.--IRVING.
+
+Other examples might be quoted from Burke, Kingsley, Smollett, Scott,
+Cooper, Gibbon, and others.
+
+[Sidenote: Which.]
+
+113. The sentences in Sec. 108 show that--
+
+(1) _Which_ refers to animals, things, or ideas, not persons.
+
+(2) It is not inflected for gender or number.
+
+(3) It is nearly always third person, rarely second (an example of its
+use as second person is given in sentence 32, p. 96).
+
+(4) It has two case forms,--_which_ for the nominative and objective,
+_whose_ for the possessive.
+
+[Sidenote: _Examples of_ whose, _possessive case of_ which.]
+
+114. Grammarians sometimes object to the statement that _whose_ is
+the possessive of _which_, saying that the phrase _of which_ should
+always be used instead; yet a search in literature shows that the
+possessive form _whose_ is quite common in prose as well as in poetry:
+for example,--
+
+ I swept the horizon, and saw at one glance the glorious
+ elevations, on _whose_ tops the sun kindled all the melodies and
+ harmonies of light.--BEECHER.
+
+ Men may be ready to fight to the death, and to persecute without
+ pity, for a religion _whose_ creed they do not understand, and
+ _whose_ precepts they habitually disobey.--MACAULAY
+
+ Beneath these sluggish waves lay the once proud cities of the
+ plain, _whose_ grave was dug by the thunder of the
+ heavens.--SCOTT.
+
+ Many great and opulent cities _whose_ population now exceeds that
+ of Virginia during the Revolution, and _whose_ names are spoken
+ in the remotest corner of the civilized world.--MCMASTER.
+
+ Through the heavy door _whose_ bronze network closes the place of
+ his rest, let us enter the church itself.--RUSKIN.
+
+ This moribund '61, _whose_ career of life is just coming to its
+ terminus.--THACKERAY.
+
+So in Matthew Arnold, Kingsley, Burke, and numerous others.
+
+[Sidenote: Which _and its antecedents_.]
+
+115. The last two sentences in Sec. 108 show that _which_ may have
+other antecedents than nouns and pronouns. In 5 (_a_) there is a
+participial adjective used as the antecedent; in 5 (_b_) there is a
+complete clause employed as antecedent. This often occurs.
+
+Sometimes, too, the antecedent follows _which_; thus,--
+
+ And, which is worse, _all you have done
+ Hath been but for a wayward son_.
+ --SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ Primarily, which is very notable and curious, I observe that _men
+ of business rarely know the meaning of the word "rich_."--RUSKIN.
+
+ I demurred to this honorary title upon two grounds,--first, as
+ being one toward which I had no natural aptitudes or predisposing
+ advantages; secondly (which made her stare), _as carrying with it
+ no real or enviable distinction_.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+[Sidenote: That.]
+
+116. In the sentences of Sec. 109, we notice that--
+
+(1) _That_ refers to persons, animals, and things.
+
+(2) It has only one case form, no possessive.
+
+(3) It is the same form for first, second, and third persons.
+
+(4) It has the same form for singular and plural.
+
+It sometimes borrows the possessive _whose_, as in sentence 6, Sec.
+109, but this is not sanctioned as good usage.
+
+[Sidenote: What.]
+
+117. The sentences of Sec. 110 show that--
+
+(1) _What_ always refers to things; is always neuter.
+
+(2) It is used almost entirely in the singular.
+ 1. The man _that_ hath no music in himself,...
+ Is fit for treasons, stratagems, and spoils.
+ --SHAKESPEARE
+(3) Its antecedent is hardly ever expressed. When expressed, it
+usually follows, and is emphatic; as, for example,--
+
+ What I would, _that_ do I not; but what I hate, _that_ do
+ I.--_Bible_
+
+ What fates impose, _that_ men must needs abide.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ What a man does, _that_ he has.--EMERSON.
+
+Compare this:--
+
+ Alas! is _it_ not too true, what we said?--CARLYLE.
+
+
+
+DECLENSION OF RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+
+118. These are the forms of the simple relatives:--
+
+ SINGULAR AND PLURAL.
+
+ _Nom._ who which that what
+ _Poss._ whose whose -- --
+ _Obj._ whom which that what
+
+
+HOW TO PARSE RELATIVES.
+
+119. The _gender_, _number_, and _person_ of the relatives _who_,
+_which_, and _that_ must be determined by those of the antecedent; the
+_case_ depends upon the function of the relative in its own clause.
+
+For example, consider the following sentence:
+
+ "He uttered truths _that_ wrought upon and molded the lives of
+ those _who_ heard him."
+
+Since the relatives hold the sentence together, we can, by taking them
+out, let the sentence fall apart into three divisions: (1) "He uttered
+truths;" (2) "The truths wrought upon and molded the lives of the
+people;" (3) "These people heard him."
+
+_That_ evidently refers to _truths_, consequently is neuter, third
+person, plural number. _Who_ plainly stands for _those_ or _the
+people_, either of which would be neuter, third person, plural number.
+Here the relative agrees with its antecedent.
+
+We cannot say the relative agrees with its antecedent in _case_.
+_Truths_ in sentence (2), above, is subject of _wrought upon and
+molded_; in (1), it is object of _uttered_. In (2), _people_ is the
+object of the preposition _of_; in (3), it is subject of the verb
+_heard_. Now, _that_ takes the case of _the truths_ in (2), not of
+_truths_ which is expressed in the sentence: consequently _that_ is in
+the nominative case. In the same way _who_, standing for _the people_
+understood, subject of _heard_, is in the nominative case.
+
+Exercise.
+
+First find the antecedents, then parse the relatives, in the following
+sentences:--
+
+1. How superior it is in these respects to the pear, whose blossoms
+are neither colored nor fragrant!
+
+2. Some gnarly apple which I pick up in the road reminds me by its
+fragrance of all the wealth of Pomona.
+
+3. Perhaps I talk with one who is selecting some choice barrels for
+filling an order.
+
+4. Ill blows the wind that profits nobody.
+
+5. Alas! it is we ourselves that are getting buried alive under this
+avalanche of earthly impertinences.
+
+6. This method also forces upon us the necessity of thinking, which
+is, after all, the highest result of all education.
+
+7. I know that there are many excellent people who object to the
+reading of novels as a waste of time.
+
+8. I think they are trying to outwit nature, who is sure to be
+cunninger than they.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Parsing_ what, _the simple relative_.]
+
+120. The relative _what_ is handled differently, because it has
+usually no antecedent, but is singular, neuter, third person. Its case
+is determined exactly as that of other relatives. In the sentence,
+"What can't be cured must be endured," the verb _must be endured_ is
+the predicate of something. What must be endured? Answer, _What can't
+be cured_. The whole expression is its subject. The word _what_,
+however, is subject of the verb _can't be cured_, and hence is in the
+nominative case.
+
+"What we call nature is a certain self-regulated motion or change."
+Here the subject of _is_, etc., is _what we call nature_; but of this,
+_we_ is the subject, and _what_ is the direct object of the verb
+_call_, so is in the objective case.
+
+[Sidenote: _Another way._]
+
+Some prefer another method of treatment. As shown by the following
+sentences, _what_ is equivalent to _that which_:--
+
+ It has been said that "common souls pay with _what_ they do,
+ nobler souls with _that which_ they are."--EMERSON.
+
+ _That which_ is pleasant often appears under the name of evil;
+ and _what_ is disagreeable to nature is called good and
+ virtuous.--BURKE.
+
+Hence some take _what_ as a double relative, and parse _that_ in the
+first clause, and _which_ in the second clause; that is, "common
+souls pay with _that_ [singular, object of _with_] _which_ [singular,
+object of _do_] they do."
+
+
+
+INDEFINITE RELATIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _List and examples._]
+
+121. INDEFINITE RELATIVES are, by meaning and use, not as direct as
+the simple relatives.
+
+They are _whoever_, _whichever_, _whatever_, _whatsoever_; less common
+are _whoso_, _whosoever_, _whichsoever_, _whatsoever_. The simple
+relatives _who_, _which_, and _what_ may also be used as indefinite
+relatives. Examples of indefinite relatives (from Emerson):--
+
+ 1. _Whoever_ has flattered his friend successfully must at once
+ think himself a knave, and his friend a fool.
+
+ 2. It is no proof of a man's understanding, to be able to affirm
+ _whatever_ he pleases.
+
+ 3. They sit in a chair or sprawl with children on the floor, or
+ stand on their head, or _what_ else _soever_, in a new and
+ original way.
+
+ 4. _Whoso_ is heroic will always find crises to try his edge.
+
+ 5. Only itself can inspire _whom_ it will.
+
+ 6. God offers to every mind its choice between truth and repose.
+ Take _which_ you please,--you cannot have both.
+
+ 7. Do _what_ we can, summer will have its flies.
+
+[Sidenote: _Meaning and use._]
+
+122. The fitness of the term _indefinite_ here cannot be shown
+better than by examining the following sentences:--
+
+ 1. There is something so overruling in _whatever_ inspires us
+ with awe, in _all things which_ belong ever so remotely to
+ terror, that nothing else can stand in their presence.--BURKE.
+
+ 2. Death is there associated, not with _everything that_ is most
+ endearing in social and domestic charities, but with _whatever_
+ is darkest in human nature and in human destiny.--MACAULAY.
+
+It is clear that in 1, _whatever_ is equivalent to _all things
+which_, and in 2, to _everything that_; no certain antecedent, no
+particular thing, being referred to. So with the other indefinites.
+
+[Sidenote: What _simple relative and_ what _indefinite relative_.]
+
+123. The above helps us to discriminate between _what_ as a simple
+and _what_ as an indefinite relative.
+
+As shown in Sec. 120, the simple relative _what_ is equivalent to
+_that which_ or the _thing which_,--some particular thing; as shown by
+the last sentence in Sec. 121, _what_ means _anything that_,
+_everything that_ (or _everything which_). The difference must be seen
+by the meaning of the sentence, as _what_ hardly ever has an
+antecedent.
+
+The examples in sentences 5 and 6, Sec. 121, show that _who_ and
+_which_ have no antecedent expressed, but mean _any one whom_, _either
+one that_, etc.
+
+
+
+OTHER WORDS USED AS RELATIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: But _and_ as.]
+
+124. Two words, but and as, are used with the force of relative
+pronouns in some expressions; for example,--
+
+ 1. There is not a leaf rotting on the highway _but_ has force in
+ it: how else could it rot?--CARLYLE.
+
+ 2. This, amongst such other troubles _as_ most men meet with in
+ this life, has been my heaviest affliction.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+[Sidenote: _Proof that they have the force of relatives._]
+
+Compare with these the two following sentences:--
+
+ 3. There is nothing _but_ is related to us, nothing _that_ does
+ _not_ interest us.--EMERSON.
+
+ 4. There were articles of comfort and luxury such _as_ Hester
+ never ceased to use, but _which_ only wealth could have
+ purchased.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+Sentence 3 shows that _but_ is equivalent to the relative _that_ with
+_not_, and that _as_ after _such_ is equivalent to _which_.
+
+For _as_ after _same_ see "Syntax" (Sec. 417).
+
+[Sidenote: _Former use of_ as.]
+
+125. In early modern English, _as_ was used just as we use _that_ or
+_which_, not following the word _such_; thus,--
+
+ I have not from your eyes that gentleness
+ And show of love _as_ I was wont to have.--SHAKESPEARE
+
+This still survives in vulgar English in England; for example,--
+
+ "Don't you mind Lucy Passmore, _as_ charmed your warts for you
+ when you was a boy? "--KINGSLEY
+
+This is frequently illustrated in Dickens's works.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Other substitutes._]
+
+126. Instead of the phrases _in which_, _upon which_, _by which_,
+etc., the conjunctions _wherein_, _whereupon_, _whereby_, etc., are
+used.
+
+ A man is the facade of a temple _wherein_ all wisdom and good
+ abide.--EMERSON.
+
+ The sovereignty of this nature _whereof_ we speak.--_Id._
+
+ The dear home faces _whereupon_
+ That fitful firelight paled and shone.--WHITTIER.
+
+
+
+PRONOUNS IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Special caution needed here._]
+
+127. It is sometimes hard for the student to tell a relative from an
+interrogative pronoun. In the regular direct question the
+interrogative is easily recognized; so is the relative when an
+antecedent is close by. But compare the following in pairs:--
+
+1. (_a_) Like a gentleman of leisure _who_ is strolling out for
+ pleasure.
+
+ (_b_) Well we knew _who_ stood behind, though the earthwork hid
+ them.
+
+2. (_a_) But _what_ you gain in time is perhaps lost in power.
+
+ (_b_) But _what_ had become of them they knew not.
+
+3. (_a_) These are the lines _which_ heaven-commanded Toil shows on
+ his deed.
+
+ (_b_) And since that time I thought it not amiss To judge _which_
+ were the best of all these three.
+
+In sentences 1 (_a_), 2 (_a_) and 3 (_a_) the regular relative use is
+seen; _who_ having the antecedent _gentleman_, _what_ having the
+double use of pronoun and antecedent, _which_ having the antecedent
+_lines_.
+
+But in 1 (_b_), 2 (_b_), and 3 (_b_), there are two points of
+difference from the others considered: first, no antecedent is
+expressed, which would indicate that they are not relatives; second, a
+question is disguised in each sentence, although each sentence as a
+whole is declarative in form. Thus, 1 (_b_), if expanded, would be,
+"Who stood behind? We knew," etc., showing that _who_ is plainly
+interrogative. So in 2 (_b_), _what_ is interrogative, the full
+expression being, "But what had become of them? They knew not."
+Likewise with _which_ in 3 (_b_).
+
+[Sidenote: _How to decide._]
+
+In studying such sentences, (1) see whether there is an antecedent of
+_who_ or _which_, and whether _what_ = _that_ + _which_ (if so, it is
+a simple relative; if not, it is either an indefinite relative or an
+interrogative pronoun); (2) see if the pronoun introduces an indirect
+question (if it does, it is an interrogative; if not, it is an
+indefinite relative).
+
+[Sidenote: _Another caution._]
+
+128. On the other hand, care must be taken to see whether the
+pronoun is the word that really _asks the question_ in an
+interrogative sentence. Examine the following:--
+
+1. Sweet rose! whence is this hue
+ _Which_ doth all hues excel?
+ --DRUMMOND
+
+2. And then what wonders shall you do
+ _Whose_ dawning beauty warms us so?
+ --WALKER
+
+3. Is this a romance? Or is it a faithful picture of _what_ has
+ lately been in a neighboring land?--MACAULAY
+
+
+These are interrogative sentences, but in none of them does the
+pronoun ask the question. In the first, _whence_ is the interrogative
+word, _which_ has the antecedent _hue_. In the second, _whose_ has the
+antecedent _you_, and asks no question. In the third, the question is
+asked by the verb.
+
+
+
+OMISSION OF THE RELATIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Relative omitted when_ object.]
+
+129. The relative is frequently omitted in spoken and in literary
+English when it would be the object of a preposition or a verb. Hardly
+a writer can be found who does not leave out relatives in this way
+when they can be readily supplied in the mind of the reader. Thus,--
+
+ These are the sounds we feed upon.--FLETCHER.
+
+ I visited many other apartments, but shall not trouble my reader
+ with all the curiosities I observed.--SWIFT.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Put in the relatives _who_, _which_, or _that_ where they are omitted
+from the following sentences, and see whether the sentences are any
+smoother or clearer:--
+
+ 1. The insect I am now describing lived three years,--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ 2. They will go to Sunday schools through storms their brothers
+ are afraid of.--HOLMES.
+
+ 3. He opened the volume he first took from the shelf.--G. ELIOT.
+
+ 4. He could give the coals in that queer coal scuttle we read of
+ to his poor neighbor.--THACKERAY.
+
+ 5. When Goldsmith died, half the unpaid bill he owed to Mr.
+ William Filby was for clothes supplied to his nephew.--FORSTER
+
+ 6. The thing I want to see is not Redbook Lists, and Court
+ Calendars, but the life of man in England.--CARLYLE.
+
+ 7. The material they had to work upon was already democratical by
+ instinct and habitude.--LOWELL.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Relative omitted when_ subject.]
+
+130. We often hear in spoken English expressions like these:--
+
+ There isn't one here * knows how to play ball.
+
+ There was such a crowd * went, the house was full.
+
+Here the omitted relative would be in the nominative case. Also in
+literary English we find the same omission. It is rare in prose, and
+comparatively so in poetry. Examples are,--
+
+ The silent truth that it was she was superior.--THACKERAY
+
+ I have a mind presages me such thrift.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ There is a nun in Dryburgh bower,
+ Ne'er looks upon the sun.
+ --SCOTT.
+
+ And you may gather garlands there
+ Would grace a summer queen.
+ _Id._
+
+ 'Tis distance lends enchantment to the view.--CAMPBELL.
+
+
+Exercises on the Relative Pronoun.
+
+(_a_) Bring up sentences containing ten instances of the relatives
+_who_, _which_, _that_, and _what_.
+
+(_b_) Bring up sentences having five indefinite relatives.
+
+(_c_) Bring up five sentences having indirect questions introduced by
+pronouns.
+
+(_d_) Tell whether the pronouns in the following are interrogatives,
+simple relatives, or indefinite relatives:--
+
+1. He ushered him into one of the wherries which lay ready to attend
+the Queen's barge, which was already proceeding.
+
+2. The nobles looked at each other, but more with the purpose to see
+what each thought of the news, than to exchange any remarks on what
+had happened.
+
+3. Gracious Heaven! who was this that knew the word?
+
+4. It needed to be ascertained which was the strongest kind of men;
+who were to be rulers over whom.
+
+5. He went on speaking to who would listen to him.
+
+6. What kept me silent was the thought of my mother.
+
+
+
+ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+[Sidenote: _Function of adjective pronouns._]
+
+131. Most of the words how to be considered are capable of a double
+use,--they may be pure modifiers of nouns, or they may stand for
+nouns. In the first use they are adjectives; in the second they retain
+an adjective _meaning_, but have lost their adjective _use_. Primarily
+they are adjectives, but in this function, or use, they are properly
+classed as adjective pronouns.
+
+The following are some examples of these:--
+
+ _Some_ say that the place was bewitched.--IRVING.
+
+ That mysterious realm where _each_ shall take
+ His chamber in the silent halls of death.
+ --BRYANT.
+
+ How happy is he born or taught
+ That serveth not _another's_ will.
+ --WOTTON
+
+ _That_ is more than any martyr can stand.--EMERSON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution._]
+
+[Sidenote: _Adjectives, not pronouns._]
+
+Hence these words are like adjectives used as nouns, which we have
+seen in such expressions as, "_The dead_ are there;" that is, a word,
+in order to be an adjective pronoun, _must not modify any word,
+expressed or understood_. It must come under the requirement of
+pronouns, and _stand for a noun_. For instance, in the following
+sentences--"The cubes are of stainless ivory, and on _each_ is
+written, in letters of gold, '_Truth_;'" "You needs must play such
+pranks as _these_;" "They will always have one bank to sun themselves
+upon, and _another_ to get cool under;" "Where two men ride on a
+horse, _one_ must ride behind"--the words italicized modify nouns
+understood, necessarily thought of: thus, in the first, "each _cube_;"
+in the second, "these _pranks_," in the others, "another _bank_," "one
+_man_."
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Classes of adjective pronouns._]
+
+132. Adjective pronouns are divided into three classes:--
+
+(1) DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, such as _this_, _that_, _the former_, etc.
+
+(2) DISTRIBUTIVE PRONOUNS, such as _each_, _either_, _neither_, etc.
+
+(3) NUMERAL PRONOUNS, as _some_, _any_, _few_, _many_, _none_, _all_,
+etc.
+
+
+DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition and examples._]
+
+133. A DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN is one that definitely points out what
+persons or things are alluded to in the sentence.
+
+The person or thing alluded to by the demonstrative may be in another
+sentence, or may be the whole of a sentence. For example, "Be _that_
+as it may" could refer to a sentiment in a sentence, or an argument in
+a paragraph; but the demonstrative clearly points to that thing.
+
+The following are examples of demonstratives:--
+
+ I did not say _this_ in so many words.
+
+ All _these_ he saw; but what he fain had seen He could not see.
+
+ Beyond _that_ I seek not to penetrate the veil.
+
+ How much we forgive in _those_ who yield us the rare spectacle of
+ heroic manners!
+
+ The correspondence of Bonaparte with his brother Joseph, when
+ _the latter_ was the King of Spain.
+
+ _Such_ are a few isolated instances, accidentally preserved.
+
+ Even as I have seen, they that plow iniquity, and sow wickedness,
+ reap _the same_.
+
+ They know that patriotism has its glorious opportunities and its
+ sacred duties. They have not shunned _the one_, and they have
+ well performed _the other_.
+
+NOTE.--It will be noticed in the first four sentences that _this_ and
+_that_ are inflected for number.
+
+
+
+Exercises.
+
+(_a_) Find six sentences using demonstrative adjective pronouns.
+
+(_b_) In which of the following is _these_ a pronoun?--
+
+ 1. Formerly the duty of a librarian was to keep people as much as
+ possible from the books, and to hand _these_ over to his
+ successor as little worn as he could.--LOWELL.
+
+ 2. They had fewer books, but _these_ were of the best.--_Id._
+
+ 3. A man inspires affection and honor, because he was not lying
+ in wait for _these_.--EMERSON
+
+ 4. Souls such as _these_ treat you as gods would.--_Id._
+
+ 5. _These_ are the first mountains that broke the uniform level
+ of the earth's surface.--AGASSIZ
+
+
+DISTRIBUTIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition and examples._]
+
+134. The DISTRIBUTIVE PRONOUNS are those which stand for the names
+of persons or things considered singly.
+
+[Sidenote: _Simple._]
+
+Some of these are _simple_ pronouns; for example,--
+
+ They stood, or sat, or reclined, as seemed good to _each_.
+
+ As two yoke devils sworn to _other's_ purpose.
+
+ Their minds accorded into one strain, and made delightful music
+ which _neither_ could have claimed as all his own.
+
+[Sidenote: _Compound_.]
+
+Two are compound pronouns,--_each other_, _one another_. They may be
+separated into two adjective pronouns; as,
+
+ We violated our reverence _each_ for _the other's_ soul.
+ --HAWTHORNE.
+
+More frequently they are considered as one pronoun.
+
+ They led one another, as it were, into a high pavilion of their
+ thoughts.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ Men take each other's measure when they react.--EMERSON.
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences containing three distributive pronouns.
+
+
+NUMERAL PRONOUNS.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition and examples_.]
+
+135. The NUMERAL PRONOUNS are those which stand for an uncertain
+number or quantity of persons or things.
+
+The following sentences contain numeral pronouns:--
+
+ Trusting too much to _others'_ care is the ruin of _many_.
+
+ 'Tis of no importance how large his house, you quickly come to
+ the end of _all_.
+
+ _Another_ opposes him with sound argument.
+
+ It is as if _one_ should be so enthusiastic a lover of poetry as
+ to care nothing for Homer or Milton.
+
+ There were plenty _more_ for him to fall in company with, as
+ _some_ of the rangers had gone astray.
+
+ The Soldan, imbued, as _most_ were, with the superstitions of his
+ time, paused over a horoscope.
+
+ If those [taxes] were the only _ones_ we had to pay, we might the
+ more easily discharge them.
+
+ _Much_ might be said on both sides.
+
+ If hand of mine _another's_ task has lightened.
+ It felt the guidance that it does not claim.
+ So perish _all_ whose breast ne'er learned to glow
+ For _others_' good, or melt for _others_' woe.
+
+ _None_ shall rule but the humble.
+
+[Sidenote: _Some inflected._]
+
+It will be noticed that some of these are inflected for case and
+number; such as _one other_, _another_.
+
+The word _one_ has a reflexive form; for example,--
+
+[Sidenote: One _reflexive_.]
+
+ The best way to punish _oneself_ for doing ill seems to me to go
+ and do good.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ The lines sound so prettily to _one's self_. HOLMES.
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences containing ten numeral pronouns.
+
+
+
+INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition and examples._]
+
+136. Indefinite pronouns are words which stand for an indefinite
+number or quantity of persons or things; but, unlike adjective
+pronouns, they are never used as adjectives.
+
+Most of them are compounds of two or more words:--
+
+[Sidenote: _List._]
+
+_Somebody_, _some one_, _something_; _anybody_, _any one_ (or
+_anyone_), _anything_; _everybody_, _every one_ (or _everyone_),
+_everything_; _nobody_, _no one_, _nothing_; _somebody else_, _anyone
+else_, _everybody else_, _every one else_, etc.; also _aught_,
+_naught_; and _somewhat_, _what_, and _they_.
+
+The following sentences contain indefinite pronouns:--
+
+ As he had them of all hues, he hoped to fit _everybody's_ fancy.
+
+ _Every one_ knows how laborious the usual method is of attaining
+ to arts and sciences.
+
+ _Nothing_ sheds more honor on our early history than the
+ impression which these measures everywhere produced in America.
+
+ Let us also perform _something_ worthy to be remembered.
+
+ William of Orange was more than _anything else_ a religious man.
+
+ Frederick was discerned to be a purchaser of _everything_ that
+ _nobody else_ would buy.
+
+ These other souls draw me as _nothing else_ can.
+
+ The genius that created it now creates _somewhat else_.
+
+ _Every one else_ stood still at his post.
+
+ That is perfectly true: I did not want _anybody else's_ authority
+ to write as I did.
+
+_They_ indefinite means people in general; as,--
+
+ At lovers' perjuries, _they_ say, Jove laughs.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+_What_ indefinite is used in the expression "I tell you _what_." It
+means _something_, and was indefinite in Old English.
+
+ Now, in building of chaises, I tell you _what_,
+ There is always somewhere a weakest spot.
+
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with six indefinite pronouns.
+
+
+137. Some indefinite pronouns are inflected for case, as shown in
+the words _everybody's_, _anybody else's_, etc.
+
+See also "Syntax" (Sec. 426) as to the possessive case of the forms
+with _else_.
+
+
+
+HOW TO PARSE PRONOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _A reminder._]
+
+138. In parsing pronouns the student will need particularly to
+guard against the mistake of parsing words according to _form_ instead
+of according to function or use.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Parse in full the pronouns in the following sentences:--
+
+ 1. She could not help laughing at the vile English into which
+ they were translated.
+
+ 2. Our readers probably remember what Mrs. Hutchinson tells us of
+ herself.
+
+ 3. Whoever deals with M. de Witt must go the plain way that he
+ pretends to, in his negotiations.
+
+ 4. Some of them from whom nothing was to be got, were suffered to
+ depart; but those from whom it was thought that anything could be
+ extorted were treated with execrable cruelty.
+
+ 5. All was now ready for action.
+
+ 6. Scarcely had the mutiny broken up when he was himself again.
+
+ 7. He came back determined to put everything to the hazard.
+
+ 8. Nothing is more clear than that a general ought to be the
+ servant of his government, and of no other.
+
+ 9. Others did the same thing, but not to quite so enormous an
+ extent.
+
+ 10. On reaching the approach to this about sunset of a beautiful
+ evening in June, I first found myself among the mountains,--a
+ feature of natural scenery for which, from my earliest days, it
+ was not extravagant to say that I hungered and thirsted.
+
+ 11. I speak of that part which chiefly it is that I know.
+
+ 12. A smaller sum I had given to my friend the attorney (who was
+ connected with the money lenders as their lawyer), to which,
+ indeed, he was entitled for his unfurnished lodgings.
+
+ 13. Whatever power the law gave them would be enforced against
+ me to the utmost.
+
+ 14. O thou that rollest above, round as the shield of my fathers!
+
+ 15. But there are more than you ever heard of who die of grief in
+ this island of ours.
+
+ 16. But amongst themselves is no voice nor sound.
+
+ 17. For this did God send her a great reward.
+
+ 18. The table was good; but that was exactly what Kate cared
+ little about.
+
+ 19. Who and what was Milton? That is to say, what is the place
+ which he fills in his own vernacular literature?
+
+ 20. These hopes are mine as much as theirs.
+
+ 21. What else am I who laughed or wept yesterday, who slept last
+ night like a corpse?
+
+ 22. I who alone am, I who see nothing in nature whose existence I
+ can affirm with equal evidence to my own, behold now the
+ semblance of my being, in all its height, variety, and curiosity
+ reiterated in a foreign form.
+
+ 23. What hand but would a garland cull
+ For thee who art so beautiful?
+
+ 24. And I had done a hellish thing,
+ And it would work 'em woe.
+
+ 25. Whatever he knows and thinks, whatever in his apprehension is
+ worth doing, that let him communicate.
+
+ 26. Rip Van Winkle was one of those foolish, well-oiled
+ dispositions, who take the world easy, eat white bread or brown,
+ whichever can be got with least thought or trouble.
+
+
+ 27. And will your mother pity me,
+ Who am a maiden most forlorn?
+
+ 28. They know not I knew thee,
+ Who knew thee too well.
+
+ 29. I did remind thee of our own dear Lake,
+ By the old Hall which may be mine no more.
+
+ 30. He sate him down, and seized a pen, and traced
+ Words which I could not guess of.
+
+ 31. Time writes no wrinkle on thine azure brow:
+ Such as creation's dawn beheld, thou rollest now.
+
+ 32. Wild Spirit which art moving everywhere;
+ Destroyer and preserver; hear, oh, hear!
+
+ 33. A smile of hers was like an act of grace.
+
+ 34. No man can learn what he has not preparation for learning.
+
+ 35. What can we see or acquire but what we are?
+
+ 36. He teaches who gives, and he learns who receives.
+
+ 37. We are by nature observers; that is our permanent state.
+
+ 38. He knew not what to do, and so he read.
+
+ 39. Who hears me, who understands me, becomes mine.
+
+ 40. The men who carry their points do not need to inquire of
+ their constituents what they should say.
+
+ 41. Higher natures overpower lower ones by affecting them with a
+ certain sleep.
+
+ 42. Those who live to the future must always appear selfish to
+ those who live to the present.
+
+ 43. I am sorry when my independence is invaded or when a gift
+ comes from such as do not know my spirit.
+
+ 44. Here I began to howl and scream abominably, which was no bad
+ step towards my liberation.
+
+ 45. The only aim of the war is to see which is the stronger of
+ the two--which is the master.
+
+
+
+
+ADJECTIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Office of Adjectives._]
+
+139. Nouns are seldom used as names of objects without additional
+words joined to them to add to their meaning. For example, if we wish
+to speak of a friend's house, we cannot guide one to it by merely
+calling it _a house_. We need to add some words to tell its color,
+size, position, etc., if we are at a distance; and if we are near, we
+need some word to point out the house we speak of, so that no other
+will be mistaken for it. So with any object, or with persons.
+
+As to the kind of words used, we may begin with the common adjectives
+telling the _characteristics_ of an object. If a chemist discovers a
+new substance, he cannot describe it to others without telling its
+qualities: he will say it is _solid_, or _liquid_, or _gaseous_;
+_heavy_ or _light_; _brittle_ or _tough_; _white_ or _red_; etc.
+
+Again, in _pointing out_ an object, adjectives are used; such as in
+the expressions "_this_ man," "_that_ house," "_yonder_ hill," etc.
+
+Instead of using nouns indefinitely, the _number_ is limited by
+adjectives; as, "_one_ hat," "_some_ cities," "_a hundred_ men."
+
+The office of an adjective, then, is to narrow down or limit the
+application of a noun. It may have this office alone, or it may at the
+same time add to the meaning of the noun.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Substantives._]
+
+140. Nouns are not, however, the only words limited by adjectives:
+pronouns and other words and expressions also have adjectives joined
+to them. Any word or word group that performs the same office as a
+noun may be modified by adjectives.
+
+To make this clear, notice the following sentences:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Pronoun._]
+
+ If _he_ be _thankful_ for small benefits, it shows that he weighs
+ men's minds, and their trash.--BACON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Infinitives._]
+
+ _To err_ is _human_; _to forgive, divine_.--POPE.
+
+ With exception of the "and then," the "and there," and the still
+ less _significant_ "_and so_," they constitute all his
+ connections.--COLERIDGE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+141. An adjective is a word joined to a noun or other substantive
+word or expression, to describe it or to limit its application.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Classes of adjectives._]
+
+142. Adjectives are divided into four classes:--
+
+(1) Descriptive adjectives, which describe by expressing qualities
+or attributes of a substantive.
+
+(2) Adjectives of quantity, used to tell how many things are spoken
+of, or how much of a thing.
+
+(3) Demonstrative adjectives, pointing out particular things.
+
+(4) Pronominal adjectives, words primarily pronouns, but used
+adjectively sometimes in modifying nouns instead of standing for them.
+They include relative and interrogative words.
+
+
+
+DESCRIPTIVE ADJECTIVES.
+
+
+143. This large class includes several kinds of words:--
+
+(1) SIMPLE ADJECTIVES expressing quality; such as _safe_, _happy_,
+_deep_, _fair_, _rash_, _beautiful_, _remotest_, _terrible_, etc.
+
+(2) COMPOUND ADJECTIVES, made up of various words thrown together to
+make descriptive epithets. Examples are, "_Heaven-derived_ power,"
+"this _life-giving_ book," "his spirit wrapt and _wonder-struck_,"
+"_ice-cold_ water," "_half-dead_ traveler," "_unlooked-for_ burden,"
+"_next-door_ neighbor," "_ivory-handled_ pistols," "the
+_cold-shudder-inspiring_ Woman in White."
+
+(3) PROPER ADJECTIVES, derived from proper nouns; such as, "an old
+_English_ manuscript," "the _Christian_ pearl of charity," "the
+well-curb had a _Chinese_ roof," "the _Roman_ writer Palladius."
+
+(4) PARTICIPIAL ADJECTIVES, which are either pure participles used to
+describe, or participles which have lost all verbal force and have no
+function except to express quality. Examples are,--
+
+_Pure participial adjectives_: "The _healing_ power of the Messiah,"
+"The _shattering_ sway of one strong arm," "_trailing_ clouds," "The
+_shattered_ squares have opened into line," "It came on like the
+_rolling_ simoom," "God tempers the wind to the _shorn_ lamb."
+
+_Faded participial adjectives_: "Sleep is a _blessed_ thing;" "One is
+hungry, and another is _drunken_;" "under the _fitting_ drapery of the
+jagged and trailing clouds;" "The clearness and quickness are
+_amazing_;" "an _aged_ man;" "a _charming_ sight."
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution._]
+
+144. Care is needed, in studying these last-named words, to
+distinguish between a participle that forms part of a verb, and a
+participle or participial adjective that belongs to a noun.
+
+For instance: in the sentence, "The work was well and rapidly
+accomplished," _was accomplished_ is a verb; in this, "No man of his
+day was more brilliant or more accomplished," _was_ is the verb, and
+_accomplished_ is an adjective.
+
+
+
+Exercises.
+
+1. Bring up sentences with twenty descriptive adjectives, having some
+of each subclass named in Sec. 143.
+
+2. Is the italicized word an adjective in this?--
+
+The old sources of intellectual excitement seem to be well-nigh
+_exhausted_.
+
+
+
+ADJECTIVES OF QUANTITY.
+
+
+145. Adjectives of quantity tell _how much_ or _how many_. They have
+these three subdivisions:--
+
+[Sidenote: _How much._]
+
+(1) QUANTITY IN BULK: such words as _little_, _much_, _some_, _no_,
+_any_, _considerable_, sometimes _small_, joined usually to singular
+nouns to express an indefinite measure of the thing spoken of.
+
+The following examples are from Kingsley:--
+
+ So he parted with _much_ weeping of the lady.
+ Which we began to do with _great_ labor and _little_ profit.
+ Because I had _some_ knowledge of surgery and blood-letting.
+ But ever she looked on Mr. Oxenham, and seemed to take _no_
+ care as long as he was by.
+
+Examples of _small_ an adjective of quantity:--
+
+ "The deil's in it but I bude to anger him!" said the woman, and
+ walked away with a laugh of _small_ satisfaction.--MACDONALD.
+
+ 'Tis midnight, but _small_ thoughts have I of sleep.--COLERIDGE.
+
+ It gives _small_ idea of Coleridge's way of talking.--CARLYLE.
+
+When _some_, _any_, _no_, are used with plural nouns, they come under
+the next division of adjectives.
+
+[Sidenote: _How many._]
+
+(2) QUANTITY IN NUMBER, which may be expressed exactly by numbers or
+remotely designated by words expressing indefinite amounts. Hence the
+natural division into--
+
+(_a_) _Definite numerals_; as, "_one_ blaze of musketry;" "He found in
+the pathway _fourteen_ Spaniards;" "I have lost _one_ brother, but I
+have gained _fourscore_;" "_a dozen_ volunteers."
+
+(_b_) _Indefinite numerals_, as the following from Kingsley: "We gave
+_several_ thousand pounds for it;" "In came some five and twenty more,
+and with them _a few_ negroes;" "Then we wandered for _many_ days;"
+"Amyas had evidently _more_ schemes in his head;" "He had lived by
+hunting for _some_ months;" "That light is far too red to be the
+reflection of _any_ beams of hers."
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Single ones of any number of changes._]
+
+(3) DISTRIBUTIVE NUMERALS, which occupy a place midway between the
+last two subdivisions of numeral adjectives; for they are indefinite
+in telling how many objects are spoken of, but definite in referring
+to the objects one at a time. Thus,--
+
+ _Every_ town had its fair; _every_ village, its wake.--THACKERAY.
+
+ An arrow was quivering in _each_ body.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ Few on _either_ side but had their shrewd scratch to show.--_Id._
+
+ Before I taught my tongue to wound
+ My conscience with a sinful sound,
+ Or had the black art to dispense
+ A _several_ sin to _every_ sense.--VAUGHAN.
+
+
+Exercise.--Bring up sentences with ten adjectives of quantity.
+
+
+
+DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Not primarily pronouns._]
+
+146. The words of this list are placed here instead of among
+pronominal adjectives, for the reason that they are felt to be
+primarily adjectives; their pronominal use being evidently a
+shortening, by which the words point out but stand for words omitted,
+instead of modifying them. Their natural and original use is to be
+joined to a noun following or in close connection.
+
+[Sidenote: _The list._]
+
+The demonstrative adjectives are _this_, _that_, (plural _these_,
+_those_), _yonder_ (or _yon_), _former_, _latter_; also the pairs
+_one_ (or _the one_)--_the other_, _the former_--_the latter_, used to
+refer to two things which have been already named in a sentence.
+
+[Sidenote: _Examples._]
+
+The following sentences present some examples:--
+
+ The bashful virgin's sidelong looks of love, The matron's glance
+ that would _those_ looks reprove.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ These were thy charms...but all _these_ charms are fled.--_Id._
+
+ About _this_ time I met with an odd volume of the
+ "Spectator."--B. FRANKLIN.
+
+ _Yonder_ proud ships are not means of annoyance to you.--D.
+ WEBSTER.
+
+ _Yon_ cloud with _that_ long purple cleft.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+ I chose for the students of Kensington two characteristic
+ examples of early art, of equal skill; but in _the one_ case,
+ skill which was progressive--in _the other_, skill which was at
+ pause.--RUSKIN.
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with five demonstrative adjectives.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Ordinal numerals classed under demonstratives._]
+
+147. The class of numerals known as ordinals must be placed here,
+as having the same function as demonstrative adjectives. They point
+out which thing is meant among a series of things mentioned. The
+following are examples:--
+
+ The _first_ regular provincial newspapers appear to have been
+ created in the last decade of the _seventeenth_ century, and by
+ the middle of the _eighteenth_ century almost every important
+ provincial town had its local organ.--BANCROFT.
+
+These do not, like the other numerals, tell _how many_ things are
+meant. When we speak of the seventeenth century, we imply nothing as
+to how many centuries there may be.
+
+
+
+PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+148. As has been said, pronominal adjectives are primarily
+pronouns; but, when they _modify_ words instead of referring to them
+as antecedents, they are changed to adjectives. They are of two
+kinds,--RELATIVE and INTERROGATIVE,--and are used to join sentences or
+to ask questions, just as the corresponding pronouns do.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Modify names of persons or things._]
+
+149. The RELATIVE ADJECTIVES are _which_ and _what_; for example,--
+
+ It matters not _what_ rank he has, _what_ revenues or garnitures.
+ --CARLYLE.
+
+ The silver and laughing Xenil, careless _what_ lord should
+ possess the banks that bloomed by its everlasting
+ course.--BULWER.
+
+ The taking of _which_ bark. I verily believe, was the ruin of
+ every mother's son of us.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ In _which_ evil strait Mr. Oxenham fought desperately.--_Id._
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Indefinite relative adjectives._]
+
+150. The INDEFINITE RELATIVE adjectives are _what_, _whatever_,
+_whatsoever_, _whichever_, _whichsoever_. Examples of their use are,--
+
+ He in his turn tasted some of its flavor, which, make _what_ sour
+ mouths he would for pretense, proved not altogether displeasing
+ to him.--LAMB.
+
+ _Whatever_ correction of our popular views from insight, nature
+ will be sure to bear us out in.--EMERSON.
+
+ _Whatsoever_ kind of man he is, you at least give him full
+ authority over your son.--RUSKIN.
+
+ Was there, as it rather seemed, a circle of ominous shadow moving
+ along with his deformity, _whichever_ way he turned
+ himself?--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ New torments I behold, and new tormented
+ Around me, _whichsoever_ way I move,
+ And _whichsoever_ way I turn, and gaze.
+ --LONGFELLOW (FROM DANTE).
+
+
+151. The INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVES are _which_ and _what_. They may
+be used in direct and indirect questions. As in the pronouns, _which_
+is selective among what is known; _what_ inquires about things or
+persons not known.
+
+[Sidenote: _In direct questions._]
+
+Sentences with _which_ and _what_ in direct questions:--
+
+ _Which_ debt must I pay first, the debt to the rich, or the debt
+ to the poor?--EMERSON.
+
+ But when the Trojan war comes, _which_ side will you take?
+ --THACKERAY.
+
+ But _what_ books in the circulating library circulate?--LOWELL.
+
+ _What_ beckoning ghost along the moonlight shade
+ Invites my steps, and points to yonder glade?--POPE.
+
+[Sidenote: _In indirect questions._]
+
+Sentences with _which_ and _what_ in indirect questions:--
+
+ His head...looked like a weathercock perched upon his spindle
+ neck to tell _which_ way the wind blew.--IRVING.
+
+ A lady once remarked, he [Coleridge] could never fix _which_ side
+ of the garden walk would suit him best.--CARLYLE.
+
+ He was turned before long into all the universe, where it was
+ uncertain _what_ game you would catch, or whether any.--_Id._
+
+ At _what_ rate these materials would be distributed and
+ precipitated in regular strata, it is impossible to
+ determine.--AGASSIZ.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Adjective_ what _in exclamations_.]
+
+152. In exclamatory expressions, _what_ (or _what a_) has a force
+somewhat like a descriptive adjective. It is neither relative nor
+interrogative, but might be called an EXCLAMATORY ADJECTIVE; as,--
+
+ Oh, _what a_ revolution! and _what a_ heart must I have, to
+ contemplate without emotion that elevation and that fall!--BURKE.
+
+ _What a_ piece of work is man!--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ And yet, alas, the making of it right, _what a_ business for long
+ time to come!--CARLYLE
+
+ Through _what_ hardships it may attain to bear a sweet
+ fruit!--THOREAU.
+
+
+Exercise.--Find ten sentences containing pronominal adjectives.
+
+
+
+INFLECTIONS OF ADJECTIVES.
+
+
+153 .Adjectives have two inflections,--number and comparison.
+
+
+NUMBER.--_This_, _That_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _History of_ this--these _and_ that--those.]
+
+154. The only adjectives having a plural form are _this_ and _that_
+(plural _these_, _those_).
+
+_This_ is the old demonstrative; _that_ being borrowed from the forms
+of the definite article, which was fully inflected in Old English. The
+article _that_ was used with neuter nouns.
+
+In Middle English the plural of _this_ was _this_ or _thise_, which
+changed its spelling to the modern form _these_.
+
+[Sidenote: Those _borrowed from_ this.]
+
+But _this_ had also another plural, _thas_ (modern _those_). The old
+plural of _that_ was _tha_ (Middle English _tho_ or _thow_):
+consequently _tho_ (plural of _that_) and _those_ (plural of _this_)
+became confused, and it was forgotten that _those_ was really the
+plural of _this_; and in Modern English we speak of _these_ as the
+plural of _this_, and _those_ as the plural of _that_.
+
+
+COMPARISON.
+
+155. Comparison is an inflection not possessed by nouns and
+pronouns: it belongs to adjectives and adverbs.
+
+[Sidenote: _Meaning of comparison._]
+
+When we place two objects side by side, we notice some differences
+between them as to size, weight, color, etc. Thus, it is said that a
+cow is _larger_ than a sheep, gold is _heavier_ than iron, a sapphire
+is _bluer_ than the sky. All these have certain qualities; and when we
+compare the objects, we do so by means of their qualities,--cow and
+sheep by the quality of largeness, or size; gold and iron by the
+quality of heaviness, or weight, etc.,--but not the same degree, or
+amount, of the quality.
+
+The degrees belong to any beings or ideas that may be known or
+conceived of as possessing quality; as, "untamed thought, great,
+giant-like, enormous;" "the commonest speech;" "It is a nobler valor;"
+"the largest soul."
+
+Also words of quantity may be compared: for example, "more matter,
+with less wit;" "no fewer than a hundred."
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Words that cannot be compared._]
+
+156. There are some descriptive words whose meaning is such as not
+to admit of comparison; for example,--
+
+ His company became very agreeable to the brave old professor of
+ arms, whose _favorite_ pupil he was.--THACKERAY.
+
+ A _main_ difference betwixt men is, whether they attend their own
+ affair or not.--EMERSON
+
+ It was his business to administer the law in its _final_ and
+ closest application to the offender--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ Freedom is a _perpetual, organic, universal_ institution, in
+ harmony with the Constitution of the United States.--SEWARD.
+
+So with the words _sole_, _sufficient_, _infinite_, _immemorial_,
+_indefatigable_, _indomitable_, _supreme_, and many others.
+
+It is true that words of comparison are sometimes prefixed to them,
+but, strictly considered, they are not compared.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+157. Comparison means the changes that words undergo to express
+degrees in quality, or amounts in quantity.
+
+[Sidenote: _The two forms._]
+
+158. There are two forms for this inflection: the comparative,
+expressing a greater degree of quality; and the superlative,
+expressing the greatest degree of quality.
+
+These are called degrees of comparison.
+
+These are properly the only degrees, though the simple, uninflected
+form is usually called the positive degree.
+
+
+159. The comparative is formed by adding _-er_, and the superlative
+by adding _-est_, to the simple form; as, _red_, _redder_, _reddest_;
+_blue_, _bluer_, _bluest_; _easy_, _easier_, _easiest_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Substitute for inflection in comparison._]
+
+160. Side by side with these inflected forms are found comparative
+and superlative expressions making use of the adverbs more and
+most. These are often useful as alternative with the inflected
+forms, but in most cases are used before adjectives that are never
+inflected.
+
+They came into use about the thirteenth century, but were not common
+until a century later.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Which rule_,-- -er _and_ -est _or_ more _and_ most?]
+
+161. The English is somewhat capricious in choosing between the
+inflected forms and those with _more_ and _most_, so that no
+inflexible rule can be given as to the formation of the comparative
+and the superlative.
+
+The general rule is, that monosyllables and easily pronounced words of
+two syllables add _-er_ and _-est_; and other words are preceded by
+_more_ and _most_.
+
+But room must be left in such a rule for pleasantness of sound and for
+variety of expression.
+
+To see how literary English overrides any rule that could be given,
+examine the following taken at random:--
+
+From Thackeray: "The _handsomest_ wives;" "the _immensest_ quantity of
+thrashing;" "the _wonderfulest_ little shoes;" "_more odd, strange_,
+and yet familiar;" "_more austere_ and _holy_."
+
+From Ruskin: "The sharpest, finest chiseling, and _patientest_
+fusing;" "_distantest_ relationships;" "_sorrowfulest_ spectacles."
+
+Carlyle uses _beautifulest_, _mournfulest_, _honestest_,
+_admirablest_, _indisputablest_, _peaceablest_, _most small_, etc.
+
+These long, harsh forms are usually avoided, but _more_ and _most_ are
+frequently used with monosyllables.
+
+
+162. Expressions are often met with in which a superlative form does
+not carry the superlative meaning. These are equivalent usually to
+_very_ with the positive degree; as,--
+
+ To this the Count offers a _most wordy_ declaration of the
+ benefits conferred by Spain.--_The Nation_, No 1507
+
+ In all formulas that Johnson could stand by, there needed to be a
+ _most genuine_ substance.--CARLYLE
+
+ A gentleman, who, though born in no very high degree, was _most
+ finished_, _polished_, _witty_, _easy_, _quiet_.--THACKERAY
+
+ He had actually nothing else save a rope around his neck, which
+ hung behind in the _queerest_ way.--_Id._
+
+ "So help me God, madam, I will," said Henry Esmond, falling on
+ his knees, and kissing the hand of his _dearest_ mistress.--_Id._
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Adjectives irregularly compared._]
+
+163. Among the variously derived adjectives now in our language
+there are some which may always be recognized as native English. These
+are adjectives irregularly compared.
+
+Most of them have worn down or become confused with similar words, but
+they are essentially the same forms that have lived for so many
+centuries.
+
+The following lists include the majority of them:--
+
+
+ LIST I.
+
+ 1. Good or well Better Best
+ 2. Evil, bad, ill Worse Worst
+ 3. Little Less, lesser Least
+ 4. Much or many More Most
+ 5. Old Elder, older Eldest, oldest
+ 6. Nigh Nigher Nighest, next
+ 7. Near Nearer Nearest
+ 8. Far Farther, further Farthest, furthest
+ 9. Late Later, latter Latest, last
+ 10. Hind Hinder Hindmost, hindermost
+
+
+ LIST II.
+
+ These have no adjective positive:--
+
+ 1. [In] Inner Inmost, innermost
+ 2. [Out] Outer, utter {Outmost, outermost
+ {Utmost, uttermost
+ 3. [Up] Upper Upmost, uppermost
+
+
+ LIST III.
+
+ A few of comparative form but not comparative meaning:--
+
+ After Over Under Nether
+
+Remarks on Irregular Adjectives.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _List I._]
+
+164. (1) The word good has no comparative or superlative, but takes
+the place of a positive to _better_ and _best_. There was an old
+comparative _bet_, which has gone out of use; as in the sentence (14th
+century), "Ich singe _bet_ than thu dest" (I sing better than thou
+dost). The superlative I form was _betst_, which has softened to the
+modern _best_.
+
+(2) In Old English, evil was the positive to _worse_, _worst_; but
+later _bad_ and _ill_ were borrowed from the Norse, and used as
+positives to the same comparative and superlative. _Worser_ was once
+used, a double comparative; as in Shakespeare,--
+
+ O, throw away the _worser_ part of it.--HAMLET.
+
+(3) Little is used as positive to _less_, _least_, though from a
+different root. A double comparative, _lesser_, is often used; as,--
+
+ We have it in a much _lesser_ degree.--MATTHEW ARNOLD.
+
+ Thrust the _lesser_ half by main force into the fists of Ho-ti.
+ --LAMB.
+
+(4) The words much and many now express quantity; but in former
+times _much_ was used in the sense of _large_, _great_, and was the
+same word that is found in the proverb, "Many a little makes _a
+mickle_." Its spelling has been _micel_, _muchel_, _moche_, _much_,
+the parallel form _mickle_ being rarely used.
+
+The meanings _greater_, _greatest_, are shown in such phrases as,--
+
+ The _more_ part being of one mind, to England we
+ sailed.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ The _most_ part kept a stolid indifference.--_Id._
+
+The latter, meaning _the largest part_, is quite common.
+
+(5) The forms elder, eldest, are earlier than _older_, _oldest_. A
+few other words with the vowel _o_ had similar change in the
+comparative and superlative, as _long_, _strong_, etc.; but these have
+followed _old_ by keeping the same vowel _o_ in all the forms, instead
+of _lenger_, _strenger_, etc., the old forms.
+
+(6) and (7) Both nigh and near seem regular in Modern English,
+except the form _next_; but originally the comparison was _nigh_,
+_near_, _next_. In the same way the word high had in Middle English
+the superlative _hexte_.
+
+By and by the comparative _near_ was regarded as a positive form, and
+on it were built a double comparative _nearer_, and the superlative
+_nearest_, which adds _-est_ to what is really a comparative instead
+of a simple adjective.
+
+(8) These words also show confusion and consequent modification,
+coming about as follows: further really belongs to another
+series,--_forth_, _further_, _first_. First became entirely
+detached from the series, and _furthest_ began to be used to follow
+the comparative _further_; then these were used as comparative and
+superlative of _far_.
+
+The word far had formerly the comparative and superlative _farrer_,
+_farrest_. In imitation of _further_, _furthest_, _th_ came into the
+others, making the modern _farther_, _farthest_. Between the two sets
+as they now stand, there is scarcely any distinction, except perhaps
+_further_ is more used than _farther_ in the sense of _additional_;
+as, for example,--
+
+ When that evil principle was left with no _further_ material to
+ support it.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+(9) Latter and last are the older forms. Since _later_, _latest_,
+came into use, a distinction has grown up between the two series.
+_Later_ and _latest_ have the true comparative and superlative force,
+and refer to time; _latter_ and _last_ are used in speaking of
+succession, or series, and are hardly thought of as connected in
+meaning with the word _late_.
+
+(10) Hinder is comparative in form, but not in meaning. The form
+_hindmost_ is really a double superlative, since the _m_ is for _-ma_,
+an old superlative ending, to which is added _-ost_, doubling the
+inflection. _Hind-er-m-ost_ presents the combination comparative +
+superlative + superlative.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _List II._]
+
+165. In List II. (Sec. 163) the comparatives and superlatives are
+adjectives, but they have no adjective positives.
+
+The comparatives are so in form, but not in their meaning.
+
+The superlatives show examples again of double inflection, and of
+comparative added to double-superlative inflection.
+
+Examples (from Carlyle) of the use of these adjectives: "revealing the
+_inner_ splendor to him;" "a mind that has penetrated into the
+_inmost_ heart of a thing;" "This of painting is one of the
+_outermost_ developments of a man;" "The _outer_ is of the day;"
+"far-seeing as the sun, the _upper_ light of the world;" "the
+_innermost_ moral soul;" "their _utmost_ exertion."
+
+
+[Sidenote: -Most _added to other words_.]
+
+166. The ending _-most_ is added to some words that are not usually
+adjectives, or have no comparative forms.
+
+ There, on the very _topmost_ twig, sits that ridiculous but
+ sweet-singing bobolink.--H.W. BEECHER.
+
+ Decidedly handsome, having such a skin as became a young woman of
+ family in _northernmost_ Spain.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ Highest and _midmost_, was descried The royal banner floating
+ wide.--SCOTT.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _List III._]
+
+167. The adjectives in List III. are like the comparative forms in
+List II. in having no adjective positives. They have no superlatives,
+and have no comparative force, being merely descriptive.
+
+ Her bows were deep in the water, but her _after_ deck was still
+ dry.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ Her, by the by, in _after_ years I vainly endeavored to
+ trace.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ The upper and the _under_ side of the medal of Jove.--EMERSON.
+
+ Have you ever considered what a deep _under_ meaning there lies
+ in our custom of strewing flowers?--RUSKIN.
+
+ Perhaps he rose out of some _nether_ region.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+_Over_ is rarely used separately as an adjective.
+
+
+
+CAUTION FOR ANALYZING OR PARSING.
+
+[Sidenote: _Think what each adjective belongs to._]
+
+168. Some care must be taken to decide what word is modified by an
+adjective. In a series of adjectives in the same sentence, all may
+belong to the same noun, or each may modify a different word or group
+of words.
+
+For example, in this sentence, "The young pastor's voice was
+tremulously sweet, rich, deep, and broken," it is clear that all four
+adjectives after _was_ modify the noun _voice_. But in this sentence,
+"She showed her usual prudence and her usual incomparable decision,"
+_decision_ is modified by the adjective _incomparable_; _usual_
+modifies _incomparable decision_, not _decision_ alone; and the
+pronoun _her_ limits _usual incomparable decision_.
+
+Adjectives modifying the same noun are said to be of the _same rank_;
+those modifying different words or word groups are said to be
+adjectives of _different rank_. This distinction is valuable in a
+study of punctuation.
+
+Exercise.
+
+In the following quotations, tell what each adjective modifies:--
+
+ 1. Whenever that look appeared in her wild, bright, deeply black
+ eyes, it invested them with a strange remoteness and
+ intangibility.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ 2. It may still be argued, that in the present divided state of
+ Christendom a college which is positively Christian must be
+ controlled by some religious denomination.--NOAH PORTER.
+
+ 3. Every quaking leaf and fluttering shadow sent the blood
+ backward to her heart.--MRS. STOWE.
+
+ 4. This, our new government, is the first in the history of the
+ world based upon this great physical, philosophical, and moral
+ truth.--A.H. STEPHENS
+
+ 5. May we not, therefore, look with confidence to the ultimate
+ universal acknowledgment of the truths upon which our system
+ rests?--_Id._
+
+ 6. A few improper jests and a volley of good, round, solid,
+ satisfactory, and heaven-defying oaths.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ 7. It is well known that the announcement at any private rural
+ entertainment that there is to be ice cream produces an immediate
+ and profound impression.--HOLMES.
+
+
+
+ADVERBS USED AS ADJECTIVES.
+
+169. By a convenient brevity, adverbs are sometimes used as
+adjectives; as, instead of saying, "the one who was then king," in
+which _then_ is an adverb, we may say "the _then_ king," making _then_
+an adjective. Other instances are,--
+
+ My _then_ favorite, in prose, Richard Hooker.--RUSKIN.
+
+ Our _sometime_ sister, now our queen.--SHAKESPEARE
+
+ Messrs. Bradbury and Evans, the _then_ and _still_ owners.
+ --TROLLOPE.
+
+ The _seldom_ use of it.--TRENCH.
+
+ For thy stomach's sake, and thine _often_ infirmities.--_Bible._
+
+
+
+HOW TO PARSE ADJECTIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _What to tell in parsing._]
+
+170. Since adjectives have no gender, person, or case, and very few
+have number, the method of parsing is simple.
+
+In parsing an adjective, tell--
+
+(1) The class and subclass to which it belongs.
+
+(2) Its number, if it has number.
+
+(3) Its degree of comparison, if it can be compared.
+
+(4) What word or words it modifies.
+
+
+MODEL FOR PARSING.
+
+These truths are not unfamiliar to your thoughts.
+
+_These_ points out _what_ truths, therefore demonstrative; plural
+number, having a singular, _this_; cannot be compared; modifies the
+word _truths_.
+
+_Unfamiliar_ describes _truths_, therefore descriptive; not inflected
+for number; compared by prefixing _more_ and _most_; positive degree;
+modifies _truths_.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Parse in full each adjective in these sentences:--
+
+ 1. A thousand lives seemed concentrated in that one moment to
+ Eliza.
+
+ 2. The huge green fragment of ice on which she alighted pitched
+ and creaked.
+
+ 3. I ask nothing of you, then, but that you proceed to your end
+ by a direct, frank, manly way.
+
+ 4. She made no reply, and I waited for none.
+
+ 5. A herd of thirty or forty tall ungainly figures took their
+ way, with awkward but rapid pace, across the plain.
+
+ 6. Gallantly did the lion struggle in the folds of his terrible
+ enemy, whose grasp each moment grew more fierce and secure, and
+ most astounding were those frightful yells.
+
+ 7. This gave the young people entire freedom, and they enjoyed it
+ to the fullest extent.
+
+ 8. I will be as harsh as truth and as uncompromising as justice.
+
+ 9. To every Roman citizen he gives, To every several man,
+ seventy-five drachmas.
+
+ 10. Each member was permitted to entertain all the rest on his or
+ her birthday, on which occasion the elders of the family were
+ bound to be absent.
+
+ 11. Instantly the mind inquires whether these fishes under the
+ bridge, yonder oxen in the pasture, those dogs in the yard, are
+ immutably fishes, oxen, and dogs.
+
+ 12. I know not what course others may take.
+
+ 13. With every third step, the tomahawk fell.
+
+ 14. What a ruthless business this war of extermination is!
+
+ 15. I was just emerging from that many-formed crystal country.
+
+ 16. On what shore has not the prow of your ships dashed?
+
+ 17. The laws and institutions of his country ought to have been
+ more to him than all the men in his country.
+
+ 18. Like most gifted men, he won affections with ease.
+
+ 19. His letters aim to elicit the inmost experience and outward
+ fortunes of those he loves, yet are remarkably self-forgetful.
+
+ 20. Their name was the last word upon his lips.
+
+ 21. The captain said it was the last stick he had seen.
+
+ 22. Before sunrise the next morning they let us out again.
+
+ 23. He was curious to know to what sect we belonged.
+
+ 24. Two hours elapsed, during which time I waited.
+
+ 25. In music especially, you will soon find what personal benefit
+ there is in being serviceable.
+
+ 26. To say what good of fashion we can, it rests on reality, and
+ hates nothing so much as pretenders.
+
+ 27. Here lay two great roads, not so much for travelers that were
+ few, as for armies that were too many by half.
+
+ 28. On whichever side of the border chance had thrown Joanna, the
+ same love to France would have been nurtured.
+
+ 29. What advantage was open to him above the English boy?
+
+ 30. Nearer to our own times, and therefore more interesting to
+ us, is the settlement of our own country.
+
+ 31. Even the topmost branches spread out and drooped in all
+ directions, and many poles supported the lower ones.
+
+ 32. Most fruits depend entirely on our care.
+
+ 33. Even the sourest and crabbedest apple, growing in the most
+ unfavorable position, suggests such thoughts as these, it is so
+ noble a fruit.
+
+ 34. Let him live in what pomps and prosperities he like, he is no
+ literary man.
+
+ 35. Through what hardships it may bear a sweet fruit!
+
+ 36. Whatsoever power exists will have itself organized.
+
+ 37. A hard-struggling, weary-hearted man was he.
+
+
+
+
+ARTICLES.
+
+171. There is a class of words having always an adjectival use in
+general, but with such subtle functions and various meanings that they
+deserve separate treatment. In the sentence, "He passes an ordinary
+brick house on the road, with an ordinary little garden," the words
+_the_ and _an_ belong to nouns, just as adjectives do; but they cannot
+be accurately placed under any class of adjectives. They are nearest
+to demonstrative and numeral adjectives.
+
+[Sidenote: _Their origin._]
+
+172. The article the comes from an old demonstrative adjective
+(_se_, _seo_, _ethat_, later _the_, _theo_, _that_) which was also an
+article in Old English. In Middle English _the_ became an article, and
+_that_ remained a demonstrative adjective.
+
+An or a came from the old numeral _an_, meaning _one_.
+
+[Sidenote: _Two relics._]
+
+Our expressions _the one_, _the other_, were formerly _that one_,
+_that other_; the latter is still preserved in the expression, in
+vulgar English, _the tother_. Not only this is kept in the Scotch
+dialect, but the former is used, these occurring as _the tane, the
+tother_, or _the tane, the tither_; for example,--
+
+ We ca' her sometimes _the tane_, sometimes _the tother_.--SCOTT.
+
+[Sidenote: An _before vowel sounds_, a _before consonant sounds_.]
+
+173. Ordinarily _an_ is used before vowel sounds, and _a_ before
+consonant sounds. Remember that a _vowel sound_ does not necessarily
+mean beginning with a vowel, nor does _consonant sound_ mean
+beginning with a consonant, because English spelling does not
+coincide closely with the sound of words. Examples: "_a_ house," "_an_
+orange," "_a_ European," "_an_ honor," "_a_ yelling crowd."
+
+[Sidenote: An _with consonant sounds_.]
+
+174. Many writers use _an_ before _h_, even when not silent, when
+the word is not accented on the first syllable.
+
+ _An_ historian, such as we have been attempting to describe,
+ would indeed be an intellectual prodigy.--MACAULAY.
+
+ The Persians were _an_ heroic people like the Greeks.--BREWER.
+
+ He [Rip] evinced _an_ hereditary disposition to attend to
+ anything else but his business.--IRVING.
+
+ _An_ habitual submission of the understanding to mere events and
+ images.--COLERIDGE.
+
+ _An_ hereditary tenure of these offices.--THOMAS JEFFERSON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+175. An article is a limiting word, not descriptive, which cannot
+be used alone, but always joins to a substantive word to denote a
+particular thing, or a group or class of things, or any individual of
+a group or class.
+
+[Sidenote: _Kinds._]
+
+176. Articles are either definite or indefinite.
+
+The is the definite article, since it points out a particular
+individual, or group, or class.
+
+An or a is the indefinite article, because it refers to any one of
+a group or class of things.
+
+An and a are different forms of the same word, the older _an_.
+
+
+
+USES OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Reference to a known object._]
+
+177. The most common use of the definite article is to refer to an
+object that the listener or reader is already acquainted with; as in
+the sentence,--
+
+ Don't you remember how, when _the_ dragon was infesting _the_
+ neighborhood of Babylon, _the_ citizens used to walk dismally out
+ of evenings, and look at _the_ valleys round about strewed with
+ _the_ bones?--THACKERAY.
+
+ NOTE.--This use is noticed when, on opening a story, a person is
+ introduced by _a_, and afterwards referred to by _the_:--
+
+ By and by _a_ giant came out of the dark north, and lay down on
+ the ice near Audhumla.... _The_ giant frowned when he saw the
+ glitter of the golden hair.--_Heroes of Asgard._
+
+
+[Sidenote: _With names of rivers._]
+
+178. _The_ is often prefixed to the names of rivers; and when the
+word _river_ is omitted, as "_the_ Mississippi," "_the_ Ohio," the
+article indicates clearly that a river, and not a state or other
+geographical division, is referred to.
+
+ No wonder I could face _the_ Mississippi with so much courage
+ supplied to me.--THACKERAY.
+
+ The Dakota tribes, doubtless, then occupied the country southwest
+ of _the_ Missouri.--G. BANCROFT.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _To call attention to attributes._]
+
+179. When _the_ is prefixed to a proper name, it alters the force of
+the noun by directing attention to _certain qualities_ possessed by
+the person or thing spoken of; thus,--
+
+ _The_ Bacon, _the_ Spinoza, _the_ Hume, Schelling, Kant, or
+ whosoever propounds to you a philosophy of the mind, is only a
+ more or less awkward translator of things in your
+ consciousness.--EMERSON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _With plural of abstract nouns._]
+
+180. _The_, when placed before the pluralized abstract noun, marks
+it as half abstract or a common noun.
+
+[Sidenote: _Common._]
+
+ His messages to _the_ provincial _authorities_.--MOTLEY.
+
+[Sidenote: _Half abstract._]
+
+ He was probably skilled in _the subtleties_ of Italian
+ statesmanship.--_Id._
+
+[Sidenote: _With adjectives used as nouns._]
+
+181. When _the_ precedes adjectives of the positive degree used
+substantively, it marks their use as common and plural nouns when they
+refer to persons, and as singular and abstract when they refer to
+qualities.
+
+ 1. _The simple_ rise as by specific levity, not into a particular
+ virtue, but into the region of all the virtues.--EMERSON.
+
+ 2. If _the good_ is there, so is _the evil_.--_Id._
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution._]
+
+NOTE.--This is not to be confused with words that have shifted from
+adjectives and become pure nouns; as,--
+
+ As she hesitated to pass on, _the gallant_, throwing his cloak
+ from his shoulders, laid it on the miry spot.--SCOTT.
+
+ But De Soto was no longer able to abate the confidence or punish
+ the temerity of _the natives_.--G. BANCROFT.
+
+[Sidenote: _One thing for its class._]
+
+182. _The_ before class nouns may mark one thing as a representative
+of the class to which it belongs; for example,--
+
+ The faint, silvery warblings heard over the partially bare and
+ moist fields from _the bluebird_, _the song sparrow_, and _the
+ redwing_, as if the last flakes of winter tinkled as they
+ fell!--THOREAU.
+
+ In the sands of Africa and Arabia _the camel_ is a sacred and
+ precious gift.--GIBBON.
+
+[Sidenote: _For possessive person pronouns._]
+
+183. _The_ is frequently used instead of the possessive case of the
+personal pronouns _his_, _her_, etc.
+
+ More than one hinted that a cord twined around _the head_, or a
+ match put between _the fingers_, would speedily extract the
+ required information.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ _The_ mouth, and the region of the mouth, were about the
+ strongest features in Wordsworth's face.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+
+[Sidenote: The _for_ a.]
+
+184. In England and Scotland _the_ is often used where we use _a_,
+in speaking of measure and price; as,--
+
+ Wheat, the price of which necessarily varied, averaged in the
+ middle of the fourteenth century tenpence _the bushel_, barley
+ averaging at the same time three shillings _the
+ quarter_.--FROUDE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _A very strong restrictive._]
+
+185. Sometimes _the_ has a strong force, almost equivalent to a
+descriptive adjective in emphasizing a word,--
+
+ No doubt but ye are _the_ people, and wisdom shall die with
+ you.--_Bible._
+
+ As for New Orleans, it seemed to me _the_ city of the world where
+ you can eat and drink the most and suffer the least.--THACKERAY.
+
+ He was _the_ man in all Europe that could (if any could) have
+ driven six-in-hand full gallop over Al Sirat.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Mark of a substantive._]
+
+186. _The_, since it belongs distinctively to substantives, is a
+sure indication that a word of verbal form is not used participially,
+but substantively.
+
+ In the hills of Sacramento there is gold for _the
+ gathering_.--EMERSON.
+
+ I thought _the writing_ excellent, and wished, if possible, to
+ imitate it.--FRANKLIN.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution._]
+
+187. There is one use of _the_ which is different from all the
+above. It is an adverbial use, and is spoken of more fully in Sec.
+283. Compare this sentence with those above:--
+
+ There was something ugly and evil in his face, which they had not
+ previously noticed, and which grew still _the more obvious_ to
+ the sight _the oftener_ they looked upon him.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with five uses of the definite article.
+
+
+
+USES OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Denotes any one of a class._]
+
+188. The most frequent use of the indefinite article is to denote
+any one of a class or group of objects: consequently it belongs to
+singular words; as in the sentence,--
+
+ Near the churchyard gate stands _a_ poor-box, fastened to _a_
+ post by iron bands and secured by _a_ padlock, with _a_ sloping
+ wooden roof to keep off the rain.--LONGFELLOW
+
+[Sidenote: _Widens the scope of proper nouns._]
+
+189. When the indefinite article precedes proper names, it alters
+them to class names. The qualities or attributes of the object are
+made prominent, and transferred to any one possessing them; as,--
+
+ The vulgar riot and debauchery, which scarcely disgraced _an
+ Alcibiades_ or _a Caesar_, have been exchanged for the higher
+ ideals of _a Bayard_ or _a Sydney_.--PEARSON
+
+[Sidenote: _With abstract nouns._]
+
+190. _An_ or _a_ before abstract nouns often changes them to half
+abstract: the idea of quality remains, but the word now denotes only
+one instance or example of things possessing the quality.
+
+[Sidenote: _Become half abstract._]
+
+ The simple perception of natural forms is _a delight_.--EMERSON
+
+ If thou hadst _a sorrow_ of thine own, the brook might tell thee
+ of it.--HAWTHORNE
+
+In the first sentence, instead of the general abstract notion of
+delight, which cannot be singular or plural, _a delight_ means one
+thing delightful, and implies others having the same quality.
+
+So _a sorrow_ means one cause of sorrow, implying that there are
+other things that bring sorrow.
+
+[Sidenote: _Become pure class nouns._]
+
+NOTE.--Some abstract nouns become common class nouns with the
+indefinite article, referring simply to persons; thus,--
+
+ If the poet of the "Rape of the Lock" be not _a wit_, who
+ deserves to be called so?--THACKERAY.
+
+ He had a little brother in London with him at this time,--as
+ great _a beauty_, as great a dandy, as great a villain.--_Id._
+
+ _A youth_ to fortune and to fame unknown.--GRAY.
+
+[Sidenote: _Changes material to class nouns._]
+
+191. _An_ or _a_ before a material noun indicates the change to a
+class noun, meaning one kind or a detached portion; as,--
+
+ They that dwell up in the steeple,...
+ Feel a glory in so rolling
+ On the human heart _a stone_.
+ --POE.
+
+ When God at first made man,
+ Having _a glass_ of blessings standing by.
+ --HERBERT.
+
+ The roofs were turned into arches of massy stone, joined by _a
+ cement_ that grew harder by time.--JOHNSON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Like the numeral adjective_ one.]
+
+192. In some cases _an_ or _a_ has the full force of the numeral
+adjective _one_. It is shown in the following:--
+
+ To every room there was _an_ open and _a_ secret
+ passage.--JOHNSON.
+
+ In a short time these become a small tree, _an_ inverted pyramid
+ resting on the apex of the other.--THOREAU.
+
+ All men are at last of _a_ size.--EMERSON.
+
+ At the approach of spring the red squirrels got under my house,
+ two at _a_ time.--THOREAU.
+
+[Sidenote: _Equivalent to the word_ each _or_ every.]
+
+193. Often, also, the indefinite article has the force of _each_ or
+_every_, particularly to express measure or frequency.
+
+ It would be so much more pleasant to live at his ease than to
+ work eight or ten hours _a day_.--BULWER
+
+[Sidenote: _Compare to Sec. 184._]
+
+ Strong beer, such as we now buy for eighteenpence _a gallon_, was
+ then a penny _a gallon_.--FROUDE
+
+
+[Sidenote: _With_ such, many, what.]
+
+194. _An_ or _a_ is added to the adjectives _such_, _many_, and
+_what_, and may be considered a part of these in modifying
+substantives.
+
+ How was I to pay _such a_ debt?--THACKERAY.
+
+ _Many a_ one you and I have had here below.--THACKERAY.
+
+ _What a_ world of merriment then melody foretells!--POE.
+
+[Sidenote: _With_ not _and_ many.]
+
+195 LIST III.
+
+ A few of comparative form but not comparative meaning:--
+
+ After Over Under Nether.
+
+_Not_ and _never_ with _a_ or _an_ are numeral adjectives,
+instead of adverbs, which they are in general.
+
+ _Not a_ drum was heard, _not a_ funeral note.--WOLFE
+
+ My Lord Duke was as hot as a flame at this salute, but said
+ _never a_ word.--THACKERAY.
+
+NOTE.--All these have the function of adjectives; but in the last
+analysis of the expressions, _such_, _many_, _not_, etc., might be
+considered as adverbs modifying the article.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _With_ few _or_ little.]
+
+196. The adjectives _few_ and _little_ have the negative meaning of
+_not much_, _not many_, without the article; but when _a_ is put
+before them, they have the positive meaning of _some_. Notice the
+contrast in the following sentences:--
+
+ Of the country beyond the Mississippi _little_ more was known
+ than of the heart of Africa.--MCMASTER
+
+ To both must I of necessity cling, supported always by the hope
+ that when _a little_ time, _a few_ years, shall have tried me
+ more fully in their esteem, I may be able to bring them
+ together.--_Keats's Letters_.
+
+ _Few_ of the great characters of history have been so differently
+ judged as Alexander.--SMITH, _History of Greece_
+
+[Sidenote: _With adjectives, changed to nouns_.]
+
+197. When _the_ is used before adjectives with no substantive
+following (Sec. 181 and note), these words are adjectives used as
+nouns, or pure nouns; but when _an_ or _a_ precedes such words, they
+are always nouns, having the regular use and inflections of nouns; for
+example,--
+
+ Such are the words _a brave_ should use.--COOPER.
+
+ In the great society of wits, John Gay deserves to be _a
+ favorite_, and to have a good place.--THACKERAY
+
+ Only the name of one obscure epigrammatist has been embalmed for
+ use in the verses of _a rival_.--PEARSON.
+
+Exercise.--Bring up sentences with five uses of the indefinite
+article.
+
+
+
+HOW TO PARSE ARTICLES.
+
+198. In parsing the article, tell--
+
+
+(1) What word it limits.
+
+(2) Which of the above uses it has.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Parse the articles in the following:--
+
+ 1. It is like gathering a few pebbles off the ground, or bottling
+ a little air in a phial, when the whole earth and the whole
+ atmosphere are ours.
+
+ 2. Aristeides landed on the island with a body of Hoplites,
+ defeated the Persians and cut them to pieces to a man.
+
+ 3. The wild fire that lit the eye of an Achilles can gleam no
+ more.
+
+ 4. But it is not merely the neighborhood of the cathedral that is
+ mediaeval; the whole city is of a piece.
+
+ 5. To the herdsman among his cattle in remote woods, to the
+ craftsman in his rude workshop, to the great and to the little, a
+ new light has arisen.
+
+ 6. When the manners of Loo are heard of, the stupid become
+ intelligent, and the wavering, determined.
+
+ 7. The student is to read history actively, and not passively.
+
+ 8. This resistance was the labor of his life.
+
+ 9. There was always a hope, even in the darkest hour.
+
+ 10. The child had a native grace that does not invariably coexist
+ with faultless beauty.
+
+ 11. I think a mere gent (which I take to be the lowest form of
+ civilization) better than a howling, whistling, clucking,
+ stamping, jumping, tearing savage.
+
+ 12. Every fowl whom Nature has taught to dip the wing in water.
+
+ 13. They seem to be lines pretty much of a length.
+
+ 14. Only yesterday, but what a gulf between now and then!
+
+ 15. Not a brick was made but some man had to think of the making
+ of that brick.
+
+ 16. The class of power, the working heroes, the Cortes, the
+ Nelson, the Napoleon, see that this is the festivity and
+ permanent celebration of such as they; that fashion is funded
+ talent.
+
+
+
+
+VERBS AND VERBALS..
+
+
+
+
+VERBS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Verb,--the word of the sentence._]
+
+199. The term _verb_ is from the Latin _verbum_ meaning _word_:
+hence it is _the_ word of a sentence. A thought cannot be expressed
+without a verb. When the child cries, "Apple!" it means, _See_ the
+apple! or I _have_ an apple! In the mariner's shout, "A sail!" the
+meaning is, "Yonder _is_ a sail!"
+
+Sentences are in the form of declarations, questions, or commands; and
+none of these can be put before the mind without the use of a verb.
+
+[Sidenote: _One group or a group of words._]
+
+200. The verb may not always be a single word. On account of the
+lack of inflections, _verb phrases_ are very frequent. Hence the verb
+may consist of:
+
+(1) _One word_; as, "The young man _obeyed_."
+
+(2) _Several words of verbal nature, making one expression_; as, (_a_)
+"Some day it _may be considered_ reasonable," (_b_) "Fearing lest he
+_might have been anticipated_."
+
+(3) _One or more verbal words united with other words to compose one
+verb phrase_: as in the sentences, (_a_) "They knew well that this
+woman _ruled over_ thirty millions of subjects;" (_b_) "If all the
+flummery and extravagance of an army _were done away with_, the money
+could be made to go much further;" (_c_) "It is idle cant to pretend
+anxiety for the better distribution of wealth until we can devise
+means by which this preying upon people of small incomes _can be put a
+stop to_."
+
+In (_a_), a verb and a preposition are used as one verb; in (_b_), a
+verb, an adverb, and a preposition unite as a verb; in (_c_), an
+article, a noun, a preposition, are united with verbs as one verb
+phrase.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition and caution._]
+
+201. A verb is a word used as a predicate, to say something to or
+about some person or thing. In giving a definition, we consider a verb
+as one word.
+
+Now, it is indispensable to the nature of a verb that it is "a word
+used as a predicate." Examine the sentences in Sec. 200: In (1),
+_obeyed_ is a predicate; in (2, _a_), _may be considered_ is a unit in
+doing the work of one predicate; in (2, _b_), _might have been
+anticipated_ is also one predicate, but _fearing_ is not a predicate,
+hence is not a verb; in (3, _b_), _to go_ is no predicate, and not a
+verb; in (3, _c_), _to pretend_ and _preying_ have something of
+verbal nature in expressing action in a faint and general way, but
+cannot be predicates.
+
+In the sentence, "_Put_ money in thy purse," _put_ is the predicate,
+with some word understood; as, "Put _thou_ money in thy purse."
+
+
+
+VERBS CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO MEANING AND USE.
+
+TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The nature of the transitive verb._]
+
+202. By examining a few verbs, it may be seen that not all verbs are
+used alike. All do not express action: some denote state or condition.
+Of those expressing action, all do not express it in the same way; for
+example, in this sentence from Bulwer,--"The proud lone _took_ care to
+conceal the anguish she _endured_; and the pride of woman _has_ an
+hypocrisy which _can deceive_ the most penetrating, and _shame_ the
+most astute,"--every one of the verbs in Italics has one or more words
+before or after it, representing something which it influences or
+controls. In the first, lone _took_ what? answer, _care_; _endured_
+what? _anguish_; etc. Each influences some object, which may be a
+person, or a material thing, or an idea. _Has_ takes the object
+_hypocrisy_; _can deceive_ has an object, _the most penetrating_;
+(can) _shame_ also has an object, _the most astute_.
+
+In each case, the word following, or the object, is necessary to the
+completion of the action expressed in the verb.
+
+All these are called transitive verbs, from the Latin _transire_,
+which means _to go over_. Hence
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+203. A transitive verb is one which must have an object to complete
+its meaning, and to receive the action expressed.
+
+[Sidenote: _The nature of intransitive verbs._]
+
+204. Examine the verbs in the following paragraph:--
+
+ She _sprang up_ at that thought, and, taking the staff which
+ always guided her steps, she _hastened_ to the neighboring shrine
+ of Isis. Till she _had been_ under the guardianship of the kindly
+ Greek, that staff _had sufficed_ to conduct the poor blind girl
+ from corner to corner of Pompeii.--BULWER
+
+In this there are some verbs unlike those that have been examined.
+_Sprang_, or _sprang up_, expresses action, but it is complete in
+itself, does not affect an object; _hastened_ is similar in use; _had
+been_ expresses condition, or state of being, and can have no object;
+_had sufficed_ means _had been sufficient_, and from its meaning
+cannot have an object.
+
+Such verbs are called intransitive (not crossing over). Hence
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+205. An intransitive verb is one which is complete in itself, or
+which is completed by other words without requiring an object.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Study_ use, _not_ form, _of verbs here._]
+
+206. Many verbs can be either transitive or intransitive, according to
+their use in the sentence, It can be said, "The boy _walked_ for two
+hours," or "The boy _walked_ the horse;" "The rains _swelled_ the
+river," or "The river _swelled_ because of the rain;" etc.
+
+The important thing to observe is, many words must be distinguished as
+transitive or intransitive by _use_, not by _form_.
+
+
+207. Also verbs are sometimes made transitive by prepositions.
+These may be (1) compounded with the verb; or (2) may follow the verb,
+and be used as an integral part of it: for example,--
+
+ Asking her pardon for having _withstood_ her.--SCOTT.
+
+ I can wish myself no worse than to have it all to _undergo_ a
+ second time.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ A weary gloom in the deep caverns of his eyes, as of a child that
+ has _outgrown_ its playthings.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ It is amusing to walk up and down the pier and _look at_ the
+ countenances passing by.--B. TAYLOR.
+
+ He was at once so out of the way, and yet so sensible, that I
+ loved, _laughed at_, and pitied him.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ My little nurse told me the whole matter, which she had cunningly
+ _picked out_ from her mother.--SWIFT.
+
+
+Exercises.
+
+(_a_) Pick out the transitive and the intransitive verbs in the
+following:--
+
+1. The women and children collected together at a distance.
+
+2. The path to the fountain led through a grassy savanna.
+
+3. As soon as I recovered my senses and strength from so sudden a
+surprise, I started back out of his reach where I stood to view him;
+he lay quiet whilst I surveyed him.
+
+4. At first they lay a floor of this kind of tempered mortar on the
+ground, upon which they deposit a layer of eggs.
+
+5. I ran my bark on shore at one of their landing places, which was a
+sort of neck or little dock, from which ascended a sloping path or
+road up to the edge of the meadow, where their nests were; most of
+them were deserted, and the great thick whitish eggshells lay broken
+and scattered upon the ground.
+
+6. Accordingly I got everything on board, charged my gun, set sail
+cautiously, along shore. As I passed by Battle Lagoon, I began to
+tremble.
+
+7. I seized my gun, and went cautiously from my camp: when I had
+advanced about thirty yards, I halted behind a coppice of orange
+trees, and soon perceived two very large bears, which had made their
+way through the water and had landed in the grove, and were advancing
+toward me.
+
+(_b_) Bring up sentences with five transitive and five intransitive
+verbs.
+
+
+
+VOICE, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Meaning of active voice._]
+
+208. As has been seen, transitive verbs are the only kind that can
+express action so as to go over to an object. This implies three
+things,--the agent, or person or thing acting; the verb representing
+the action; the person or object receiving the act.
+
+In the sentence, "We reached the village of Sorgues by dusk, and
+accepted the invitation of an old dame to lodge at her inn," these
+three things are found: the actor, or agent, is expressed by _we_; the
+action is asserted by _reached_ and _accepted_; the things acted upon
+are _village_ and _invitation_. Here the subject is represented as
+doing something. The same word is the subject and the agent. This use
+of a transitive verb is called the active voice.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+209. The active voice is that form of a verb which represents the
+subject as acting; or
+
+The active voice is that form of a transitive verb which makes the
+_subject_ and the _agent_ the same word.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _A question._]
+
+210. Intransitive verbs are _always active voice_. Let the student
+explain why.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Meaning of passive voice._]
+
+211. In the assertion of an action, it would be natural to suppose,
+that, instead of always representing the subject as acting upon some
+person or thing, it must often happen that the subject is spoken of as
+_acted upon_; and the person or thing acting may or may not be
+expressed in the sentence: for example,--
+
+ All infractions of love and equity in our social relations are
+ speedily punished. They are punished by fear.--EMERSON.
+
+Here the subject _infractions_ does nothing: it represents the object
+toward which the action of _are punished_ is directed, yet it is the
+subject of the same verb. In the first sentence the agent is not
+expressed; in the second, _fear_ is the agent of the same action.
+
+So that in this case, instead of having the agent and subject the same
+word, we have the _object_ and _subject_ the same word, and the agent
+may be omitted from the statement of the action.
+
+_Passive_ is from the Latin word _patior_, meaning _to endure_ or
+_suffer_; but in ordinary grammatical use _passive_ means _receiving
+an action_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+212. The passive voice is that form of the verb which represents the
+subject as being acted upon; or--
+
+The passive voice is that form of the verb which represents the
+_subject_ and the _object_ by the same word.
+
+Exercises.
+
+(_a_) Pick out the verbs in the active and the passive voice:--
+
+1. In the large room some forty or fifty students were walking about
+while the parties were preparing.
+
+2. This was done by taking off the coat and vest and binding a great
+thick leather garment on, which reached to the knees.
+
+3. They then put on a leather glove reaching nearly to the shoulder,
+tied a thick cravat around the throat, and drew on a cap with a large
+visor.
+
+4. This done, they were walked about the room a short time; their
+faces all this time betrayed considerable anxiety.
+
+5. We joined the crowd, and used our lungs as well as any.
+
+6. The lakes were soon covered with merry skaters, and every afternoon
+the banks were crowded with spectators.
+
+7. People were setting up torches and lengthening the rafts which had
+been already formed.
+
+8. The water was first brought in barrels drawn by horses, till some
+officer came and opened the fire plug.
+
+9. The exclusive in fashionable life does not see that he excludes
+himself from enjoyment, in the attempt to appropriate it.
+
+
+(_b_) Find sentences with five verbs in the active and five in the
+passive voice.
+
+
+
+MOOD.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+213. The word _mood_ is from the Latin _modus_, meaning _manner_,
+_way_, _method_. Hence, when applied to verbs,--
+
+Mood means the manner of conceiving and expressing action or being
+of some subject.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The three ways._]
+
+214. There are three chief ways of expressing action or being:--
+
+(1) As a fact; this may be a question, statement, or assumption.
+
+(2) As doubtful, or merely conceived of in the mind.
+
+(3) As urged or commanded.
+
+
+
+INDICATIVE MOOD.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Deals with facts._]
+
+215. The term _indicative_ is from the Latin _indicare_ (to declare,
+or assert). The indicative represents something as a fact,--
+
+[Sidenote: _Affirms or denies._]
+
+(1) _By declaring a thing to be true or not to be true_; thus,--
+
+ Distinction _is_ the consequence, never the object, of a great
+ mind.--ALLSTON.
+
+ I _do not remember_ when or by whom I _was taught_ to read;
+ because I _cannot_ and never _could recollect_ a time when I
+ _could not read_ my Bible.--D. WEBSTER.
+
+[Sidenote: _Assumed as a fact._]
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution._]
+
+(2) _By assuming a thing to be true_ without declaring it to be so.
+This kind of indicative clause is usually introduced by _if_ (meaning
+_admitting that, granting that_, etc.), _though, although_, etc.
+Notice that the action is not merely conceived as possible; it is
+assumed to be a fact: for example,--
+
+ If the penalties of rebellion hung over an unsuccessful contest;
+ if America was yet in the cradle of her political existence; if
+ her population little exceeded two millions; if she was without
+ government, without fleets or armies, arsenals or magazines,
+ without military knowledge,--still her citizens had a just and
+ elevated sense of her rights.--A. HAMILTON.
+
+(3) _By asking a question to find out some fact_; as,--
+
+ Is private credit the friend and patron of industry?--HAMILTON.
+
+ With respect to novels what shall I say?--N. WEBSTER.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+216 .The indicative mood is that form of a verb which represents a
+thing as a fact, or inquires about some fact.
+
+
+
+SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Meaning of the word._]
+
+217. _Subjunctive_ means _subjoined_, or joined as dependent or
+subordinate to something else.
+
+[Sidenote: _This meaning is misleading._]
+
+If its original meaning be closely adhered to, we must expect every
+dependent clause to have its verb in the subjunctive mood, and every
+clause _not_ dependent to have its verb in some other mood.
+
+But this is not the case. In the quotation from Hamilton (Sec. 215, 2)
+several subjoined clauses introduced by _if_ have the indicative mood,
+and also independent clauses are often found having the verb in the
+subjunctive mood.
+
+[Sidenote: _Cautions._]
+
+Three cautions will be laid down which must be observed by a student
+who wishes to understand and use the English subjunctive:--
+
+(1) You cannot tell it always by the form of the word. The main
+difference is, that the subjunctive has no _-s_ as the ending of the
+present tense, third person singular; as, "If he _come_."
+
+(2) The fact that its clause is dependent or is introduced by certain
+words will not be a safe rule to guide you.
+
+(3) The _meaning_ of the verb itself must be keenly studied.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+218. The subjunctive mood is that form or use of the verb which
+expresses action or being, not as a fact, but as merely conceived of
+in the mind.
+
+
+Subjunctive in Independent Clauses.
+
+
+I. Expressing a Wish.
+
+219. The following are examples of this use:--
+
+ Heaven _rest_ her soul!--MOORE.
+
+ God _grant_ you find one face there You loved when all was
+ young.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ Now _tremble_ dimples on your cheek, Sweet _be_ your lips to
+ taste and speak.--BEDDOES.
+
+ Long _die_ thy happy days before thy death.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+
+II. A Contingent Declaration or Question.
+
+220. This really amounts to the conclusion, or principal clause, in
+a sentence, of which the condition is omitted.
+
+ Our chosen specimen of the hero as literary man [if we were to
+ choose one] _would be_ this Goethe.--CARLYLE.
+
+ I _could lie_ down like a tired child,
+ And _weep_ away the life of care
+ Which I have borne and yet must bear.--SHELLEY.
+
+ Most excellent stranger, as you come to the lakes simply to see
+ their loveliness, _might_ it not _be_ as well to ask after the
+ most beautiful road, rather than the shortest?--DE QUINCEY.
+
+
+Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses.
+
+
+I. Condition or Supposition.
+
+
+221. The most common way of representing the action or being as
+merely thought of, is by putting it into the form of a _supposition_
+or _condition_; as,--
+
+ Now, if the fire of electricity and that of lightning _be_ the
+ same, this pasteboard and these scales may represent electrified
+ clouds.--FRANKLIN.
+
+Here no assertion is made that the two things _are_ the same; but, if
+the reader merely _conceives_ them for the moment to be the same, the
+writer can make the statement following. Again,--
+
+ If it _be_ Sunday [supposing it to be Sunday], the peasants sit
+ on the church steps and con their psalm books.--LONGFELLOW.
+
+
+
+STUDY OF CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.
+
+
+222. There are three kinds of conditional sentences:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Real or true._]
+
+(1) Those in which an assumed or admitted fact is placed before the
+mind in the form of a condition (see Sec. 215, 2); for example,--
+
+ If they _were_ unacquainted with the works of philosophers and
+ poets, they were deeply read in the oracles of God. If their
+ names _were not found_ in the registers of heralds, they were
+ recorded in the Book of Life.--MACAULAY.
+
+[Sidenote: _Ideal,--may or may not be true._]
+
+(2) Those in which the condition depends on something uncertain, and
+_may or may not be regarded true, or be fulfilled_; as,--
+
+ If, in our case, the representative system ultimately _fail_,
+ popular government must be pronounced impossible.--D. WEBSTER.
+
+ If this _be_ the glory of Julius, the first great founder of the
+ Empire, so it is also the glory of Charlemagne, the second
+ founder.--BRYCE.
+
+ If any man _consider_ the present aspects of what is called by
+ distinction society, he will see the need of these ethics.
+ --EMERSON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Unreal--cannot be true._]
+
+(3) Suppositions _contrary to fact_, which cannot be true, or
+conditions that cannot be fulfilled, but are presented only in order
+to suggest what _might be_ or _might have been_ true; thus,--
+
+ If these things _were_ true, society could not hold together.
+ --LOWELL.
+
+ _Did not_ my writings _produce_ me some solid pudding, the great
+ deficiency of praise would have quite discouraged me.--FRANKLIN.
+
+ _Had_ he for once _cast_ all such feelings aside, and _striven_
+ energetically to save Ney, it _would have cast_ such an enhancing
+ light over all his glories, that we cannot but regret its
+ absence.--BAYNE.
+
+
+ NOTE.--Conditional sentences are usually introduced by _if_,
+ _though_, _except_, _unless_, etc.; but when the verb precedes
+ the subject, the conjunction is often omitted: for example,
+ "_Were I bidden_ to say how the highest genius could be most
+ advantageously employed," etc.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+In the following conditional clauses, tell whether each verb is
+indicative or subjunctive, and what kind of condition:--
+
+ 1. The voice, if he speak to you, is of similar physiognomy,
+ clear, melodious, and sonorous.--CARLYLE.
+
+ 2. Were you so distinguished from your neighbors, would you, do
+ you think, be any the happier?--THACKERAY.
+
+ 3. Epaminondas, if he was the man I take him for, would have sat
+ still with joy and peace, if his lot had been mine.--EMERSON.
+
+ 4. If a damsel had the least smattering of literature, she was
+ regarded as a prodigy.--MACAULAY.
+
+ 5. I told him, although it were the custom of our learned in
+ Europe to steal inventions from each other,... yet I would take
+ such caution that he should have the honor entire.--SWIFT.
+
+ 6. If he had reason to dislike him, he had better not have
+ written, since he [Byron] was dead.--N.P. WILLIS.
+
+ 7. If it were prostrated to the ground by a profane hand, what
+ native of the city would not mourn over its fall?--GAYARRE.
+
+ 8. But in no case could it be justified, except it be for a
+ failure of the association or union to effect the object for
+ which it was created.--CALHOUN.
+
+
+
+II. Subjunctive of Purpose.
+
+
+223. The subjunctive, especially _be_, _may_, _might_, and _should_,
+is used to express purpose, the clause being introduced by _that_ or
+_lest_; as,--
+
+ It was necessary, he supposed, to drink strong beer, that he
+ _might be_ strong to labor.--FRANKLIN.
+
+ I have been the more particular...that you _may compare_ such
+ unlikely beginnings with the figure I have since made
+ there.--_Id._
+
+ He [Roderick] with sudden impulse that way rode, To tell of what
+ had passed, lest in the strife They _should engage_ with Julian's
+ men.--SOUTHEY.
+
+
+
+III. Subjunctive of Result.
+
+
+224. The subjunctive may represent the result toward which an action
+tends:--
+
+ So many thoughts move to and fro,
+ That vain it _were_ her eyes to close.
+ --COLERIDGE.
+
+ So live, that when thy summons comes to join
+ The innumerable caravan...
+ Thou _go_ not, like the quarry-slave at night.
+ --BRYANT.
+
+
+
+IV. In Temporal Clauses.
+
+225. The English subjunctive, like the Latin, is sometimes used in a
+clause to express the time when an action is to take place.
+
+ Let it rise, till it _meet_ the sun in his coming.--D. WEBSTER.
+
+ Rise up, before it _be_ too late!--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ But it will not be long
+ Ere this _be thrown_ aside.
+ --WORDSWORTH.
+
+
+
+V. In Indirect Questions.
+
+
+226. The subjunctive is often found in indirect questions, the
+answer being regarded as doubtful.
+
+ Ask the great man if there _be_ none greater.--EMERSON
+
+ What the best arrangement _were_, none of us could say.--CARLYLE.
+
+ Whether it _were_ morning or whether it _were_ afternoon, in her
+ confusion she had not distinctly known.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+
+
+VI. Expressing a Wish.
+
+
+227. After a verb of wishing, the subjunctive is regularly used in
+the dependent clause.
+
+ The transmigiation of souls is no fable. I would it _were_!
+ --EMERSON.
+
+ Bright star! Would I _were_ steadfast as thou art!--KEATS.
+
+ I've wished that little isle _had_ wings,
+ And we, within its fairy bowers,
+ _Were wafted_ off to seas unknown.
+ --MOORE.
+
+
+
+VII. In a Noun Clause.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Subject._]
+
+228. The noun clause, in its various uses as subject, object, in
+apposition, etc., often contains a subjunctive.
+
+ The essence of originality is not that it _be_ new.--CARLYLE
+
+[Sidenote: _Apposition or logical subject._]
+
+ To appreciate the wild and sharp flavors of those October fruits,
+ it is necessary that you _be breathing_ the sharp October or
+ November air.--THOREAU.
+
+[Sidenote: _Complement._]
+
+ The first merit, that which admits neither substitute nor
+ equivalent, is, that everything _be_ in its place.--COLERIDGE.
+
+[Sidenote: _Object._]
+
+ As sure as Heaven shall rescue me, I have no thought what men
+ they _be_.--COLERIDGE.
+
+ Some might lament that I _were_ cold.--SHELLEY.
+
+[Sidenote: _After verbs of commanding._]
+
+This subjunctive is very frequent after verbs of _commanding_.
+
+ See that there _be_ no traitors in your camp.--TENNYSON.
+
+ Come, tell me all that thou hast seen,
+ And look thou _tell_ me true.
+ --SCOTT.
+
+ See that thy scepter _be_ heavy on his head.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+
+
+VIII. Concessive Clauses.
+
+
+229. The concession may be expressed--
+
+(1) In the nature of the verb; for example,--
+
+ _Be_ the matter how it may, Gabriel Grub was afflicted with
+ rheumatism to the end of his days.--DICKENS.
+
+ _Be_ the appeal _made_ to the understanding or the heart, the
+ sentence is the same--that rejects it.--BROUGHAM
+
+(2) By an indefinite relative word, which may be
+
+(_a_) _Pronoun._
+
+ Whatever _betide_, we'll turn aside,
+ And see the Braes of Yarrow.
+ --WORDSWORTH.
+
+(_b_) _Adjective._
+
+ That hunger of applause, of cash, or whatsoever victual it _may
+ be_, is the ultimate fact of man's life.--CARLYLE.
+
+(_c_) _Adverb._
+
+ Wherever he _dream_ under mountain or stream,
+ The spirit he loves remains.
+ --SHELLEY.
+
+
+
+Prevalence of the Subjunctive Mood.
+
+
+230. As shown by the wide range of literature from which these
+examples are selected, the subjunctive is very much used in literary
+English, especially by those who are artistic and exact in the
+expression of their thought.
+
+At the present day, however, the subjunctive is becoming less and
+less used. Very many of the sentences illustrating the use of the
+subjunctive mood could be replaced by numerous others using the
+indicative to express the same thoughts.
+
+The three uses of the subjunctive now most frequent are, to express a
+wish, a concession, and condition contrary to fact.
+
+In spoken English, the subjunctive _were_ is much used in a wish or a
+condition contrary to fact, but hardly any other subjunctive forms
+are.
+
+It must be remembered, though, that many of the verbs in the
+subjunctive have the same form as the indicative. Especially is this
+true of unreal conditions in past time; for example,--
+
+ Were we of open sense as the Greeks were, we _had found_ [should
+ have found] a poem here.--CARLYLE.
+
+
+
+IMPERATIVE MOOD.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+231. The imperative mood is the form of the verb used in direct
+commands, entreaties, or requests.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Usually second person._]
+
+232. The imperative is naturally used mostly with the second
+person, since commands are directed to a person addressed.
+
+(1) _Command._
+
+ _Call up_ the shades of Demosthenes and Cicero to vouch for your
+ words; _point_ to their immortal works.--J.Q. ADAMS.
+
+ _Honor_ all men; _love_ all men; _fear_ none.--CHANNING.
+
+(2) _Entreaty._
+
+ Oh, from these sterner aspects of thy face
+ _Spare_ me and mine, nor _let_ us need the wrath
+ Of the mad unchained elements.
+ --BRYANT.
+
+(3) _Request._
+
+ "_Hush_! mother," whispered Kit. "_Come_ along with me."--DICKENS
+
+ _Tell_ me, how was it you thought of coming here?--_Id._
+
+[Sidenote: _Sometimes with_ first person _in the plural_.]
+
+But the imperative may be used with the plural of the first person.
+Since the first person plural person is not really I + I, but I + you,
+or I + they, etc., we may use the imperative with _we_ in a command,
+request, etc., to _you_ implied in it. This is scarcely ever found
+outside of poetry.
+
+ _Part we_ in friendship from your land,
+ And, noble earl, receive my hand.
+ --SCOTT.
+
+ Then _seek we_ not their camp--for there
+ The silence dwells of my despair.
+ --CAMPBELL.
+
+ _Break we_ our watch up.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+Usually this is expressed by _let_ with the objective: "_Let_ us go."
+And the same with the third person: "_Let_ him be accursed."
+
+
+Exercises on the Moods.
+
+(_a_) Tell the mood of each verb in these sentences, and what special
+use it is of that mood:--
+
+ 1. Wherever the standard of freedom and independence has been or
+ shall be unfurled, there will her heart and her prayers be.
+
+ 2. Mark thou this difference, child of earth!
+ While each performs his part,
+ Not all the lip can speak is worth
+ The silence of the heart.
+
+ 3. Oh, that I might be admitted to thy presence! that mine were
+ the supreme delight of knowing thy will!
+
+ 4. 'Twere worth ten years of peaceful life,
+ One glance at their array!
+
+ 5. Whatever inconvenience ensue, nothing is to be preferred
+ before justice.
+
+ 6. The vigorous sun would catch it up at eve
+ And use it for an anvil till he had filled
+ The shelves of heaven with burning thunderbolts.
+
+ 7. Meet is it changes should control
+ Our being, lest we rust in ease.
+
+ 8. Quoth she, "The Devil take the goose,
+ And God forget the stranger!"
+
+ 9. Think not that I speak for your sakes.
+
+ 10. "Now tread we a measure!" said young Lochinvar.
+
+ 11. Were that a just return? Were that Roman magnanimity?
+
+ 12. Well; how he may do his work, whether he do it right or
+ wrong, or do it at all, is a point which no man in the world has
+ taken the pains to think of.
+
+ 13. He is, let him live where else he like, in what pomps and
+ prosperities he like, no literary man.
+
+ 14. Could we one day complete the immense figure which these
+ flagrant points compose!
+
+ 15. "Oh, then, my dear madam," cried he, "tell me where I may
+ find my poor, ruined, but repentant child."
+
+ 16. That sheaf of darts, will it not fall unbound,
+ Except, disrobed of thy vain earthly vaunt,
+ Thou bring it to be blessed where saints and angels haunt?
+
+ 17. Forget thyself to marble, till
+ With a sad leaden downward cast
+ Thou fix them on the earth as fast.
+
+ 18. He, as though an instrument,
+ Blew mimic hootings to the silent owls,
+ That they might answer him.
+
+ 19. From the moss violets and jonquils peep,
+ And dart their arrowy odor through the brain,
+ Till you might faint with that delicious pain.
+
+ 20. That a man parade his doubt, and get to imagine that debating
+ and logic is the triumph and true work of what intellect he has;
+ alas! this is as if you should overturn the tree.
+
+ 21. The fat earth feed thy branchy root
+ That under deeply strikes!
+ The northern morning o'er thee shoot,
+ High up in silver spikes!
+
+ 22. Though abyss open under abyss, and opinion displace opinion,
+ all are at last contained in the Eternal cause.
+
+ 23. God send Rome one such other sight!
+
+ 24. "Mr. Marshall," continued Old Morgan, "see that no one
+ mentions the United States to the prisoner."
+
+ 25. If there is only one woman in the nation who claims the right
+ to vote, she ought to have it.
+
+ 26. Though he were dumb, it would speak.
+
+ 27. Meantime, whatever she did,--whether it were in display of
+ her own matchless talents, or whether it were as one member of a
+ general party,--nothing could exceed the amiable, kind, and
+ unassuming deportment of Mrs. Siddons.
+
+ 28. It makes a great difference to the force of any sentence
+ whether there be a man behind it or no.
+
+(_b_) Find sentences with five verbs in the indicative mood, five in
+the subjunctive, five in the imperative.
+
+
+TENSE.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+233. _Tense_ means _time_. The tense of a verb is the form or use
+indicating the time of an action or being.
+
+[Sidenote: _Tenses in English._]
+
+Old English had only two tenses,--the present tense, which represented
+present and future time; and the past tense. We still use the present
+for the future in such expressions as, "I _go_ away to-morrow;" "If he
+_comes_, tell him to wait."
+
+But English of the present day not only has a tense for each of the
+natural time divisions,--present, past, and future,--but has other
+tenses to correspond with those of highly inflected languages, such as
+Latin and Greek.
+
+The distinct inflections are found only in the present and past
+tenses, however: the others are compounds of verbal forms with
+various helping verbs, called auxiliaries; such as _be_, _have_,
+_shall_, _will_.
+
+[Sidenote: _The tenses in detail._]
+
+234. Action or being may be represented as occurring in present,
+past, or future time, by means of the present, the past, and the
+future tense. It may also be represented as _finished_ in present or
+past or future time by means of the present perfect, past perfect, and
+future perfect tenses.
+
+Not only is this so: there are what are called definite forms of
+these tenses, showing more exactly the time of the action or being.
+These make the English speech even more exact than other languages, as
+will be shown later on, in the conjugations.
+
+
+PERSON AND NUMBER.
+
+235. The English verb has never had full inflections for number and
+person, as the classical languages have.
+
+When the older pronoun _thou_ was in use, there was a form of the verb
+to correspond to it, or agree with it, as, "Thou walk_est_," present;
+"Thou walked_st_," past; also, in the third person singular, a form
+ending in -_eth_, as, "It is not in man that walk_eth_, to direct his
+steps."
+
+But in ordinary English of the present day there is practically only
+one ending for person and number. This is the third person, singular
+number; as, "He walk_s_;" and this only in the present tense
+indicative. This is important in questions of agreement when we come
+to syntax.
+
+
+
+CONJUGATION.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+236. Conjugation is the regular arrangement of the forms of the
+verb in the various voices, moods, tenses, persons, and numbers.
+
+In classical languages, conjugation means _joining together_ the
+numerous endings to the stem of the verb; but in English, inflections
+are so few that conjugation means merely the exhibition of the forms
+and the different verb phrases that express the relations of voice,
+mood, tense, etc.
+
+[Sidenote: _Few forms._]
+
+237. Verbs in modern English have only four or five forms; for
+example, _walk_ has _walk_, _walks_, _walked_, _walking_, sometimes
+adding the old forms _walkest_, _walkedst_, _walketh_. Such verbs as
+_choose_ have five,--_choose_, _chooses_, _chose_, _choosing_,
+_chosen_ (old, _choosest_, _chooseth_, _chosest_).
+
+The verb _be_ has more forms, since it is composed of several
+different roots,--_am_, _are_, _is_, _were_, _been_, etc.
+
+238. INFLECTIONS OF THE VERB _BE_.
+
+
+ Indicative Mood.
+
+ PRESENT TENSE. | PAST TENSE.
+ |
+ _Singular_ _Plural_ | _Singular_ _Plural_
+ |
+1. I am We are | 1. I was We were
+2. You are You are | 2. You were You were
+ (thou art) | (thou wast, wert)
+3. [He] is [They] are | 3. [He] was [They were]
+
+
+ Subjunctive Mood.
+
+ PRESENT TENSE. | PAST TENSE.
+ |
+ _Singular_ _Plural_ | _Singular_ _Plural_
+ |
+1. I be We be | 1. I were We were
+2. You (thou) be You be | 2. You were You were
+ | (thou wert)
+3. [He] be [They] be | 3. [He] were [They] were
+
+
+ Imperative Mood.
+
+ PRESENT TENSE, _Singular and Plural_, Be.
+
+[Sidenote: _Remarks on the verb_ be.]
+
+239. This conjugation is pieced out with three different roots: (1)
+_am_, _is_; (2) _was_, _were_; (3) _be_.
+
+Instead of the plural _are_, Old English had _beoth_ and _sind_ or
+_sindon_, same as the German _sind_. _Are_ is supposed to have come
+from the Norse language.
+
+The old indicative third person plural _be_ is sometimes found in
+literature, though it is usually a dialect form; for example,--
+
+ Where _be_ the sentries who used to salute as the Royal chariots
+ drove in and out?--THACKERAY
+
+ Where _be_ the gloomy shades, and desolate mountains?--WHITTIER
+
+[Sidenote: _Uses of_ be.]
+
+240. The forms of the verb _be_ have several uses:--
+
+(1) _As principal verbs._
+
+ The light that never _was_ on sea and land.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+(2) _As auxiliary verbs_, in four ways,--
+
+(_a_) With verbal forms in _-ing_ (imperfect participle) to form the
+definite tenses.
+
+ Broadswords _are maddening_ in the rear,--Each broadsword bright
+ _was brandishing_ like beam of light.--SCOTT.
+
+(_b_) With the past participle in _-ed_, _-en_, etc., to form the
+passive voice.
+
+ By solemn vision and bright silver dream,
+ His infancy _was nurtured_.
+ --SHELLEY.
+
+(_c_) With past participle of intransitive verbs, being equivalent to
+the present perfect and past perfect tenses active; as,
+
+ When we _are gone_
+ From every object dear to mortal sight.
+ --WORDSWORTH
+
+ We drank tea, which _was_ now _become_ an occasional
+ banquet.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+(_d_) With the infinitive, to express intention, obligation,
+condition, etc.; thus,
+
+ It _was to have been called_ the Order of Minerva.--THACKERAY.
+
+ Ingenuity and cleverness _are to be rewarded_ by State
+ prizes.--_Id._
+
+ If I _were to explain_ the motion of a body falling to the
+ ground.--BURKE
+
+
+241. INFLECTIONS OF THE VERB _CHOOSE_.
+
+ Indicative Mood.
+
+ PRESENT TENSE.
+
+ _Singular._ _Plural._
+
+ 1. I choose We choose
+ 2. You choose You choose
+ 3. [He] chooses [They] choose
+
+ PAST TENSE.
+
+ _Singular._ _Plural._
+
+ 1. I chose We chose
+ 2. You chose You chose
+ 3. [He] chose [They] chose
+
+ Subjunctive Mood.
+
+ PRESENT TENSE.
+
+ _Singular._ _Plural._
+
+ 1. I choose We choose
+ 2. You choose You choose
+ 3. [He] choose [They] choose
+
+ PAST TENSE.
+
+ _Singular._ _Plural._
+
+ 1. I chose We chose
+ 2. You chose You chose
+ 3. [He] chose [They] chose
+
+ Imperative Mood.
+
+ PRESENT TENSE, _Singular and Plural_, Choose.
+
+
+FULL CONJUGATION OF THE VERB _CHOOSE_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Machinery of a verb in the voices, tenses, etc._]
+
+242. In addition to the above _inflected_ forms, there are many
+periphrastic or _compound_ forms, made up of auxiliaries with the
+infinitives and participles. Some of these have been indicated in
+Sec. 240, (2).
+
+The ordinary tenses yet to be spoken of are made up as follows:--
+
+(1) _Future tense_, by using _shall_ and _will_ with the simple or
+root form of the verb; as, "I _shall be_," "He _will choose._"
+
+(2) _Present perfect_, _past perfect_, _future perfect_, tenses, by
+placing _have_, _had_, and _shall_ (or _will_) _have_ before the past
+participle of any verb; as, "I _have gone_" (present perfect), "I _had
+gone_" (past perfect), "I _shall have gone_" (future perfect).
+
+(3) The _definite form_ of each tense, by using auxiliaries with the
+imperfect participle active; as, "I _am running_," "They _had been
+running_."
+
+(4) The _passive forms_, by using the forms of the verb _be_ before
+the past participle of verbs; as, "I _was chosen_," "You _are
+chosen_."
+
+
+243. The following scheme will show how rich our language is in verb
+phrases to express every variety of meaning. Only the third person,
+singular number, of each tense, will be given.
+
+ ACTIVE VOICE.
+
+ Indicative Mood.
+
+
+ _Present._ He chooses.
+ _Present definite._ He is choosing.
+ _Past._ He chose.
+ _Past definite._ He was choosing.
+ _Future._ He will choose.
+ _Future definite._ He will he choosing.
+ _Present perfect._ He has chosen.
+ _Present perfect definite._ He has been choosing.
+ _Past perfect._ He had chosen.
+ _Past perfect definite._ He had been choosing.
+ _Future perfect._ He will have chosen.
+ _Future perfect definite._ He will have been choosing.
+
+ Subjunctive Mood.
+
+ _Present._ [If, though, he choose.
+ _Present definite._ lest, etc.] he be choosing.
+ _Past._ " he chose (or were to choose).
+ _Past definite._ " he were choosing
+ (or were to be choosing).
+ _Present perfect._ " he have chosen.
+ _Present perfect definite._ " he have been choosing.
+ _Past perfect._ " Same as indicative.
+ _Past perfect definite._ " " "
+
+
+
+ Imperative Mood.
+
+
+ _Present._ (2d per.) Choose.
+ _Present definite._ " Be choosing.
+
+NOTE.--Since participles and infinitives are not really verbs, but
+verbals, they will be discussed later (Sec. 262).
+
+
+ PASSIVE VOICE.
+
+ Indicative Mood.
+
+
+ _Present._ He is chosen.
+ _Present definite._ He is being chosen.
+ _Past._ He was chosen.
+ _Past definite._ He was being chosen.
+ _Future._ He will be chosen.
+ _Future definite._ None.
+ _Present perfect._ He has been chosen.
+ _Present perfect definite._ None.
+ _Past perfect._ He had been chosen.
+ _Past perfect definite._ None.
+ _Future perfect._ He will have been chosen.
+ _Future perfect definite._ None.
+
+ Subjunctive Mood.
+
+
+ _Present._. [If, though, he be chosen.
+ _Present definite._ lest, etc.] None.
+ _Past._ " he were chosen
+ (or were to be chosen).
+ _Past definite._ " he were being chosen.
+ _Present perfect._ " he have been chosen.
+ _Present perfect definite._ " None.
+ _Past Perfect._ " he had been chosen.
+ _Past perfect definite._ " None.
+
+
+ Imperative Mood.
+
+
+ _Present tense._ (2d per.) Be chosen.
+
+Also, in _affirmative sentences_, the indicative present and past
+tenses have emphatic forms made up of _do_ and _did_ with the
+infinitive or simple form; as, "He _does strike_," "He _did strike_."
+
+[_Note to Teacher_.--This table is not to be learned now; if learned
+at all, it should be as practice work on strong and weak verb forms.
+Exercises should be given, however, to bring up sentences containing
+such of these conjugation forms as the pupil will find readily in
+literature.]
+
+
+
+VERBS CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO FORM.
+
+[Sidenote: _Kinds._]
+
+244. According to form, verbs are strong or weak.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+A strong verb forms its past tense by changing the vowel of the
+present tense form, but adds no ending; as, _run_, _ran_; _drive_,
+_drove_.
+
+A weak verb always adds an ending to the present to form the past
+tense, and _may_ or _may not_ change the vowel: as, _beg_, _begged_;
+_lay_, _laid_; _sleep_, _slept_; _catch_, _caught_.
+
+
+245. TABLE OF STRONG VERBS.
+
+NOTE. Some of these also have weak forms, which are in parentheses
+
+ _Present Tense._ _Past Tense._ _Past Participle._
+
+ abide abode abode
+ arise arose arisen
+ awake awoke (awaked) awoke (awaked)
+ bear bore {borne (active)
+ {born (passive)
+ begin began begun
+ behold beheld beheld
+ bid bade, bid bidden, bid
+ bind bound {bound,
+ {[_adj._ bounden]
+ bite bit bitten, bit
+ blow blew blown
+ break broke broken
+ chide chid chidden, chid
+ choose chose chosen
+ cleave clove, clave (cleft) cloven (cleft)
+ climb [clomb] climbed climbed
+ cling clung clung
+ come came come
+ crow crew (crowed) (crowed)
+ dig dug dug
+ do did done
+ draw drew drawn
+ drink drank {drunk, drank
+ {[_adj._ drunken]
+ drive drove driven
+ eat ate, eat eaten, eat
+ fall fell fallen
+ fight fought fought
+ find found found
+ fling flung flung
+ fly flew flown
+ forbear forbore forborne
+ forget forgot forgotten
+ forsake forsook forsaken
+ freeze froze frozen
+ get got got [gotten]
+ give gave given
+ go went gone
+ grind ground ground
+ grow grew grown
+ hang hung (hanged) hung (hanged)
+ hold held held
+ know knew known
+ lie lay lain
+ ride rode ridden
+ ring rang rung
+ run ran run
+ see saw seen
+ shake shook shaken
+ shear shore (sheared) shorn (sheared)
+ shine shone shone
+ shoot shot shot
+ shrink shrank or shrunk shrunk
+ shrive shrove shriven
+ sing sang or sung sung
+ sink sank or sunk sunk _[adj._ sunken]
+ sit sat [sate] sat
+ slay slew slain
+ slide slid slidden, slid
+ sling slung slung
+ slink slunk slunk
+ smite smote smitten
+ speak spoke spoken
+ spin spun spun
+ spring sprang, sprung sprung
+ stand stood stood
+ stave stove (staved) (staved)
+ steal stole stolen
+ stick stuck stuck
+ sting stung stung
+ stink stunk, stank stunk
+ stride strode stridden
+ strike struck struck, stricken
+ string strung strung
+ strive strove striven
+ swear swore sworn
+ swim swam or swum swum
+ swing swung swung
+ take took taken
+ tear tore torn
+ thrive throve (thrived) thriven (thrived)
+ throw threw thrown
+ tread trod trodden, trod
+ wear wore worn
+ weave wove woven
+ win won won
+ wind wound wound
+ wring wrung wrung
+ write wrote written
+
+
+
+Remarks on Certain Verb Forms.
+
+246. Several of the perfect participles are seldom used except as
+adjectives: as, "his _bounden_ duty," "the _cloven_ hoof," "a
+_drunken_ wretch," "a _sunken_ snag." _Stricken_ is used mostly of
+diseases; as, "_stricken_ with paralysis."
+
+The verb bear (to bring forth) is peculiar in having one participle
+(_borne_) for the active, and another (_born_) for the passive. When
+it means _to carry_ or to _endure_, _borne_ is also a passive.
+
+The form clomb is not used in prose, but is much used in vulgar
+English, and sometimes occurs in poetry; as,--
+
+ Thou hast _clomb_ aloft.--WORDSWORTH
+
+ Or pine grove whither woodman never _clomb_.--COLERIDGE
+
+The forms of cleave are really a mixture of two verbs,--one meaning
+_to adhere_ or _cling_; the other, _to split_. The former used to be
+_cleave_, _cleaved_, _cleaved_; and the latter, _cleave_, _clave_ or
+_clove_, _cloven_. But the latter took on the weak form _cleft_ in the
+past tense and past participle,--as (from Shakespeare), "O Hamlet!
+thou hast _cleft_ my heart in twain,"--while _cleave_ (to cling)
+sometimes has _clove_, as (from Holmes), "The old Latin tutor _clove_
+to Virgilius Maro." In this confusion of usage, only one set remains
+certain,--_cleave_, _cleft_, _cleft_ (to split).
+
+Crew is seldom found in present-day English.
+
+ Not a cock _crew_, nor a dog barked.--IRVING.
+
+ Our cock, which always _crew_ at eleven, now told us it was time
+ for repose.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+Historically, drunk is the one correct past participle of the verb
+_drink_. But _drunk_ is very much used as an adjective, instead of
+_drunken_ (meaning intoxicated); and, probably to avoid confusion with
+this, drank is a good deal used as a past participle: thus,--
+
+ We had each _drank_ three times at the well.--B. TAYLOR.
+
+ This liquor _was_ generally _drank_ by Wood and Billings.
+ --THACKERAY.
+
+Sometimes in literary English, especially in that of an earlier
+period, it is found that the verb eat has the past tense and past
+participle _eat_ (et), instead of _ate_ and _eaten_; as, for
+example,--
+
+ It ate the food it ne'er had _eat_.--COLERIDGE.
+
+ How fairy Mab the junkets _eat_.--MILTON.
+
+ The island princes overbold
+ Have _eat_ our substance.--TENNYSON.
+
+This is also very much used in spoken and vulgar English.
+
+The form gotten is little used, _got_ being the preferred form of
+past participle as well as past tense. One example out of many is,--
+
+ We _had_ all _got_ safe on shore.--DE FOE.
+
+Hung and hanged both are used as the past tense and past
+participle of _hang_; but _hanged_ is the preferred form when we speak
+of execution by hanging; as,
+
+ The butler _was hanged_.--_Bible._
+
+The verb sat is sometimes spelled _sate_; for example,--
+
+ Might we have _sate_ and talked where gowans blow.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+ He _sate_ him down, and seized a pen.--BYRON.
+
+ "But I _sate_ still and finished my plaiting."--KINGSLEY.
+
+Usually shear is a weak verb. _Shorn_ and _shore_ are not commonly
+used: indeed, _shore_ is rare, even in poetry.
+
+ This heard Geraint, and grasping at his sword,
+ _Shore_ thro' the swarthy neck.--TENNYSON.
+
+_Shorn_ is used sometimes as a participial adjective, as "a _shorn_
+lamb," but not much as a participle. We usually say, "The sheep were
+_sheared_" instead of "The sheep were _shorn_."
+
+Went is borrowed as the past tense of _go_ from the old verb _wend_,
+which is seldom used except in poetry; for example,--
+
+ If, maiden, thou would'st _wend_ with me
+ To leave both tower and town.--SCOTT.
+
+Exercises.
+
+(_a_) From the table (Sec. 245), make out lists of verbs having the
+same vowel changes as each of the following:--
+
+ 1. Fall, fell, fallen.
+
+ 2. Begin, began, begun.
+
+ 3. Find, found, found.
+
+ 4. Give, gave, given.
+
+ 5. Drive, drove, driven.
+
+ 6. Throw, threw, thrown.
+
+ 7. Fling, flung, flung.
+
+ 8. Break, broke, broken.
+
+ 9. Shake, shook, shaken.
+
+ 10. Freeze, froze, frozen.
+
+(_b_) Find sentences using ten past-tense forms of strong verbs.
+
+(_c_) Find sentences using ten past participles of strong verbs.
+
+[_To the Teacher_,--These exercises should be continued for several
+lessons, for full drill on the forms.]
+
+
+
+DEFECTIVE STRONG VERBS.
+
+
+247. There are several verbs which are lacking in one or more
+principal parts. They are as follows:--
+
+ PRESENT. PAST. | PRESENT. PAST.
+ |
+ may might | [ought] ought
+ can could | shall should
+ [must] must | will would
+
+
+248. May is used as either indicative or subjunctive, as it has two
+meanings. It is indicative when it expresses _permission_, or, as it
+sometimes does, _ability_, like the word _can_: it is subjunctive when
+it expresses doubt as to the reality of an action, or when it
+expresses wish, purpose, etc.
+
+[Sidenote: _Indicative Use: Permission. Ability._]
+
+ If I _may_ lightly employ the Miltonic figure, "far off his
+ coming shines."--WINIER.
+
+ A stripling arm _might_ sway
+ A mass no host could raise.--SCOTT.
+
+ His superiority none _might_ question.--CHANNING.
+
+[Sidenote: _Subjunctive use._]
+
+ In whatever manner the separate parts of a constitution _may_ be
+ arranged, there is one general principle, etc.--PAINE.
+
+[Sidenote: (_See also Sec. 223._)]
+
+ And from her fair and unpolluted flesh
+ _May_ violets spring!
+ --SHAKESPEARE.
+
+
+249. Can is used in the indicative only. The _l_ in _could_ did
+not belong there originally, but came through analogy with _should_
+and _would_. _Could_ may be subjunctive, as in Sec. 220.
+
+250. Must is historically a past-tense form, from the obsolete
+verb _motan_, which survives in the sentence, "So _mote_ it be."
+_Must_ is present or past tense, according to the infinitive used.
+
+ All _must concede_ to him a sublime power of action.--CHANNING
+
+ This, of course, _must have been_ an ocular
+ deception.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+251. The same remarks apply to ought, which is historically the
+past tense of the verb _owe_. Like _must_, it is used only in the
+indicative mood; as,
+
+ The just imputations on our own faith _ought_ first _to be
+ removed_.... Have we valuable territories and important
+ posts...which _ought_ long since _to have been surrendered_?--A.
+ HAMILTON.
+
+It will be noticed that all the other defective verbs take the pure
+infinitive without _to_, while _ought_ always has _to_.
+
+Shall and Will.
+
+252. The principal trouble in the use of _shall_ and _will_ is the
+disposition, especially in the United States, to use _will_ and
+_would_, to the neglect of _shall_ and _should_, with pronouns of the
+first person; as, "I think I _will_ go."
+
+[Sidenote: _Uses of_ shall _and_ should.]
+
+The following distinctions must be observed:--
+
+(1) With the FIRST PERSON, shall and should are used,--
+
+[Sidenote: _Futurity and questions--first person._]
+
+(_a_) In making simple statements or predictions about future time;
+as,--
+
+ The time will come full soon, I _shall_ be gone.--L.C. MOULTON.
+
+(_b_) In questions asking for orders, or implying obligation or
+authority resting upon the subject; as,--
+
+ With respect to novels, what _shall_ I say?--N. WEBSTER.
+
+ How _shall_ I describe the luster which at that moment burst upon
+ my vision?--C. BROCKDEN BROWN.
+
+[Sidenote: _Second and third persons._]
+
+(2) With the SECOND AND THIRD PERSONS, _shall_ and _should_ are
+used,--
+
+(_a_) To express authority, in the form of command, promise, or
+confident prediction. The following are examples:--
+
+ Never mind, my lad, whilst I live thou _shalt_ never want a
+ friend to stand by thee.--IRVING.
+
+ They _shall_ have venison to eat, and corn to hoe.--COOPER.
+
+ The sea _shall_ crush thee; yea, the ponderous wave up the loose
+ beach _shall_ grind and scoop thy grave.--THAXTER.
+
+ She _should_ not walk, he said, through the dust and heat of
+ the noonday;
+ Nay, she _should_ ride like a queen, not plod along like a
+ peasant.--LONGFELLOW.
+
+(_b_) In _indirect quotations_, to express the same idea that the
+original speaker put forth (i.e., future action); for example,--
+
+ He declares that he _shall_ win the purse from you.--BULWER.
+
+ She rejects his suit with scorn, but assures him that she _shall_
+ make great use of her power over him.--MACAULAY.
+
+ Fielding came up more and more bland and smiling, with the
+ conviction that he _should_ win in the end.--A. LARNED.
+
+ Those who had too presumptuously concluded that they _should_
+ pass without combat were something disconcerted.--SCOTT.
+
+(_c_) With _direct questions_ of the second person, when the answer
+expected would express simple futurity; thus,--
+
+ "_Should_ you like to go to school at Canterbury?"--DICKENS.
+
+[Sidenote: _First, second and third persons._]
+
+(3) With ALL THREE PERSONS,--
+
+(_a_) _Should_ is used with the meaning of obligation, and is
+equivalent to _ought_.
+
+ I never was what I _should_ be.--H. JAMES, JR.
+
+ Milton! thou _should'st_ be living at this hour.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+ He _should_ not flatter himself with the delusion that he can
+ make or unmake the reputation of other men.--WINTER.
+
+(_b_) _Shall_ and _should_ are both used in _dependent clauses_ of
+condition, time, purpose, etc.; for example,--
+
+ When thy mind
+ _Shall_ be a mansion for all stately forms.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+ Suppose this back-door gossip _should_ be utterly blundering and
+ untrue, would any one wonder?--THACKERAY.
+
+ Jealous lest the sky _should_ have a listener.--BYRON.
+
+ If thou _should'st_ ever come by chance or choice to
+ Modena.--ROGERS.
+
+ If I _should_ be where I no more can hear thy voice.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+ That accents and looks so winning _should_ disarm me of my
+ resolution, was to be expected.--C.B. BROWN.
+
+
+253. Will and would are used as follows:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Authority as to future action--first person._]
+
+(1) With the FIRST PERSON, _will_ and _would_ are used to express
+determination as to the future, or a promise; as, for example,--
+
+ I _will_ go myself now, and _will_ not return until all is
+ finished.--CABLE.
+
+ And promised...that I _would_ do him justice, as the sole
+ inventor.--SWIFT.
+
+[Sidenote: _Disguising a command._]
+
+(2) With the SECOND PERSON, _will_ is used to express command. This
+puts the order more mildly, as if it were merely expected action;
+as,--
+
+ Thou _wilt_ take the skiff, Roland, and two of my people,... and
+ fetch off certain plate and belongings.--SCOTT.
+
+ You _will_ proceed to Manassas at as early a moment as
+ practicable, and mark on the grounds the works, etc.--_War
+ Records._
+
+[Sidenote: _Mere futurity._]
+
+(3) With both SECOND AND THIRD PERSONS, _will_ and _would_ are used to
+express simple futurity, action merely expected to occur; for
+example,--
+
+ All this _will_ sound wild and chimerical.--BURKE.
+
+ She _would_ tell you that punishment is the reward of the
+ wicked.--LANDOR.
+
+ When I am in town, _you'll_ always have somebody to sit with you.
+ To be sure, so you _will_.--DICKENS.
+
+(4) With FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD PERSONS, _would_ is used to express
+a _wish_,--the original meaning of the word _will_; for example,--
+
+[Sidenote: _Subject_ I _omitted: often so._]
+
+ _Would_ that a momentary emanation from thy glory would visit
+ me!--C.B. BROWN.
+
+ Thine was a dangerous gift, when thou wast born, The gift of
+ Beauty. _Would_ thou hadst it not.--ROGERS
+
+ It shall be gold if thou _wilt_, but thou shalt answer to me for
+ the use of it.--SCOTT.
+
+ What _wouldst_ thou have a good great man obtain?--COLERIDGE.
+
+(5) With the THIRD PERSON, _will_ and _would_ often denote an action
+as customary, without regard to future time; as,
+
+ They _will_ go to Sunday schools, through storms their brothers
+ are afraid of.... They _will_ stand behind a table at a fair all
+ day.--HOLMES
+
+ On a slight suspicion, they _would_ cut off the hands of numbers
+ of the natives, for punishment or intimidation.--BANCROFT.
+
+ In this stately chair _would_ he sit, and this magnificent pipe
+ _would_ he smoke, shaking his right knee with a constant
+ motion.--IRVING.
+
+
+Conjugation of _Shall_ and _Will_ as Auxiliaries (with _Choose_).
+
+
+254. To express simply expected action:--
+
+ ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE.
+
+ _Singular_. _Singular_.
+
+ 1. I shall choose. I shall be chosen.
+ 2. You will choose. You will be chosen.
+ 3. [He] will choose. [He] will be chosen.
+
+ _Plural_. _Plural_.
+
+ 1. We shall choose. We shall be chosen.
+ 2. You will choose. You will be chosen.
+ 3. [They] will choose. [They] will be chosen.
+
+ To express determination, promise, etc.:--
+
+ ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE.
+
+ _Singular_. _Singular_.
+
+ 1. I will choose. I will be chosen.
+ 2. You shall choose. You shall be chosen.
+ 3. [He] shall choose. [He] shall be chosen.
+
+ ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE.
+
+ _Plural_. _Plural_.
+
+ 1. We will choose. 1. We will be chosen.
+ 2. You shall choose. 2. You shall be chosen.
+ 3. [They] shall choose. 3. [They] shall be chosen.
+
+
+Exercises on _Shall_ and _Will_.
+
+(_a_) From Secs. 252 and 253, write out a summary or outline of the
+various uses of _shall_ and _will_.
+
+(_b_) Examine the following sentences, and justify the use of _shall_
+and _will_, or correct them if wrongly used:--
+
+1. Thou art what I would be, yet only seem.
+
+2. We would be greatly mistaken if we thought so.
+
+3. Thou shalt have a suit, and that of the newest cut; the wardrobe
+keeper shall have orders to supply you.
+
+4. "I shall not run," answered Herbert stubbornly.
+
+5. He informed us, that in the course of another day's march we would
+reach the prairies on the banks of the Grand Canadian.
+
+6. What shall we do with him? This is the sphinx-like riddle which we
+must solve if we would not be eaten.
+
+7. Will not our national character be greatly injured? Will we not be
+classed with the robbers and destroyers of mankind?
+
+8. Lucy stood still, very anxious, and wondering whether she should
+see anything alive.
+
+9. I would be overpowered by the feeling of my disgrace.
+
+10. No, my son; whatever cash I send you is yours: you will spend it
+as you please, and I have nothing to say.
+
+11. But I will doubtless find some English person of whom to make
+inquiries.
+
+12. Without having attended to this, we will be at a loss to
+understand several passages in the classics.
+
+13. "I am a wayfarer," the stranger said, "and would like permission
+to remain with you a little while."
+
+14. The beast made a sluggish movement, then, as if he would have more
+of the enchantment, stirred her slightly with his muzzle.
+
+
+WEAK VERBS.
+
+
+255. Those weak verbs which add _-d_ or _-ed_ to form the past tense
+and past participle, and have no change of vowel, are so easily
+recognized as to need no special treatment. Some of them are already
+given as secondary forms of the strong verbs.
+
+But the rest, which may be called irregular weak verbs, need some
+attention and explanation.
+
+
+256. The irregular weak verbs are divided into two classes,--
+
+[Sidenote: _The two classes of irregular weak verbs._]
+
+(1) Those which retain the _-d_ or _-t_ in the past tense, with some
+change of form for the past tense and past participle.
+
+(2) Those which end in _-d_ or _-t_, and have lost the ending which
+formerly was added to this.
+
+The old ending to verbs of Class II. was _-de_ or _-te_; as,--
+
+ This worthi man ful wel his wit _bisette_ [used].--CHAUCER.
+
+ Of smale houndes _hadde_ she, that sche _fedde_ With rosted
+ flessh, or mylk and wastel breed.--_Id._
+
+This ending has now dropped off, leaving some weak verbs with the same
+form throughout: as set, set, set; put, put, put.
+
+
+257. Irregular Weak Verbs.--Class I.
+
+ _Present Tense_. _Past Tense_. _Past Participle_.
+
+ bereave bereft, bereave bereft, bereaved
+ beseech besought besought
+ burn burned, burnt burnt
+ buy bought bought
+ catch caught caught
+ creep crept crept
+ deal dealt dealt
+ dream dreamt, dreamed dreamt, dreamed
+ dwell dwelt dwelt
+ feel felt felt
+ flee fled fled
+ have had had (_once_ haved)
+ hide hid hidden, hid
+ keep kept kept
+ kneel knelt knelt
+ lay laid laid
+ lean leaned, leant leaned, leant
+ leap leaped, leapt leaped, leapt
+ leave left left
+ lose lost lost
+ make made (_once_ maked) made
+ mean meant meant
+ pay paid paid
+ pen [inclose] penned, pen penned, pent
+ say said said
+ seek sought sought
+ sell sold sold
+ shoe shod shod
+ sleep slept slept
+ spell spelled, spelt spelt
+ spill spilt spilt
+ stay staid, stayed staid, stayed
+ sweep swept swept
+ teach taught taught
+ tell told told
+ think thought thought
+ weep wept wept
+ work worked, wrought worked, wrought
+
+
+258. Irregular Weak Verbs.--Class II.
+
+ _Present Tense_. _Past Tense_. _Past Participle_.
+
+ bend bent, bended bent, bended
+ bleed bled bled
+ breed bred bred
+ build built built
+ cast cast cast
+ cost cost cost
+ feed fed fed
+ gild gilded, gilt gilded, gilt
+ gird girt, girded girt, girded
+ hit hit hit
+ hurt hurt hurt
+ knit knit, knitted knit, knitted
+ lead led led
+ let let let
+ light lighted, lit lighted, lit
+ meet met met
+ put put put
+ quit quit, quitted quit, quitted
+ read read read
+ rend rent rent
+ rid rid rid
+ send sent sent
+ set set set
+ shed shed shed
+ shred shred shred
+ shut shut shut
+ slit slit slit
+ speed sped sped
+ spend spent spent
+ spit spit [_obs._ spat] spit [_obs._ spat]
+ split split split
+ spread spread spread
+ sweat sweat sweat
+ thrust thrust thrust
+ wed wed, wedded wed, wedded
+ wet wet, wetted wet, wetted
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Tendency to phonetic spelling._]
+
+250. There seems to be in Modern English a growing tendency toward
+phonetic spelling in the past tense and past participle of weak verbs.
+For example, _-ed_, after the verb _bless_, has the sound of _t_:
+hence the word is often written _blest_. So with _dipt_, _whipt_,
+_dropt_, _tost_, _crost_, _drest_, _prest_, etc. This is often seen in
+poetry, and is increasing in prose.
+
+
+Some Troublesome Verbs.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Lie _and_ lay _in use and meaning._]
+
+260. Some sets of verbs are often confused by young students, weak
+forms being substituted for correct, strong forms.
+
+Lie and lay need close attention. These are the forms:--
+
+ _Present Tense._ _Past Tense._ _Pres. Participle._ _Past Participle._
+
+ 1. Lie lay lying lain
+ 2. Lay laid laying laid
+
+The distinctions to be observed are as follows:--
+
+(1) _Lie_, with its forms, is regularly _intransitive_ as to use. As
+to meaning, _lie_ means to rest, to recline, to place one's self in a
+recumbent position; as, "There _lies_ the ruin."
+
+(2) _Lay_, with its forms, is always _transitive_ as to use. As to
+meaning, _lay_ means to put, to place a person or thing in position;
+as, "Slowly and sadly we _laid_ him down." Also _lay_ may be used
+without any object expressed, but there is still a transitive meaning;
+as in the expressions, "to _lay_ up for future use," "to _lay_ on with
+the rod," "to _lay_ about him lustily."
+
+
+[Sidenote: Sit _and_ set.]
+
+261. Sit and set have principal parts as follows:--
+
+ _Present Tense._ _Past Tense._ _Pres. Participle._ _Past Participle._
+
+ 1. Sit sat sitting sat
+ 2. Set set setting set
+
+Notice these points of difference between the two verbs:--
+
+(1) _Sit_, with its forms, is always _intransitive_ in use. In
+meaning, _sit_ signifies (_a_) to place one's self on a seat, to rest;
+(_b_) to be adjusted, to fit; (_c_) to cover and warm eggs for
+hatching, as, "The hen _sits_."
+
+(2) _Set_, with its forms, is always _transitive_ in use when it has
+the following meanings: (_a_) to put or place a thing or person in
+position, as "He _set_ down the book;" (_b_) to fix or establish, as,
+"He _sets_ a good example."
+
+_Set_ is _intransitive_ when it means (_a_) to go down, to decline,
+as, "The sun has _set_;" (_b_) to become fixed or rigid, as, "His eyes
+_set_ in his head because of the disease;" (_c_) in certain idiomatic
+expressions, as, for example, "to _set_ out," "to _set_ up in
+business," "to _set_ about a thing," "to _set_ to work," "to _set_
+forward," "the tide _sets_ in," "a strong wind _set_ in," etc.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Examine the forms of _lie_, _lay_, _sit_ and _set_ in these sentences;
+give the meaning of each, and correct those used wrongly.
+
+1. If the phenomena which lie before him will not suit his purpose,
+all history must be ransacked.
+
+2. He sat with his eyes fixed partly on the ghost and partly on
+Hamlet, and with his mouth open.
+
+3. The days when his favorite volume set him upon making wheelbarrows
+and chairs,... can never again be the realities they were.
+
+4. To make the jacket sit yet more closely to the body, it was
+gathered at the middle by a broad leathern belt.
+
+5. He had set up no unattainable standard of perfection.
+
+6. For more than two hundred years his bones lay undistinguished.
+
+7. The author laid the whole fault on the audience.
+
+8. Dapple had to lay down on all fours before the lads could bestride
+him.
+
+9. And send'st him...to his gods where happy lies
+ His petty hope in some near port or bay,
+ And dashest him again to earth:--there let him lay.
+
+10. Achilles is the swift-footed when he is sitting still.
+
+11. It may be laid down as a general rule, that history begins in
+novel, and ends in essay.
+
+12. I never took off my clothes, but laid down in them.
+
+
+
+
+VERBALS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+262. Verbals are words that express action in a general way,
+without limiting the action to any time, or asserting it of any
+subject.
+
+[Sidenote: _Kinds._]
+
+Verbals may be participles, infinitives, or gerunds.
+
+
+PARTICIPLES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+263. Participles are _adjectival_ verbals; that is, they either
+belong to some substantive by expressing action in connection with it,
+or they express action, and directly modify a substantive, thus having
+a descriptive force. Notice these functions.
+
+[Sidenote: _Pure participle in function._]
+
+ 1. At length, _wearied_ by his cries and agitations, and not
+ _knowing_ how to put an end to them, he addressed the animal as
+ if he had been a rational being.--DWIGHT.
+
+Here _wearied_ and _knowing_ belong to the subject _he_, and express
+action in connection with it, but do not describe.
+
+[Sidenote: _Express action and also describe._]
+
+ 2. Another name glided into her petition--it was that of the
+ _wounded_ Christian, whom fate had placed in the hands of
+ bloodthirsty men, his _avowed_ enemies.--SCOTT.
+
+Here _wounded_ and _avowed_ are participles, but are used with the
+same adjectival force that _bloodthirsty_ is (see Sec. 143, 4).
+
+Participial adjectives have been discussed in Sec. 143 (4), but we
+give further examples for the sake of comparison and distinction.
+
+[Sidenote: _Fossil participles as adjectives._]
+
+ 3. As _learned_ a man may live in a cottage or a college
+ commmon-room.--THACKERAY
+
+ 4. Not merely to the soldier are these campaigns _interesting_
+ --BAYNE.
+
+ 5. How _charming_ is divine philosophy!--MILTON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Forms of the participle._]
+
+264. Participles, in expressing action, may be active or
+passive, incomplete (or imperfect), complete (perfect or past),
+and perfect definite.
+
+They cannot be divided into tenses (present, past, etc.), because they
+have no tense of their own, but derive their tense from the verb on
+which they depend; for example,--
+
+ 1. He walked conscientiously through the services of the day,
+ _fulfilling_ every section the minutest, etc.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+_Fulfilling_ has the form to denote continuance, but depends on the
+verb _walked_, which is past tense.
+
+
+ 2. Now the bright morning star, day's harbinger,
+ Comes _dancing_ from the East.--MILTON.
+
+_Dancing_ here depends on a verb in the present tense.
+
+
+265. PARTICIPLES OF THE VERB _CHOOSE_.
+
+ ACTIVE VOICE.
+
+_Imperfect._ Choosing.
+_Perfect._ Having chosen.
+_Perfect definite._ Having been choosing.
+
+ PASSIVE VOICE.
+
+_Imperfect._ None
+_Perfect._ Chosen, being chosen, having been chosen.
+_Perfect definite._ None.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Pick out the participles, and tell whether active or passive,
+imperfect, perfect, or perfect definite. If pure participles, tell to
+what word they belong; if adjectives, tell what words they modify.
+
+1. The change is a large process, accomplished within a large and
+corresponding space, having, perhaps, some central or equatorial line,
+but lying, like that of our earth, between certain tropics, or limits
+widely separated.
+
+2. I had fallen under medical advice the most misleading that it is
+possible to imagine.
+
+3. These views, being adopted in a great measure from my mother, were
+naturally the same as my mother's.
+
+4. Endowed with a great command over herself, she soon obtained an
+uncontrolled ascendency over her people.
+
+5. No spectacle was more adapted to excite wonder.
+
+6. Having fully supplied the demands of nature in this respect, I
+returned to reflection on my situation.
+
+7. Three saplings, stripped of their branches and bound together at
+their ends, formed a kind of bedstead.
+
+8. This all-pervading principle is at work in our system,--the
+creature warring against the creating power.
+
+9. Perhaps I was too saucy and provoking.
+
+10. Nothing of the kind having been done, and the principles of this
+unfortunate king having been distorted,... try clemency.
+
+
+
+INFINITIVES.
+
+
+266. Infinitives, like participles, have no tense. When active,
+they have an indefinite, an imperfect, a perfect, and a perfect
+definite form; and when passive, an indefinite and a perfect form, to
+express action unconnected with a subject.
+
+
+267. INFINITIVES OF THE VERB _CHOOSE._
+
+ ACTIVE VOICE.
+
+_Indefinite._ [To] choose. _Imperfect._ [To] be choosing.
+ _Perfect._ [To] have chosen.
+ _Perfect definite._ [To] have been choosing.
+
+ PASSIVE VOICE.
+
+_Indefinite._ [To] be chosen. _Perfect._ [To] have been chosen.
+
+
+[Sidenote: To _with the infinitive._]
+
+268. In Sec. 267 the word _to_ is printed in brackets because it is
+not a necessary part of the infinitive.
+
+It originally belonged only to an inflected form of the infinitive,
+expressing purpose; as in the Old English, "Ut eode se saedere his saed
+to sawenne" (Out went the sower his seed _to sow_).
+
+[Sidenote: _Cases when_ to _is omitted._]
+
+But later, when inflections became fewer, _to_ was used before the
+infinitive generally, except in the following cases:--
+
+(1) After the auxiliaries _shall_, _will_ (with _should_ and _would_).
+
+(2) After the verbs _may (might), can (could), must_; also _let_,
+_make_, _do_ (as, "I _do go_" etc.), _see_, _bid_ (command), _feel_,
+_hear_, _watch_, _please_; sometimes _need_ (as, "He _need_ not _go_")
+and _dare_ (to venture).
+
+(3) After _had_ in the idiomatic use; as, "You _had_ better _go_" "He
+_had_ rather _walk_ than _ride_."
+
+(4) In exclamations; as in the following examples:--
+
+ "He _find_ pleasure in doing good!" cried Sir
+ William.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+
+
+ I _urge_ an address to his kinswoman! I _approach_ her when in a
+ base disguise! I _do_ this!--SCOTT.
+
+ "She _ask_ my pardon, poor woman!" cried Charles.--MACAULAY.
+
+
+269. _Shall_ and _will_ are not to be taken as separate verbs, but
+with the infinitive as one tense of a verb; as, "He _will choose_," "I
+_shall have chosen_," etc.
+
+Also _do_ may be considered an auxiliary in the interrogative,
+negative, and emphatic forms of the present and past, also in the
+imperative; as,--
+
+ What! _doth_ she, too, as the credulous imagine, _learn_ [_doth
+ learn_ is one verb, present tense] the love of the great stars?
+ --BULWER.
+
+ _Do_ not _entertain_ so weak an imagination--BURKE.
+
+ She _did_ not _weep_--she _did_ not _break forth_ into
+ reproaches.--IRVING.
+
+
+270. The infinitive is sometimes active in form while it is passive
+in meaning, as in the expression, "a house _to let_." Examples are,--
+
+ She was a kind, liberal woman; rich rather more than needed where
+ there were no opera boxes _to rent_.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ Tho' it seems my spurs are yet _to win_.--TENNYSON.
+
+ But there was nothing _to do_.--HOWELLS.
+
+ They shall have venison _to eat_, and corn _to hoe_.--COOPER.
+
+ Nolan himself saw that something was _to pay_.--E.E. HALE.
+
+
+271. The various offices which the infinitive and the participle
+have in the sentence will be treated in Part II., under "Analysis," as
+we are now learning merely to recognize the forms.
+
+
+
+GERUNDS.
+
+
+272. The gerund is like the participle in form, and like a noun in
+use.
+
+The participle has been called an adjectival verbal; the gerund may
+be called a _noun verbal_. While the gerund expresses action, it has
+several attributes of a noun,--it may be governed as a noun; it may be
+the subject of a verb, or the object of a verb or a preposition; it is
+often preceded by the definite article; it is frequently modified by a
+possessive noun or pronoun.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Distinguished from participle and verbal noun._]
+
+273. It differs from the participle in being always used as a noun:
+it never belongs to or limits a noun.
+
+It differs from the verbal noun in having the property of governing a
+noun (which the verbal noun has not) and of expressing action (the
+verbal noun merely names an action, Sec. II).
+
+The following are examples of the uses of the gerund:--
+
+(1) _Subject_: "The _taking_ of means not to see another morning had
+all day absorbed every energy;" "Certainly _dueling_ is bad, and has
+been put down."
+
+(2) _Object_: (_a_) "Our culture therefore must not omit the _arming_
+of the man." (_b_) "Nobody cares for _planting_ the poor fungus;" "I
+announce the good of _being interpenetrated_ by the mind that made
+nature;" "The guilt of _having been cured_ of the palsy by a Jewish
+maiden."
+
+(3) _Governing and Governed_: "We are far from _having exhausted_ the
+significance of the few symbols we use," also (2, _b_), above; "He
+could embellish the characters with new traits without _violating_
+probability;" "He could not help _holding_ out his hand in return."
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences containing five participles, five
+infinitives, and five gerunds.
+
+
+
+SUMMARY OF WORDS IN _-ING_.
+
+
+274. Words in -ing are of six kinds, according to use as well as
+meaning. They are as follows:--
+
+(1) _Part of the verb_, making the definite tenses.
+
+(2) _Pure participles_, which express action, but do not assert.
+
+(3) _Participial adjectives_, which express action and also modify.
+
+(4) _Pure adjectives_, which have lost all verbal force.
+
+(5) _Gerunds_, which express action, may govern and be governed.
+
+(6) _Verbal nouns,_ which name an action or state, but cannot govern.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Tell to which of the above six classes each _-ing_ word in the
+following sentences belongs:--
+
+1. Here is need of apologies for shortcomings.
+
+2. Then how pleasing is it, on your leaving the spot, to see the
+returning hope of the parents, when, after examining the nest, they
+find the nurslings untouched!
+
+3. The crowning incident of my life was upon the bank of the Scioto
+Salt Creek, in which I had been unhorsed by the breaking of the saddle
+girths.
+
+4. What a vast, brilliant, and wonderful store of learning!
+
+5. He is one of the most charming masters of our language.
+
+6. In explaining to a child the phenomena of nature, you must, by
+object lessons, give reality to your teaching.
+
+7. I suppose I was dreaming about it. What is dreaming?
+
+8. It is years since I heard the laughter ringing.
+
+9. Intellect is not speaking and logicizing: it is seeing and
+ascertaining.
+
+10. We now draw toward the end of that great martial drama which we
+have been briefly contemplating.
+
+11. The second cause of failure was the burning of Moscow.
+
+12. He spread his blessings all over the land.
+
+13. The only means of ascending was by my hands.
+
+14. A marble figure of Mary is stretched upon the tomb, round which is
+an iron railing, much corroded, bearing her national emblem.
+
+15. The exertion left me in a state of languor and sinking.
+
+16. Thackeray did not, like Sir Walter Scott, write twenty pages
+without stopping, but, dictating from his chair, he gave out sentence
+by sentence, slowly.
+
+
+
+
+HOW TO PARSE VERBS AND VERBALS.
+
+
+I. VERBS.
+
+
+275. In parsing verbs, give the following points:--
+
+(1) Class: (_a_) as to _form_,--strong or weak, giving principal
+parts; (_b_) as to _use_,--transitive or intransitive.
+
+(2) Voice,--active or passive.
+
+(3) Mood,--indicative, subjunctive, or imperative.
+
+(4) Tense,--which of the tenses given in Sec. 234.
+
+(5) Person and number, in determining which you must tell--
+
+(6) What the subject is, for the form of the verb may not show the
+person and number.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution._]
+
+276. It has been intimated in Sec. 235, we must beware of the rule,
+"A verb agrees with its subject in person and number." Sometimes it
+does; usually it does not, if _agrees_ means that the verb changes its
+form for the different persons and numbers. The verb _be_ has more
+forms than other verbs, and may be said to _agree_ with its subject in
+several of its forms. But unless the verb is present, and ends in
+_-s_, or is an old or poetic form ending in _-st_ or _-eth_, it is
+best for the student not to state it as a general rule that "the verb
+agrees with its subject in person and number," but merely to _tell
+what the subject of the verb is_.
+
+
+
+II. VERB PHRASES.
+
+
+277. Verb phrases are made up of a principal verb followed by an
+infinitive, and should always be analyzed as phrases, and not taken as
+single verbs. Especially frequent are those made up of _should_,
+_would_, _may_, _might_, _can_, _could_, _must_, followed by a pure
+infinitive without _to_. Take these examples:--
+
+1. Lee _should_ of himself _have replenished_ his stock.
+
+2. The government _might have been_ strong and prosperous.
+
+In such sentences as 1, call _should_ a weak verb, intransitive,
+therefore active; indicative, past tense; has for its subject _Lee_.
+_Have replenished_ is a perfect active infinitive.
+
+In 2, call _might_ a weak verb, intransitive, active, indicative (as
+it means could), past tense; has the subject _government_. _Have been_
+is a perfect active infinitive.
+
+For fuller parsing of the infinitive, see Sec. 278(2).
+
+
+III. VERBALS.
+
+
+278. (1) Participle. Tell (_a_) from what verb it is derived;
+(_b_) whether active or passive, imperfect, perfect, etc.; (_c_) to
+what word it belongs. If a participial adjective, give points (_a_)
+and (_b_), then parse it as an adjective.
+
+(2) Infinitive. Tell (_a_) from what verb it is derived; (_b_)
+whether indefinite, perfect, definite, etc.
+
+(3) Gerund. (_a_) From what verb derived; (_b_) its use (Sec. 273).
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Parse the verbs, verbals, and verb phrases in the following
+sentences:--
+
+1. Byron builds a structure that repeats certain elements in nature or
+humanity.
+
+2. The birds were singing as if there were no aching hearts, no sin
+nor sorrow, in the world.
+
+3. Let it rise! let it rise, till it meet the sun in his coming; let
+the earliest light of the morning gild it, and parting day linger and
+play on its summit.
+
+4. You are gathered to your fathers, and live only to your country in
+her grateful remembrance.
+
+5. Read this Declaration at the head of the army.
+
+6. Right graciously he smiled on us, as rolled from wing to wing,
+ Down all the line, a deafening shout, "God save our Lord the King!"
+
+7. When he arose in the morning, he thought only of her, and wondered
+if she were yet awake.
+
+8. He had lost the quiet of his thoughts, and his agitated soul
+reflected only broken and distorted images of things.
+
+9. So, lest I be inclined
+ To render ill for ill,
+ Henceforth in me instill,
+ O God, a sweet good will.
+
+10. The sun appears to beat in vain at the casements.
+
+11. Margaret had come into the workshop with her sewing, as usual.
+
+12. Two things there are with memory will abide--
+ Whatever else befall--while life flows by.
+
+13. To the child it was not permitted to look beyond into the hazy
+lines that bounded his oasis of flowers.
+
+14. With them, morning is not a new issuing of light, a new bursting
+forth of the sun; a new waking up of all that has life, from a sort of
+temporary death.
+
+15. Whatever ground you sow or plant, see that it is in good
+condition.
+
+16. However that be, it is certain that he had grown to delight in
+nothing else than this conversation.
+
+17. The soul having been often born, or, as the Hindoos say,
+"traveling the path of existence through thousands of births," there
+is nothing of which she has not gained knowledge.
+
+18. The ancients called it ecstasy or absence,--a getting-out of their
+bodies to think.
+
+19. Such a boy could not whistle or dance.
+
+20. He had rather stand charged with the imbecility of skepticism than
+with untruth.
+
+21. He can behold with serenity the yawning gulf between the ambition
+of man and his power of performance.
+
+22. He passed across the room to the washstand, leaving me upon the
+bed, where I afterward found he had replaced me on being awakened by
+hearing me leap frantically up and down on the floor.
+
+23. In going for water, he seemed to be traveling over a desert plain
+to some far-off spring.
+
+24. Hasheesh always brings an awakening of perception which magnifies
+the smallest sensation.
+
+25. I have always talked to him as I would to a friend.
+
+26. Over them multitudes of rosy children came leaping to throw
+garlands on my victorious road.
+
+27. Oh, had we some bright little isle of our own!
+
+28. Better it were, thou sayest, to consent;
+ Feast while we may, and live ere life be spent.
+
+29. And now wend we to yonder fountain, for the hour of rest is at
+hand.
+
+
+
+
+ADVERBS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Adverbs modify._]
+
+279. The word _adverb_ means _joined to a verb_. The adverb is the
+only word that can join to a verb to modify it.
+
+[Sidenote: _A verb._]
+
+When action is expressed, an adverb is usually added to define the
+action in some way,--time, place, or manner: as, "He began _already_
+to be proud of being a Rugby boy [time];" "One of the young heroes
+scrambled up _behind_ [place];" "He was absolute, but _wisely_ and
+_bravely_ ruling [manner]."
+
+[Sidenote: _An adjective or an adverb._]
+
+But this does not mean that adverbs modify verbs _only_: many of them
+express degree, and limit adjectives or adverbs; as, "William's
+private life was _severely_ pure;" "Principles of English law are put
+down _a little_ confusedly."
+
+[Sidenote: _Sometimes a noun or pronoun._]
+
+Sometimes an adverb may modify a noun or pronoun; for example,--
+
+ The young man reveres men of genius, because, to speak truly,
+ they are _more_ himself than he is.--EMERSON.
+
+ Is it _only_ poets, and men of leisure and cultivation, who live
+ with nature?--_Id._
+
+ To the _almost_ terror of the persons present, Macaulay began
+ with the senior wrangler of 1801-2-3-4, and so on.--THACKERAY.
+
+ Nor was it _altogether_ nothing.--CARLYLE.
+
+ Sounds overflow the listener's brain So sweet that joy is
+ _almost_ pain.--SHELLEY.
+
+ The condition of Kate is _exactly_ that of Coleridge's "Ancient
+ Mariner."--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ He was _incidentally_ news dealer.--T.B. ALDRICH.
+
+NOTE.--These last differ from the words in Sec. 169, being adverbs
+naturally and fitly, while those in Sec. 169 are felt to be
+elliptical, and rather forced into the service of adjectives.
+
+Also these adverbs modifying nouns are to be distinguished from those
+standing _after_ a noun by ellipsis, but really modifying, not the
+noun, but some verb understood; thus,--
+
+ The gentle winds and waters [that are] near, Make music to the
+ lonely ear.--BYRON.
+
+ With bowering leaves [that grow] _o'erhead_, to which the eye
+ Looked up half sweetly, and half awfully.--LEIGH HUNT.
+
+[Sidenote: _A phrase._]
+
+An adverb may modify a phrase which is equivalent to an adjective or
+an adverb, as shown in the sentences,--
+
+ They had begun to make their effort much _at the same
+ time_.--TROLLOPE.
+
+ I draw forth the fruit, all wet and glossy, maybe _nibbled by
+ rabbits and hollowed out by crickets_, and perhaps _with a leaf
+ or two cemented to it_, but still _with a rich bloom to
+ it_.--THOREAU.
+
+[Sidenote: _A clause or sentence._]
+
+It may also modify a sentence, emphasizing or qualifying the
+statement expressed; as, for example,--
+
+ And _certainly_ no one ever entered upon office with so few
+ resources of power in the past.--LOWELL.
+
+ _Surely_ happiness is reflective, like the light of heaven.
+ --IRVING.
+
+ We are offered six months' credit; and that, _perhaps_, has
+ induced some of us to attend it.--FRANKLIN.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+280. An adverb, then, is a modifying word, which may qualify an
+action word or a statement, and may add to the meaning of an adjective
+or adverb, or a word group used as such.
+
+NOTE.--The expression _action word_ is put instead of _verb_, because
+_any_ verbal word may be limited by an adverb, not simply the forms
+used in predication.
+
+
+281. Adverbs may be classified in two ways: (1) according to the
+meaning of the words; (2) according to their use in the sentence.
+
+
+ADVERBS CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO MEANING.
+
+
+282. Thus considered, there are six classes:--
+
+(1) Time; as _now_, _to-day_, _ever_, _lately_, _before_,
+_hitherto_, etc.
+
+(2) Place. These may be adverbs either of
+
+(_a_) PLACE WHERE; as _here_, _there_, _where_, _near_, _yonder_,
+_above_, etc.
+
+(_b_) PLACE TO WHICH; as _hither_, _thither_, _whither_,
+_whithersoever_, etc.
+
+(_c_) PLACE FROM WHICH; as _hence_, _thence_, _whence_,
+_whencesoever_, etc.
+
+(3) Manner, telling _how_ anything is done; as _well_, _slowly_,
+_better_, _bravely_, _beautifully_. Action is conceived or performed
+in so many ways, that these adverbs form a very large class.
+
+(4) Number, telling _how many times_: _once_, _twice_, _singly_,
+_two by two_, etc.
+
+(5) Degree, telling _how much_; as _little_, _slightly_, _too_,
+_partly_, _enough_, _greatly_, _much_, _very_, _just_, etc. (see also
+Sec. 283).
+
+(6) Assertion, telling the speaker's belief or disbelief in a
+statement, or how far he believes it to be true; as _perhaps_,
+_maybe_, _surely_, _possibly_, _probably_, _not_, etc.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Special remarks on adverbs of degree._]
+
+283. The is an adverb of degree when it limits an adjective or an
+adverb, especially the comparative of these words; thus,--
+
+ But not _the_ less the blare of the tumultuous organ wrought its
+ own separate creations.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ _The_ more they multiply, _the_ more friends you will have; _the_
+ more evidently they love liberty, _the_ more perfect will be
+ their obedience.--BURKE.
+
+This and that are very common as adverbs in spoken English, and
+not infrequently are found in literary English; for example,--
+
+ The master...was for _this_ once of her opinion.--R. LOUIS
+ STEVENSON.
+
+ Death! To die! I owe _that_ much To what, at least, I
+ was.--BROWNING.
+
+ _This_ long's the text.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+[Sidenote _The status of such_.]
+
+Such is frequently used as an equivalent of _so_: _such_ precedes an
+adjective with its noun, while _so_ precedes only the adjective
+usually.
+
+ Meekness,...which gained him _such_ universal
+ popularity.--IRVING.
+
+ _Such_ a glittering appearance that no ordinary man would have
+ been able to close his eyes there.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ An eye of _such_ piercing brightness and _such_ commanding power
+ that it gave an air of inspiration.--LECKY.
+
+So also in Grote, Emerson, Thackeray, Motley, White, and others.
+
+[Sidenote: _Pretty._]
+
+Pretty has a wider adverbial use than it gets credit for.
+
+ I believe our astonishment is _pretty_ equal.--FIELDING.
+
+ Hard blows and hard money, the feel of both of which you know
+ _pretty_ well by now.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ The first of these generals is _pretty_ generally recognized as
+ the greatest military genius that ever lived.--BAYNE.
+
+ A _pretty_ large experience.--THACKERAY.
+
+_Pretty_ is also used by Prescott, Franklin, De Quincey, Defoe,
+Dickens, Kingsley, Burke, Emerson, Aldrich, Holmes, and other writers.
+
+[Sidenote: Mighty.]
+
+The adverb mighty is very common in colloquial English; for example,--
+
+ "_Mighty_ well, Deacon Gookin!" replied the solemn tones of the
+ minister.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ "Maybe you're wanting to get over?--anybody sick? Ye seem
+ _mighty_ anxious!"--H.B. STOWE.
+
+It is only occasionally used in literary English; for example,--
+
+ You are _mighty_ courteous.--BULWER.
+
+ Beau Fielding, a _mighty_ fine gentleman.--THACKERAY.
+
+ "Peace, Neville," said the king, "thou think'st thyself _mighty_
+ wise, and art but a fool."--SCOTT.
+
+ I perceived his sisters _mighty_ busy.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Notice meanings._]
+
+284. Again, the meaning of words must be noticed rather than their
+form; for many words given above may be moved from one class to
+another at will: as these examples,--"He walked too _far_ [place];"
+"That were _far_ better [degree];" "He spoke _positively_ [manner];"
+"That is _positively_ untrue [assertion];" "I have seen you _before_
+[time];" "The house, and its lawn _before_ [place]."
+
+
+
+ADVERBS CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO USE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Simple._]
+
+285. All adverbs which have no function in the sentence except to
+modify are called simple adverbs. Such are most of those given
+already in Sec. 282.
+
+[Sidenote: _Interrogative._]
+
+286. Some adverbs, besides modifying, have the additional function
+of asking a question.
+
+[Sidenote: _Direct questions._]
+
+These may introduce direct questions of--
+
+(1) Time.
+
+ _When_ did this humane custom begin?--H. CLAY.
+
+(2) Place.
+
+ _Where_ will you have the scene?--LONGFELLOW
+
+(3) Manner.
+
+ And _how_ looks it now?--HAWTHORNE.
+
+(4) Degree.
+
+ "_How_ long have you had this whip?" asked he.--BULWER.
+
+(5) Reason.
+
+ _Why_ that wild stare and wilder cry?--WHITTIER
+
+ Now _wherefore_ stopp'st thou me?--COLERIDGE
+
+[Sidenote: _Indirect questions._]
+
+Or they may introduce indirect questions of--
+
+(1) Time.
+
+ I do not remember _when_ I was taught to read.--D. WEBSTER.
+
+(2) Place.
+
+ I will not ask _where_ thou liest low.--BYRON
+
+(3) Manner.
+
+ Who set you to cast about what you should say to the select
+ souls, or _how_ to say anything to such?--EMERSON.
+
+(4) Degree.
+
+ Being too full of sleep to understand
+ _How_ far the unknown transcends the what we know.
+ --LONGFELLOW
+
+(5) Reason.
+
+ I hearkened, I know not _why_.--POE.
+
+
+287. There is a class of words usually classed as conjunctive
+adverbs, as they are said to have the office of conjunctions in
+joining clauses, while having the office of adverbs in modifying; for
+example,--
+
+ _When_ last I saw thy young blue eyes, they smiled.--BYRON.
+
+But in reality, _when_ does not express time and modify, but the whole
+clause, _when_..._eyes_; and _when_ has simply the use of a
+conjunction, not an adverb. For further discussion, see Sec. 299 under
+"Subordinate Conjunctions."
+
+
+Exercise.--Bring up sentences containing twenty adverbs,
+representing four classes.
+
+
+
+COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.
+
+
+288. Many adverbs are compared, and, when compared, have the same
+inflection as adjectives.
+
+The following, irregularly compared, are often used as adjectives:--
+
+ _Positive._ _Comparative._ _Superlative._
+
+ well better best
+ ill or badly worse worst
+ much more most
+ little less least
+ nigh or near nearer nearest or next
+ far farther, further farthest, furthest
+ late later latest, last
+ (rathe, _obs._) rather
+
+
+289. Most monosyllabic adverbs add _-er_ and _-est_ to form the
+comparative and superlative, just as adjectives do; as, _high_,
+_higher_, _highest_; _soon_, _sooner_, _soonest_.
+
+Adverbs in _-ly_ usually have _more_ and _most_ instead of the
+inflected form, only occasionally having _-er_ and _-est_.
+
+ Its strings _boldlier_ swept.--COLERIDGE.
+
+ None can deem _harshlier_ of me than I deem.--BYRON.
+
+ Only that we may _wiselier_ see.--EMERSON.
+
+ Then must she keep it _safelier_.--TENNYSON.
+
+ I should _freelier_ rejoice in that absence.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Form_ vs. _use._]
+
+290. The fact that a word ends in _-ly_ does not make it an adverb.
+Many adjectives have the same ending, and must be distinguished by
+their use in the sentence.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Tell what each word in _ly_ modifies, then whether it is an adjective
+or an adverb.
+
+1. It seems certain that the Normans were more cleanly in their
+habits, more courtly in their manners.
+
+2. It is true he was rarely heard to speak.
+
+3. He would inhale the smoke slowly and tranquilly.
+
+4. The perfectly heavenly law might be made law on earth.
+
+5. The king winced when he saw his homely little bride.
+
+6. With his proud, quick-flashing eye,
+ And his mien of kingly state.
+
+7. And all about, a lovely sky of blue
+ Clearly was felt, or down the leaves laughed through.
+
+8. He is inexpressibly mean, curiously jolly, kindly and good-natured
+in secret.
+
+
+291. Again, many words without _-ly_ have the same form, whether
+adverbs or adjectives.
+
+The reason is, that in Old and Middle English, adverbs derived from
+adjectives had the ending _-e_ as a distinguishing mark; as,--
+
+ If men smoot it with a yerde _smerte_ [If men smote it with a rod
+ smartly].--CHAUCER.
+
+This _e_ dropping off left both words having the same form.
+
+ Weeds were sure to grow _quicker_ in his fields.--IRVING.
+
+ O _sweet_ and _far_ from cliff and scar The horns of Elfland
+ faintly blowing.--TENNYSON.
+
+ But he must do his errand _right._--DRAKE
+
+ _Long_ she looked in his tiny face.--_Id._
+
+ Not _near_ so black as he was painted.--THACKERAY.
+
+In some cases adverbs with _-ly_ are used side by side with those
+without _-ly_, but with a different meaning. Such are _most_,
+_mostly_; _near_, _nearly_; _even_, _evenly_; _hard_, _hardly_; etc.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Special use of_ there.]
+
+292. Frequently the word there, instead of being used adverbially,
+merely introduces a sentence, and inverts the usual order of subject
+and predicate.
+
+This is such a fixed idiom that the sentence, if it has the verb _be_,
+seems awkward or affected without this "_there_ introductory." Compare
+these:--
+
+ 1. _There_ are eyes, to be sure, that give no more admission into
+ the man than blueberries.--EMERSON.
+
+ 2. Time was when field and watery cove With modulated echoes
+ rang.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+
+
+HOW TO PARSE ADVERBS.
+
+
+293. In parsing adverbs, give--
+
+(1) The class, according to meaning and also use.
+
+(2) Degree of comparison, if the word is compared.
+
+(3) What word or word group it modifies.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Parse all the adverbs in the following sentences:--
+
+1. Now the earth is so full that a drop overfills it.
+
+2. The higher we rise in the scale of being, the more certainly we
+quit the region of the brilliant eccentricities and dazzling contrasts
+which belong to a vulgar greatness.
+
+3. We sit in the warm shade and feel right well
+ How the sap creeps up and blossoms swell.
+
+4. Meanwhile the Protestants believed somewhat doubtfully that he was
+theirs.
+
+5. Whence else could arise the bruises which I had received, but from
+my fall?
+
+6. We somehow greedily gobble down all stories in which the characters
+of our friends are chopped up.
+
+7. How carefully that blessed day is marked in their little calendars!
+
+8. But a few steps farther on, at the regular wine-shop, the Madonna
+is in great glory.
+
+9. The foolish and the dead alone never change their opinion.
+
+10. It is the Cross that is first seen, and always, burning in the
+center of the temple.
+
+11. For the impracticable, however theoretically enticing, is always
+politically unwise.
+
+12. Whence come you? and whither are you bound?
+
+13. How comes it that the evil which men say spreads so widely and
+lasts so long, whilst our good kind words don't seem somehow to take
+root and blossom?
+
+14. At these carousals Alexander drank deep.
+
+15. Perhaps he has been getting up a little architecture on the road
+from Florence.
+
+16. It is left you to find out why your ears are boxed.
+
+17. Thither we went, and sate down on the steps of a house.
+
+18. He could never fix which side of the garden walk would suit him
+best, but continually shifted.
+
+19. But now the wind rose again, and the stern drifted in toward the
+bank.
+
+20. He caught the scent of wild thyme in the air, and found room to
+wonder how it could have got there.
+
+21. They were soon launched on the princely bosom of the Thames, upon
+which the sun now shone forth.
+
+22. Why should we suppose that conscientious motives, feeble as they
+are constantly found to be in a good cause, should be omnipotent for
+evil?
+
+24. It was pretty bad after that, and but for Polly's outdoor
+exercise, she would undoubtedly have succumbed.
+
+
+
+
+CONJUNCTIONS.
+
+
+294. Unlike adverbs, conjunctions do not modify: they are used
+solely for the purpose of connecting.
+
+Examples of the use of conjunctions:--
+
+[Sidenote: _They connect_ words.]
+
+(1) _Connecting words_: "It is the very necessity _and_ condition of
+existence;" "What a simple _but_ exquisite illustration!"
+
+[Sidenote: Word groups: _Phrases._]
+
+[Sidenote: _Clauses._]
+
+(2) _Connecting word groups_: "Hitherto the two systems have existed
+in different States, _but_ side by side within the American Union;"
+"This has happened _because_ the Union is a confederation of States."
+
+[Sidenote: _Sentences._]
+
+(3) _Connecting sentences_: "Unanimity in this case can mean only a
+very large majority. _But_ even unanimity itself is far from
+indicating the voice of God."
+
+[Sidenote: _Paragraphs._]
+
+(4) _Connecting sentence groups_: Paragraphs would be too long to
+quote here, but the student will readily find them, in which the
+writer connects the divisions of narration or argument by such words
+as _but_, _however_, _hence_, _nor_, _then_, _therefore_, etc.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+295. A conjunction is a linking word, connecting words, word
+groups, sentences, or sentence groups.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Classes of conjunctions._]
+
+296. Conjunctions have two principal divisions:--
+
+(1) Cooerdinate, joining words, word groups, etc., of the _same
+rank_.
+
+(2) Subordinate, joining a subordinate or dependent clause to a
+principal or independent clause.
+
+
+
+COOeRDINATE CONJUNCTIONS.
+
+297. Cooerdinate conjunctions are of four kinds:
+
+(1) COPULATIVE, coupling or uniting words and expressions in the same
+line of thought; as _and_, _also_, _as well as_, _moreover_, etc.
+
+(2) ADVERSATIVE, connecting words and expressions that are opposite in
+thought; as _but_, _yet_, _still_, _however_, _while_, _only_, etc.
+
+(3) CAUSAL, introducing a reason or cause. The chief ones are, _for_,
+_therefore_, _hence_, _then_.
+
+(4) ALTERNATIVE, expressing a choice, usually between two things. They
+are _or_, _either_, _else_, _nor_, _neither_, _whether_.
+
+[Sidenote: _Correlatives._]
+
+298. Some of these go in pairs, answering to each other in the same
+sentence; as, _both_..._and_; _not only_..._but_ (or _but also_);
+_either_..._or_; _whether_..._or_; _neither_..._nor_; _whether_..._or
+whether_.
+
+Some go in threes; as, _not only_..._but_... _and_;
+_either_..._or_..._or_; _neither_..._nor_... _nor_.
+
+Further examples of the use of cooerdinate conjunctions:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Copulative._]
+
+Your letter, _likewise_, had its weight; the bread was spent, the
+butter _too_; the window being open, _as well as_ the room door.
+
+[Sidenote: _Adversative._]
+
+The assertion, _however_, serves but to show their ignorance. "Can
+this be so?" said Goodman Brown. "_Howbeit_, I have nothing to do with
+the governor and council."
+
+_Nevertheless_, in this mansion of gloom I now proposed to myself a
+sojourn of some weeks.
+
+[Sidenote: _Alternative._]
+
+While the earth bears a plant, _or_ the sea rolls its waves.
+
+ _Nor_ mark'd they less, where in the air
+ A thousand streamers flaunted fair.
+
+[Sidenote: _Causal._]
+
+_Therefore_ the poet is not any permissive potentate, but is emperor
+in his own right. _For_ it is the rule of the universe that corn shall
+serve man, and not man corn.
+
+Examples of the use of correlatives:--
+
+ He began to doubt whether _both_ he _and_ the world around him
+ were not bewitched.--IRVING.
+
+ He is _not only_ bold and vociferous, _but_ possesses a
+ considerable talent for mimicry, _and_ seems to enjoy great
+ satisfaction in mocking and teasing other birds.--WILSON.
+
+ It is...the same _whether_ I move my hand along the surface of a
+ body, _or whether_ such a body is moved along my hand.--BURKE.
+
+ _Neither_ the place in which he found himself, _nor_ the
+ exclusive attention that he attracted, disturbed the
+ self-possession of the young Mohican.--COOPER.
+
+ _Neither_ was there any phantom memorial of life, _nor_ wing of
+ bird, _nor_ echo, _nor_ green leaf, _nor_ creeping thing, that
+ moved or stirred upon the soundless waste.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+
+
+SUBORDINATE CONJUNCTIONS.
+
+299. Subordinate conjunctions are of the following kinds:--
+
+(1) PLACE: _where_, _wherever_, _whither_, _whereto_, _whithersoever_,
+_whence_, etc.
+
+(2) TIME: _when_, _before_, _after_, _since_, _as_, _until_,
+_whenever_, _while_, _ere_, etc.
+
+(3) MANNER: _how_, _as_, _however_, _howsoever_.
+
+(4) CAUSE or REASON: _because_, _since_, _as_, _now_, _whereas_,
+_that_, _seeing_, etc.
+
+(5) COMPARISON: _than_ and _as_.
+
+(6) PURPOSE: _that_, _so_, _so that_, _in order that_, _lest_,
+_so_..._as_.
+
+(7) RESULT: _that_, _so that_, especially _that_ after _so_.
+
+(8) CONDITION or CONCESSION: _if_, _unless_, _so_, _except_, _though_,
+_although_; _even if_, _provided_, _provided that_, _in case_, _on
+condition that_, etc.
+
+(9) SUBSTANTIVE: _that_, _whether_, sometimes _if_, are used
+frequently to introduce noun clauses used as _subject, object, in
+apposition_, etc.
+
+Examples of the use of subordinate conjunctions:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Place._]
+
+ Where the treasure is, there will the heart be also.--_Bible._
+
+ To lead from eighteen to twenty millions of men _whithersoever_
+ they will.--J. QUINCY.
+
+ An artist will delight in excellence _wherever_ he meets it.
+ --ALLSTON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Time._]
+
+ I promise to devote myself to your happiness _whenever_ you shall
+ ask it of me.--PAULDING.
+
+ It is sixteen years _since_ I saw the Queen of France.--BURKE.
+
+[Sidenote: _Manner._]
+
+ Let the world go _how_ it will.--CARLYLE
+
+ Events proceed, not _as_ they were expected or intended, but _as_
+ they are impelled by the irresistible laws.--AMES.
+
+[Sidenote: _Cause, reason._]
+
+ I see no reason _why_ I should not have the same
+ thought.--EMERSON.
+
+ Then Denmark blest our chief,
+ _That_ he gave her wounds repose.
+ --CAMPBELL.
+
+ _Now_ he is dead, his martyrdom will reap
+ Late harvests of the palms he should have had in life.
+ --H.H. JACKSON
+
+ Sparing neither whip nor spur, _seeing that_ he carried the
+ vindication of his patron's fame in his saddlebags.--IRVING.
+
+[Sidenote: _Comparison._]
+
+ As a soldier, he was more solicitous to avoid mistakes _than_ to
+ perform exploits that are brilliant.--AMES.
+
+ All the subsequent experience of our race had gone over him with
+ as little permanent effect _as_ [_as_ follows the semi-adverbs
+ _as_ and _so_ in expressing comparison] the passing
+ breeze.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+[Sidenote: _Purpose._]
+
+ We wish for a thousand heads, a thousand bodies, _that_ we might
+ celebrate its immense beauty.--EMERSON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Result._]
+
+ So many thoughts moved to and fro,
+ _That_ vain it were her eyes to close.
+ --COLERIDGE.
+
+ I was again covered with water, but not so long _but_ I held it
+ out.--DEFOE.
+
+[Sidenote: _Condition._]
+
+ A ridicule which is of no import _unless_ the scholar heed
+ it.--EMERSON.
+
+ There flowers or weeds at will may grow,
+ _So_ I behold them not.
+ --BYRON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Concession_.]
+
+ What _though_ the radiance which was once so bright
+ Be now forever taken from my sight.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+[Sidenote: _Substantive._]
+
+ It seems a pity _that_ we can only spend it once.--EMERSON.
+
+ We do not believe _that_ he left any worthy man his foe who had
+ ever been his friend.--AMES.
+
+ Let us see _whether_ the greatest, the wisest, the purest-hearted
+ of all ages are agreed in any wise on this point.--RUSKIN.
+
+ Who can tell _if_ Washington be a great man or no?--EMERSON.
+
+300. As will have been noticed, some words--for example, _since_,
+_while_, _as_, _that_, etc.--may belong to several classes of
+conjunctions, according to their meaning and connection in the
+sentence.
+
+
+Exercises.
+
+(_a_) Bring up sentences containing five examples of cooerdinate
+conjunctions.
+
+(_b_) Bring up sentences containing three examples of correlatives.
+
+(_c_) Bring up sentences containing ten subordinate conjunctions.
+
+(_d_) Tell whether the italicized words in the following sentences are
+conjunctions or adverbs; classify them if conjunctions:--
+
+1. _Yet_ these were often exhibited throughout our city.
+
+2. No one had _yet_ caught his character.
+
+3. _After_ he was gone, the lady called her servant.
+
+4. And they lived happily forever _after_.
+
+5. They, _however_, hold a subordinate rank.
+
+6. _However_ ambitious a woman may be to command admiration abroad,
+her real merit is known at home.
+
+7. _Whence_ else could arise the bruises which I had received?
+
+8. He was brought up for the church, _whence_ he was occasionally
+called the Dominie.
+
+9. And _then_ recovering, she faintly pressed her hand.
+
+10. In what point of view, _then_, is war not to be regarded with
+horror?
+
+11. The moth fly, _as_ he shot in air, Crept under the leaf, and hid
+her there.
+
+12. Besides, _as_ the rulers of a nation are _as_ liable _as_ other
+people to be governed by passion and prejudice, there is little
+prospect of justice in permitting war.
+
+13. _While_ a faction is a minority, it will remain harmless.
+
+14. _While_ patriotism glowed in his heart, wisdom blended in his
+speech her authority with her charms.
+
+15. _Hence_ it is highly important that the custom of war should be
+abolished.
+
+16. The raft and the money had been thrown near her, none of the
+lashings having given way; _only_ what is the use of a guinea amongst
+tangle and sea gulls?
+
+17. _Only_ let his thoughts be of equal scope, and the frame will suit
+the picture.
+
+
+SPECIAL REMARKS.
+
+[Sidenote: As if.]
+
+301. _As if_ is often used as one conjunction of manner, but really
+there is an ellipsis between the two words; thus,--
+
+ But thy soft murmuring
+ Sounds sweet _as if_ a sister's voice reproved.
+ --BYRON.
+
+
+If analyzed, the expression would be, "sounds sweet _as_ [the sound
+would be] _if_ a sister's voice reproved;" _as_, in this case,
+expressing degree if taken separately.
+
+But the ellipsis seems to be lost sight of frequently in writing, as
+is shown by the use of _as though_.
+
+[Sidenote: As though.]
+
+302. In Emerson's sentence, "We meet, and part _as though_ we parted
+not," it cannot be said that there is an ellipsis: it cannot mean "we
+part _as_ [we should part] _though_" etc.
+
+Consequently, _as if_ and _as though_ may be taken as double
+conjunctions expressing manner. _As though_ seems to be in as wide use
+as the conjunction _as if_; for example,--
+
+ Do you know a farmer who acts and lives _as though_ he believed
+ one word of this?--H GREELEY.
+
+ His voice ... sounded _as though_ it came out of a
+ barrel.--IRVING.
+
+ Blinded alike from sunshine and from rain,
+ _As though_ a rose should shut, and be a bud again.
+ --KEATS
+
+Examples might be quoted from almost all authors.
+
+[Sidenote: As _for_ as if.]
+
+303. In poetry, _as_ is often equivalent to _as if_.
+
+ And their orbs grew strangely dreary,
+ Clouded, even _as_ they would weep.
+ --EMILY BRONTE.
+
+ So silently we seemed to speak,
+ So slowly moved about,
+ _As_ we had lent her half our powers
+ To eke her living out.
+ --HOOD.
+
+
+HOW TO PARSE CONJUNCTIONS.
+
+304. In parsing conjunctions, tell--
+
+(1) To what class and subclass they belong.
+
+(2) What words, word groups, etc., they connect.
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution_.]
+
+In classifying them, particular attention must be paid to the
+_meaning_ of the word. Some conjunctions, such as _nor, and, because,
+when_, etc., are regularly of one particular class; others belong to
+several classes. For example, compare the sentences,--
+
+ 1. It continued raining, _so_ that I could not stir
+ abroad.--DEFOE
+
+ 2. There will be an agreement in whatever variety of actions,
+ _so_ they be each honest and natural in their hour.--EMERSON
+
+ 3. It was too dark to put an arrow into the creature's eye; _so_
+ they paddled on.--KINGSLEY
+
+In sentence 1, _so that_ expresses result, and its clause depends on
+the other, hence it is a subordinate conjunction of result; in 2, _so_
+means provided,--is subordinate of condition; in 3, _so_ means
+therefore, and its clause is independent, hence it is a cooerdinate
+conjunction of reason.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Parse all the conjunctions in these sentences:--
+
+1. When the gods come among men, they are not known.
+
+2. If he could solve the riddle, the Sphinx was slain.
+
+3. A lady with whom I was riding in the forest said to me that the
+woods always seemed to wait, as if the genii who inhabit them
+suspended their deeds until the wayfarer had passed.
+
+4. The mountain of granite blooms into an eternal flower, with the
+lightness and delicate finish as well as the aerial proportions and
+perspective of vegetable scenery.
+
+5. At sea, or in the forest, or in the snow, he sleeps as warm, dines
+with as good an appetite, and associates as happily, as beside his own
+chimneys.
+
+6. Our admiration of the antique is not admiration of the old, but of
+the natural.
+
+7. "Doctor," said his wife to Martin Luther, "how is it that whilst
+subject to papacy we prayed so often and with such fervor, whilst now
+we pray with the utmost coldness, and very seldom?"
+
+8. All the postulates of elfin annals,--that the fairies do not like
+to be named; that their gifts are capricious and not to be trusted;
+and the like,--I find them true in Concord, however they might be in
+Cornwall or Bretagne.
+
+9. He is the compend of time; he is also the correlative of nature.
+
+10. He dismisses without notice his thought, because it is his.
+
+11. The eye was placed where one ray should fall, that it might
+testify of that particular ray.
+
+12. It may be safely trusted, so it be faithfully imparted.
+
+13. He knows how to speak to his contemporaries.
+
+14. Goodness must have some edge to it,--else it is none.
+
+15. I hope it is somewhat better than whim at last.
+
+16. Now you have the whip in your hand, won't you lay on?
+
+17. I scowl as I dip my pen into the inkstand.
+
+18. I speak, therefore, of good novels only.
+
+19. Let her loose in the library as you do a fawn in a field.
+
+20. And whether consciously or not, you must be, in many a heart,
+enthroned.
+
+21. It is clear, however, the whole conditions are changed.
+
+22. I never rested until I had a copy of the book.
+
+23. For, though there may be little resemblance otherwise, in this
+they agree, that both were wayward.
+
+24. Still, she might have the family countenance; and Kate thought he
+looked with a suspicious scrutiny into her face as he inquired for the
+young don.
+
+25. He follows his genius whithersoever it may lead him.
+
+26. The manuscript indeed speaks of many more, whose names I omit,
+seeing that it behooves me to hasten.
+
+27. God had marked this woman's sin with a scarlet letter, which had
+such efficacy that no human sympathy could reach her, save it were
+sinful like herself.
+
+28. I rejoice to stand here no longer, to be looked at as though I
+had seven heads and ten horns.
+
+29. He should neither praise nor blame nor defend his equals.
+
+30. There was no iron to be seen, nor did they appear acquainted with
+its properties; for they unguardedly took a drawn sword by the edge,
+when it was presented to them.
+
+
+
+
+PREPOSITIONS..
+
+305. The word _preposition_ implies _place before_: hence it would
+seem that a preposition is always _before_ its object. It may be so in
+the majority of cases, but in a considerable proportion of instances
+the preposition is _after_ its object.
+
+This occurs in such cases as the following:--
+
+[Sidenote: Preposition not before its object.]
+
+(1) _After a relative pronoun_, a very common occurrence; thus,--
+
+ The most dismal Christmas fun _which_ these eyes ever looked
+ _on_.--THACKERAY.
+
+ An ancient nation _which_ they know nothing _of_.--EMERSON.
+
+ A foe, _whom_ a champion has fought _with_ to-day.--SCOTT.
+
+ Some little toys _that_ girls are fond _of_.--SWIFT.
+
+ "It's the man _that_ I spoke to you _about_" said Mr.
+ Pickwick.--DICKENS.
+
+(2) _After an interrogative adverb, adjective, or pronoun_, also
+frequently found:--
+
+ _What_ God doth the wizard pray _to_?--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ _What_ is the little one thinking about?--J.G. HOLLAND.
+
+ _Where_ the Devil did it come _from_, I wonder?--DICKENS.
+
+(3) _With an infinitive_, in such expressions as these:--
+
+ A proper _quarrel_ for a Crusader to do battle _in_.--SCOTT.
+
+ "You know, General, it was _nothing_ to joke _about_."--CABLE
+
+ Had no harsh _treatment_ to reproach herself _with_.--BOYESEN
+
+ A _loss of vitality_ scarcely to be accounted _for_.--HOLMES.
+
+ Places for _horses_ to be hitched _to_.--_Id._
+
+(4) _After a noun_,--the case in which the preposition is expected to
+be, and regularly is, before its object; as,--
+
+ And unseen mermaids' pearly song
+ Comes bubbling up, the weeds _among_.
+ --BEDDOES.
+
+ Forever panting and forever young,
+ All breathing human passion far _above_.
+ --KEATS.
+
+306. Since the object of a preposition is most often a noun, the
+statement is made that the preposition usually precedes its object; as
+in the following sentence, "Roused _by_ the shock, he started _from_
+his trance."
+
+Here the words _by_ and _from_ are connectives; but they do more than
+connect. _By_ shows the relation in thought between _roused_ and
+_shock_, expressing means or agency; _from_ shows the relation in
+thought between _started_ and _trance_, and expresses separation. Both
+introduce phrases.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition_.]
+
+307. A preposition is a word joined to a noun or its equivalent to
+make up a qualifying or an adverbial phrase, and to show the relation
+between its object and the word modified.
+
+[Sidenote: _Objects, nouns and the following_.]
+
+308. Besides nouns, prepositions may have as objects--
+
+(1) _Pronouns_: "Upon _them_ with the lance;" "With _whom_ I traverse
+earth."
+
+(2) _Adjectives_: "On _high_ the winds lift up their voices."
+
+(3) _Adverbs_: "If I live wholly from _within_;" "Had it not been for
+the sea from _aft_."
+
+(4) _Phrases_: "Everything came to her from _on high_;" "From _of old_
+they had been zealous worshipers."
+
+(5) _Infinitives_: "The queen now scarce spoke to him save _to convey_
+some necessary command for her service."
+
+(6) _Gerunds_: "They shrink from _inflicting_ what they threaten;" "He
+is not content with _shining_ on great occasions."
+
+(7) _Clauses_:
+
+ "Each soldier eye shall brightly turn
+ To _where thy sky-born glories burn_."
+
+[Sidenote: _Object usually objective case, if noun or pronoun_.]
+
+309. The object of a preposition, if a noun or pronoun, is usually
+in the objective case. In pronouns, this is shown by the form of the
+word, as in Sec. 308 (1).
+
+[Sidenote: _Often possessive_.]
+
+In the double-possessive idiom, however, the object is in the
+possessive case after _of_; for example,--
+
+ There was also a book _of Defoe's_,... and another _of_
+ _Mather's_.--FRANKLIN.
+
+See also numerous examples in Secs. 68 and 87.
+
+[Sidenote: _Sometimes nominative_.]
+
+And the prepositions _but_ and _save_ are found with the nominative
+form of the pronoun following; as,--
+
+ Nobody knows _but_ my mate and _I_
+ Where our nest and our nestlings lie.
+ --BRYANT.
+
+
+
+USES OF PREPOSITIONS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Inseparable._]
+
+310. Prepositions are used in three ways:--
+
+(1) _Compounded with verbs_, _adverbs_, or _conjunctions_; as, for
+example, with verbs, _with_draw, _under_stand, _over_look, _over_take,
+_over_flow, _under_go, _out_stay, _out_number, _over_run, _over_grow,
+etc.; with adverbs, there_at_, there_in_, there_from_, there_by_,
+there_with_, etc.; with conjunctions, where_at_, where_in_, where_on_,
+where_through_, where_upon_, etc.
+
+[Sidenote: _Separable._]
+
+(2) _Following a verb_, and being really a part of the verb. This use
+needs to be watched closely, to see whether the preposition belongs to
+the verb or has a separate prepositional function. For example, in the
+sentences, (_a_) "He broke a pane _from_ the window," (_b_) "He broke
+_into_ the bank," in (_a_), the verb _broke_ is a predicate, modified
+by the phrase introduced by _from_; in (_b_), the predicate is not
+_broke_, modified by _into the bank_, but _broke into_--the object,
+_bank_.
+
+Study carefully the following prepositions with verbs:--
+
+ Considering the space they _took up_.--SWIFT.
+
+ I loved, _laughed at_, and pitied him.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ The sun _breaks through_ the darkest clouds.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ They will _root up_ the whole ground.--SWIFT.
+
+ A friend _prevailed upon_ one of the interpreters.--ADDISON
+
+ My uncle _approved of_ it.--FRANKLIN.
+
+ The robber who _broke into_ them.--LANDOR.
+
+ This period is not obscurely _hinted at_.--LAMB.
+
+ The judge _winked at_ the iniquity of the decision.--_Id._
+
+ The pupils' voices, _conning over_ their lessons.--IRVING.
+
+ To _help out_ his maintenance.--_Id._
+
+ With such pomp is Merry Christmas _ushered in_.--LONGFELLOW.
+
+[Sidenote: _Ordinary use as connective, relation words._]
+
+(3) As _relation words_, introducing phrases,--the most common use, in
+which the words have their own proper function.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Usefulness of prepositions._]
+
+311. Prepositions are the subtlest and most useful words in the
+language for compressing a clear meaning into few words. Each
+preposition has its proper and general meaning, which, by frequent and
+exacting use, has expanded and divided into a variety of meanings more
+or less close to the original one.
+
+Take, for example, the word _over_. It expresses place, with motion,
+as, "The bird flew _over_ the house;" or rest, as, "Silence broods
+_over_ the earth." It may also convey the meaning of _about_,
+_concerning_; as, "They quarreled _over_ the booty." Or it may express
+time: "Stay _over_ night."
+
+The language is made richer and more flexible by there being several
+meanings to each of many prepositions, as well as by some of them
+having the same meaning as others.
+
+
+
+CLASSES OF PREPOSITIONS.
+
+
+312. It would be useless to attempt to classify all the
+prepositions, since they are so various in meaning.
+
+The largest groups are those of place, time, and exclusion.
+
+
+
+PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE.
+
+
+313. The following are the most common to indicate place:--
+
+(1) PLACE WHERE: _abaft_, _about_, _above_, _across_, _amid_
+(_amidst_), _among_ (_amongst_), _at_, _athwart_, _below_, _beneath_,
+_beside_, _between_ (_betwixt_), _beyond_, _in_, _on_, _over_, _under_
+(_underneath_), _upon_, _round_ or _around_, _without_.
+
+(2) PLACE WHITHER: _into_, _unto_, _up_, _through_, _throughout_,
+_to_, _towards_.
+
+(3) PLACE WHENCE: _down_, _from_ (_away from_, _down from_, _from
+out_, etc.), _off_, _out of_.
+
+Abaft is exclusively a sea term, meaning _back of_.
+
+Among (or amongst) and between (or betwixt) have a difference
+in meaning, and usually a difference in use. _Among_ originally meant
+in the crowd (_on gemong_), referring to several objects; _between_
+and _betwixt_ were originally made up of the preposition _be_ (meaning
+_by_) and _tweon_ or _tweonum_ (modern _twain_), _by two_, and _be_
+with _twih_ (or _twuh_), having the same meaning, _by two_ objects.
+
+As to modern use, see "Syntax" (Sec. 459).
+
+
+
+PREPOSITIONS OF TIME.
+
+
+314. They are _after_, _during_, _pending_, _till_ or _until_; also
+many of the prepositions of place express time when put before words
+indicating time, such as _at_, _between_, _by_, _about_, _on_,
+_within_, etc.
+
+These are all familiar, and need no special remark.
+
+
+
+EXCLUSION OR SEPARATION.
+
+
+315. The chief ones are _besides_, _but_, _except_, _save_,
+_without_. The participle _excepting_ is also used as a preposition.
+
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS PREPOSITIONS.
+
+
+316. Against implies opposition, sometimes place where. In
+colloquial English it is sometimes used to express time, now and then
+also in literary English; for example,--
+
+ She contrived to fit up the baby's cradle for me _against_
+ night.--SWIFT
+
+About, and the participial prepositions concerning, respecting,
+regarding, mean _with reference to_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Phrase prepositions._]
+
+317. Many phrases are used as single prepositions: _by means of_,
+_by virtue of_, _by help of_, _by dint of_, _by force of_; _out of_,
+_on account of_, _by way of_, _for the sake of_; _in consideration
+of_, _in spite of_, _in defiance of_, _instead of_, _in view of_, _in
+place of_; _with respect to_, _with regard to_, _according to_,
+_agreeably to_; and some others.
+
+
+318. Besides all these, there are some prepositions that have so
+many meanings that they require separate and careful treatment: _on_
+(_upon_), _at_, _by_, _for_, _from_, _of_, _to_, _with_.
+
+No attempt will be made to give _all_ the meanings that each one in
+this list has: the purpose is to stimulate observation, and to show
+how useful prepositions really are.
+
+
+At.
+
+
+319. The general meaning of at is _near_, _close to_, after a verb
+or expression implying position; and _towards_ after a verb or
+expression indicating motion. It defines position approximately, while
+_in_ is exact, meaning _within_.
+
+Its principal uses are as follows:--
+
+(1) _Place where._
+
+ They who heard it listened with a curling horror _at_ the
+ heart.--J.F. COOPER.
+
+ There had been a strike _at_ the neighboring manufacturing
+ village, and there was to be a public meeting, _at_ which he was
+ besought to be present.--T.W. HIGGINSON.
+
+(2) _Time_, more exact, meaning the point of time at which.
+
+ He wished to attack _at_ daybreak.--PARKMAN.
+
+ They buried him darkly, _at_ dead of night.--WOLFE
+
+(3) _Direction._
+
+ The mother stood looking wildly down _at_ the unseemly
+ object.--COOPER.
+
+ You are next invited...to grasp _at_ the opportunity, and take
+ for your subject, "Health."--HIGGINSON.
+
+Here belong such expressions as _laugh at_, _look at_, _wink at_,
+_gaze at_, _stare at_, _peep at_, _scowl at_, _sneer at_, _frown at_,
+etc.
+
+ We _laugh at_ the elixir that promises to prolong life to a
+ thousand years.--JOHNSON.
+
+ "You never mean to say," pursued Dot, sitting on the floor and
+ _shaking_ her head _at_ him.--DICKENS.
+
+(4) _Source_ or _cause_, meaning _because of_, _by reason of_.
+
+ I felt my heart chill _at_ the dismal sound.--T.W. KNOX.
+
+ Delighted _at_ this outburst against the Spaniards.--PARKMAN.
+
+(5) Then the idiomatic phrases _at last_, _at length_, _at any rate_,
+_at the best_, _at the worst_, _at least_, _at most_, _at first_, _at
+once_, _at all_, _at one_, _at naught_, _at random_, etc.; and phrases
+signifying state or condition of being, as, _at work_, _at play_, _at
+peace_, _at war_, _at rest_, etc.
+
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with three different uses of _at_.
+
+
+By.
+
+
+320. Like _at_, by means _near_ or _close to_, but has several
+other meanings more or less connected with this,--
+
+(1) The general meaning of _place_.
+
+ Richard was standing _by_ the window.--ALDRICH.
+
+ Provided always the coach had not shed a wheel _by_ the
+ roadside.--_Id._
+
+(2) _Time._
+
+ But _by_ this time the bell of Old Alloway began tolling.--B.
+ TAYLOR
+
+ The angel came _by_ night.--R.H. STODDARD.
+
+(3) _Agency_ or _means_.
+
+ Menippus knew which were the kings _by_ their howling
+ louder.--M.D. CONWAY.
+
+ At St. Helena, the first port made _by_ the ship, he stopped.
+ --PARTON.
+
+(4) _Measure of excess_, expressing the degree of difference.
+
+ At that time [the earth] was richer, _by_ many a million of
+ acres.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ He was taller _by_ almost the breadth of my nail.--SWIFT.
+
+(5) It is also used in _oaths and adjurations_.
+
+ _By_ my faith, that is a very plump hand for a man of
+ eighty-four!--PARTON.
+
+ They implore us _by_ the long trials of struggling humanity; _by_
+ the blessed memory of the departed; _by_ the wrecks of time; _by_
+ the ruins of nations.--EVERETT.
+
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with three different meanings of _by_.
+
+
+For.
+
+
+321. The chief meanings of for are as follows:--
+
+(1) _Motion towards_ a place, or a tendency or action toward the
+attainment of any object.
+
+ Pioneers who were opening the way _for_ the march of the
+ nation.--COOPER.
+
+ She saw the boat headed _for_ her.--WARNER.
+
+(2) _In favor of_, _for the benefit of_, _in behalf of_, a person or
+thing.
+
+ He and they were _for_ immediate attack.--PARKMAN
+
+ The people were then against us; they are now _for_ us.--W.L.
+ GARRISON.
+
+(3) _Duration of time_, or _extent of space_.
+
+ _For_ a long time the disreputable element outshone the
+ virtuous.--H.H. BANCROFT.
+
+ He could overlook all the country _for_ many a mile of rich
+ woodland.--IRVING.
+
+(4) _Substitution_ or _exchange_.
+
+ There are gains _for_ all our losses.--STODDARD.
+
+ Thus did the Spaniards make bloody atonement _for_ the butchery
+ of Fort Caroline.--PARKMAN.
+
+(5) _Reference_, meaning _with regard to_, _as to_, _respecting_, etc.
+
+ _For_ the rest, the Colonna motto would fit you best.--EMERSON.
+
+ _For_ him, poor fellow, he repented of his folly.--E.E. HALE
+
+This is very common with _as_--_as for_ me, etc.
+
+(6) Like _as_, meaning _in the character of_, _as being_, etc.
+
+ "Nay, if your worship can accomplish that," answered Master
+ Brackett, "I shall own you _for_ a man of skill indeed!"
+ --HAWTHORNE.
+
+ Wavering whether he should put his son to death _for_ an
+ unnatural monster.--LAMB.
+
+(7) _Concession_, meaning _although_, _considering that_ etc.
+
+ "_For_ a fool," said the Lady of Lochleven, "thou hast counseled
+ wisely."--SCOTT
+
+ By my faith, that is a very plump hand _for_ a man of
+ eighty-four!--PARTON.
+
+(8) Meaning _notwithstanding_, or _in spite of_.
+
+ But the Colonel, _for_ all his title, had a forest of poor
+ relations.--HOLMES.
+
+ Still, _for_ all slips of hers,
+ One of Eve's family.--HOOD.
+
+(9) _Motive, cause, reason, incitement to action._
+
+ The twilight being...hardly more wholesome _for_ its glittering
+ mists of midge companies.--RUSKIN.
+
+ An Arab woman, but a few sunsets since, ate her child, _for_
+ famine.--_Id._
+
+ Here Satouriona forgot his dignity, and leaped _for_
+ joy.--PARKMAN.
+
+(10) _For_ with its object preceding the infinitive, and having the
+same meaning as a noun clause, as shown by this sentence:--
+
+ It is by no means necessary _that he should devote his whole
+ school existence to physical science_; nay, more, it is not
+ necessary for _him to give up more than a moderate share of his
+ time to such studies_.--HUXLEY.
+
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with five meanings of _for_.
+
+
+From.
+
+
+322. The general idea in from is separation or source. It may be
+with regard to--
+
+(1) _Place._
+
+ Like boys escaped _from_ school.--H.H. BANCROFT
+
+ Thus they drifted _from_ snow-clad ranges to burning
+ plain.--_Id._
+
+(2) _Origin._
+
+ Coming _from_ a race of day-dreamers, Ayrault had inherited the
+ faculty of dreaming also by night.--HIGGINSON.
+
+ _From_ harmony, _from_ heavenly harmony
+ This universal frame began.--DRYDEN.
+
+(3) _Time._
+
+ A distrustful, if not a desperate man, did he become _from_ the
+ night of that fearful dream--HAWTHORNE.
+
+(4) _Motive_, _cause_, or _reason_.
+
+ It was _from_ no fault of Nolan's.--HALE.
+
+ The young cavaliers, _from_ a desire of seeming valiant, ceased
+ to be merciful.--BANCROFT.
+
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with three meanings of _from_.
+
+
+Of.
+
+
+323. The original meaning of of was separation or source, like
+_from_. The various uses are shown in the following examples:--
+
+I. The _From_ Relation.
+
+(1) _Origin or source._
+
+ The king holds his authority _of_ the people.--MILTON.
+
+ Thomas a Becket was born _of_ reputable parents in the city of
+ London.--HUME.
+
+(2) _Separation_: (_a_) After certain verbs, such as _ease_, _demand_,
+_rob_, _divest_, _free_, _clear_, _purge_, _disarm_, _deprive_,
+_relieve_, _cure_, _rid_, _beg_, _ask_, etc.
+
+ Two old Indians cleared the spot _of_ brambles, weeds, and
+ grass.--PARKMAN.
+
+ Asked no odds _of_, acquitted them _of,_ etc.--ALDRICH.
+
+(_b_) After some adjectives,--_clear of_, _free of_, _wide of_, _bare
+of_, etc.; especially adjectives and adverbs of direction, as _north
+of_, _south of_, etc.
+
+ The hills were bare _of_ trees.--BAYARD TAYLOR.
+
+ Back _of_ that tree, he had raised a little Gothic chapel.
+ --GAVARRE.
+
+(_c_) After nouns expressing lack, deprivation, etc.
+
+ A singular want _of_ all human relation.--HIGGINSON.
+
+_(d)_ With words expressing distance.
+
+ Until he had come within a staff's length _of_ the old dame.
+ --HAWTHORNE
+
+ Within a few yards _of_ the young man's hiding place.--_Id._
+
+(3) _With expressions of material_, especially _out of_.
+
+ White shirt with diamond studs, or breastpin _of_ native
+ gold.--BANCROFT.
+
+ Sandals, bound with thongs _of_ boar's hide.--SCOTT
+
+ Who formed, _out of_ the most unpromising materials, the finest
+ army that Europe had yet seen.--MACAULAY
+
+(4) _Expressing cause, reason, motive._
+
+ The author died _of_ a fit of apoplexy.--BOSWELL.
+
+ More than one altar was richer _of_ his vows.--LEW WALLACE.
+
+ "Good for him!" cried Nolan. "I am glad _of_ that."--E.E. HALE.
+
+(5) _Expressing agency._
+
+ You cannot make a boy know, _of_ his own knowledge, that Cromwell
+ once ruled England.--HUXLEY.
+
+ He is away _of_ his own free will.--DICKENS
+
+
+II. Other Relations expressed by _Of_.
+
+(6) _Partitive_, expressing a part of a number or quantity.
+
+ _Of_ the Forty, there were only twenty-one members present.
+ --PARTON.
+
+ He washed out some _of_ the dirt, separating thereby as much of
+ the dust as a ten-cent piece would hold.--BANCROFT.
+
+[Sidenote: _See also Sec. 309._]
+
+(7) _Possessive_, standing, with its object, for the possessive, or
+being used with the possessive case to form the double possessive.
+
+ Not even woman's love, and the dignity _of_ a queen, could give
+ shelter from his contumely.--W.E. CHANNING.
+
+ And the mighty secret _of_ the Sierra stood revealed.--BANCROFT.
+
+
+(8) _Appositional_, which may be in the case of--
+
+(_a_) Nouns.
+
+ Such a book as that _of_ Job.--FROUDE.
+
+ The fair city _of_ Mexico.--PRESCOTT.
+
+ The nation _of_ Lilliput.--SWIFT.
+
+(_b_) Noun and gerund, being equivalent to an infinitive.
+
+ In the vain hope _of_ appeasing the savages.--COOPER.
+
+ Few people take the trouble _of_ finding out what democracy
+ really is.--LOWELL.
+
+(_c_) Two nouns, when the first is descriptive of the second.
+
+ This crampfish _of_ a Socrates has so bewitched him.--EMERSON
+
+ A sorry antediluvian makeshift _of_ a building you may think
+ it.--LAMB.
+
+ An inexhaustible bottle _of_ a shop.--ALDRICH.
+
+(9) _Of time._ Besides the phrases _of old_, _of late_, _of a sudden_,
+etc., _of_ is used in the sense of _during_.
+
+ I used often to linger _of_ a morning by the high gate.--ALDRICH
+
+ I delighted to loll over the quarter railing _of_ a calm day.
+ --IRVING.
+
+(10) _Of reference_, equal to _about_, _concerning_, _with regard to_.
+
+ The Turk lay dreaming _of_ the hour.--HALLECK.
+
+ Boasted _of_ his prowess as a scalp hunter and
+ duelist.--BANCROFT.
+
+ Sank into reverie _of_ home and boyhood scenes.--_Id._
+
+[Sidenote: _Idiomatic use with verbs._]
+
+_Of_ is also used as an appendage of certain verbs, such as _admit_,
+_accept_, _allow_, _approve_, _disapprove_, _permit_, without adding
+to their meaning. It also accompanies the verbs _tire_, _complain_,
+_repent_, _consist_, _avail_ (one's self), and others.
+
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with six uses of _of_.
+
+
+On, Upon.
+
+
+324. The general meaning of on is position or direction. _On_ and
+_upon_ are interchangeable in almost all of their applications, as
+shown by the sentences below:--
+
+(1) _Place_: (_a_) Where.
+
+ Cannon were heard close _on_ the left.--PARKMAN.
+
+ The Earl of Huntley ranged his host
+ _Upon_ their native strand.--MRS. SIGOURNEY.
+
+(_b_) With motion.
+
+ It was the battery at Samos firing _on_ the boats.--PARKMAN.
+
+ Thou didst look down _upon_ the naked earth.--BRYANT.
+
+(2) _Time._
+
+ The demonstration of joy or sorrow _on_ reading their letters.
+ --BANCROFT.
+
+ _On_ Monday evening he sent forward the Indians.--PARKMAN.
+
+Upon is seldom used to express time.
+
+(3) _Reference_, equal to _about_, _concerning_, etc.
+
+ I think that one abstains from writing _on_ the immortality of
+ the soul.--EMERSON.
+
+ He pronounced a very flattering opinion _upon_ my brother's
+ promise of excellence.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+(4) _In adjurations._
+
+ _On_ my life, you are eighteen, and not a day more.--ALDRICH.
+
+ _Upon_ my reputation and credit.--SHAKESPEARE
+
+(5) _Idiomatic phrases_: _on fire_, _on board_, _on high_, _on the
+wing_, _on the alert_, _on a sudden_, _on view_, _on trial_, etc.
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with three uses of _on_ or _upon_.
+
+
+To.
+
+325. Some uses of to are the following:--
+
+(1) _Expressing motion_: (_a_) To a place.
+
+ Come _to_ the bridal chamber, Death!--HALLECK.
+
+ Rip had scrambled _to_ one of the highest peaks.--IRVING.
+
+(_b_) Referring to time.
+
+ Full of schemes and speculations _to_ the last.--PARTON.
+
+ Revolutions, whose influence is felt _to_ this hour.--PARKMAN.
+
+(2) _Expressing result._
+
+ He usually gave his draft to an aid...to be written over,--often
+ _to_ the loss of vigor.--BENTON
+
+ _To_ our great delight, Ben Lomond was unshrouded.--B. TAYLOR
+
+(3) _Expressing comparison._
+
+ But when, unmasked, gay Comedy appears,
+ 'Tis ten _to_ one you find the girl in tears.
+ --ALDRICH
+
+ They are arrant rogues: Cacus was nothing _to_ them.--BULWER.
+
+ Bolingbroke and the wicked Lord Littleton were saints _to_
+ him.--WEBSTER
+
+(4) _Expressing concern, interest._
+
+ _To_ the few, it may be genuine poetry.--BRYANT.
+
+ His brother had died, had ceased to be, _to_ him.--HALE.
+
+ Little mattered _to_ them occasional privations--BANCROFT.
+
+(5) _Equivalent to_ according to.
+
+ Nor, _to_ my taste, does the mere music...of your style fall far
+ below the highest efforts of poetry.--LANG.
+
+ We cook the dish _to_ our own appetite.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+(6) _With the infinitive_ (see Sec. 268).
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences containing three uses of _to_.
+
+
+With.
+
+
+326. With expresses the idea of accompaniment, and hardly any of
+its applications vary from this general signification.
+
+In Old English, _mid_ meant _in company with_, while _wieth_ meant
+_against_: both meanings are included in the modern _with_.
+
+The following meanings are expressed by _with_:--
+
+(1) _Personal accompaniment._
+
+ The advance, _with_ Heyward at its head, had already reached the
+ defile.--COOPER.
+
+ For many weeks I had walked _with_ this poor friendless girl.--DE
+ QUINCEY.
+
+(2) _Instrumentality._
+
+ _With_ my crossbow I shot the albatross.--COLERIDGE.
+
+ Either _with_ the swingle-bar, or _with_ the haunch of our near
+ leader, we had struck the off-wheel of the little gig.--DE
+ QUINCEY.
+
+(3) _Cause, reason, motive._
+
+ He was wild _with_ delight about Texas.--HALE.
+
+ She seemed pleased _with_ the accident.--HOWELLS.
+
+(4) _Estimation, opinion._
+
+ How can a writer's verses be numerous if _with_ him, as _with_
+ you, "poetry is not a pursuit, but a pleasure"?--LANG.
+
+ It seemed a supreme moment _with_ him.--HOWELLS.
+
+(5) _Opposition_.
+
+ After battling _with_ terrific hurricanes and typhoons on every
+ known sea.--ALDRICH.
+
+ The quarrel of the sentimentalists is not _with_ life, but _with_
+ you.--LANG.
+
+(6) _The equivalent of_ notwithstanding, in spite of.
+
+ _With_ all his sensibility, he gave millions to the
+ sword.--CHANNING.
+
+ Messala, _with_ all his boldness, felt it unsafe to trifle
+ further.--WALLACE
+
+(7) _Time._
+
+ He expired _with_ these words.--SCOTT.
+
+ _With_ each new mind a new secret of nature transpires.--EMERSON.
+
+Exercise.--Find sentences with four uses of _with_.
+
+
+HOW TO PARSE PREPOSITIONS.
+
+
+327. Since a preposition introduces a phrase and shows the relation
+between two things, it is necessary, first of all, to find the object
+of the preposition, and then to find what word the prepositional
+phrase limits. Take this sentence:--
+
+ The rule adopted on board the ships on which I have met "the man
+ without a country" was, I think, transmitted from the
+ beginning.--E.E. HALE.
+
+The phrases are (1) _on board the ships_, (2) _on which_, (3) _without
+a country_, (4) _from the beginning_. The object of _on board_ is
+_ships_; of _on_, _which_; of _without_, _country_; of _from_,
+_beginning_.
+
+In (1), the phrase answers the question _where_, and has the office of
+an adverb in telling _where_ the rule is adopted; hence we say, _on
+board_ shows the relation between _ships_ and the participle
+_adopted_.
+
+In (2), _on which_ modifies the verb _have met_ by telling where:
+hence _on_ shows the relation between _which_ (standing for _ships_)
+and the verb _have met_.
+
+In (3), _without a country_ modifies _man_, telling what man, or the
+verb _was_ understood: hence _without_ shows the relation between
+_country_ and _man_, or _was_. And so on.
+
+The parsing of prepositions means merely telling between what words
+or word groups they show relation.
+
+Exercises.
+
+(_a_) Parse the prepositions in these paragraphs:--
+
+ 1. I remember, before the dwarf left the queen, he followed us
+ one day into those gardens. I must needs show my wit by a silly
+ illusion between him and the trees, which happens to hold in
+ their language as it does in ours. Whereupon, the malicious
+ rogue, watching his opportunity when I was walking under one of
+ them, shook it directly over my head, by which a dozen apples,
+ each of them near as large as a Bristol barrel, came tumbling
+ about my ears; one of them hit me on the back as I chanced to
+ stoop, and knocked me down flat on my face; but I received no
+ other hurt, and the dwarf was pardoned at my desire, because I
+ had given the provocation.--SWIFT
+
+ 2. Be that as it will, I found myself suddenly awakened with a
+ violent pull upon the ring, which was fastened at the top of my
+ box for the conveniency of carriage. I felt my box raised very
+ high in the air, and then borne forward with prodigious speed.
+ The first jolt had like to have shaken me out of my hammock. I
+ called out several times, but all to no purpose. I looked towards
+ my windows, and could see nothing but the clouds and the sky. I
+ heard a noise just over my head, like the clapping of wings, and
+ then began to perceive the woeful condition I was in; that some
+ eagle had got the ring of my box in his beak, with an intent to
+ let it fall on a rock: for the sagacity and smell of this bird
+ enabled him to discover his quarry at a great distance, though
+ better concealed than I could be within a two-inch board.--_Id._
+
+
+(_b_) Give the exact meaning of each italicized preposition in the
+following sentences:--
+
+1. The guns were cleared _of_ their lumber.
+
+2. They then left _for_ a cruise up the Indian Ocean.
+
+3. I speak these things _from_ a love of justice.
+
+4. _To_ our general surprise, we met the defaulter here.
+
+5. There was no one except a little sunbeam _of_ a sister.
+
+6. The great gathering in the main street was _on_ Sundays, when,
+after a restful morning, though unbroken _by_ the peal of church
+bells, the miners gathered _from_ hills and ravines _for_ miles around
+_for_ marketing.
+
+7. The troops waited in their boats _by_ the edge of a strand.
+
+8. His breeches were _of_ black silk, and his hat was garnished _with_
+white and sable plumes.
+
+9. A suppressed but still distinct murmur of approbation ran through
+the crowd _at_ this generous proposition.
+
+10. They were shriveled and colorless _with_ the cold.
+
+11. On every solemn occasion he was the striking figure, even _to_ the
+eclipsing of the involuntary object of the ceremony.
+
+12. _On_ all subjects known to man, he favored the world with his
+opinions.
+
+13. Our horses ran _on_ a sandy margin of the road.
+
+14. The hero of the poem is _of_ a strange land and a strange
+parentage.
+
+15. He locked his door _from_ mere force of habit.
+
+16. The lady was remarkable _for_ energy and talent.
+
+17. Roland was acknowledged _for_ the successor and heir.
+
+18. _For_ my part, I like to see the passing, in town.
+
+19. A half-dollar was the smallest coin that could be tendered _for_
+any service.
+
+20. The mother sank and fell, grasping _at_ the child.
+
+21. The savage army was in war-paint, plumed _for_ battle.
+
+22. He had lived in Paris _for_ the last fifty years.
+
+23. The hill stretched _for_ an immeasurable distance.
+
+24. The baron of Smaylho'me rose _with_ day,
+ He spurred his courser on,
+ Without stop or stay, down the rocky way
+ That leads _to_ Brotherstone.
+
+25. _With_ all his learning, Carteret was far from being a pedant.
+
+26. An immense mountain covered with a shining green turf is nothing,
+in this respect, _to_ one dark and gloomy.
+
+27. Wilt thou die _for_ very weakness?
+
+28. The name of Free Joe strikes humorously _upon_ the ear of memory.
+
+29. The shout I heard was _upon_ the arrival of this engine.
+
+30. He will raise the price, not merely _by_ the amount of the tax.
+
+
+
+
+WORDS THAT NEED WATCHING.
+
+
+328. If the student has now learned fully that words must be studied
+in grammar according to their function or use, and not according to
+form, he will be able to handle some words that are used as several
+parts of speech. A few are discussed below,--a summary of their
+treatment in various places as studied heretofore.
+
+
+THAT.
+
+
+329. That may be used as follows:
+
+(1) _As a demonstrative adjective._
+
+ _That_ night was a memorable one.--STOCKTON.
+
+(2) _As an adjective pronoun._
+
+ _That_ was a dreadful mistake.--WEBSTER.
+
+(3) _As a relative pronoun._
+
+ And now it is like an angel's song,
+ _That_ makes the heavens be mute.--COLERIDGE.
+
+(4) _As an adverb of degree._
+
+ _That_ far I hold that the Scriptures teach.--BEECHER.
+
+(5) _As a conjunction_: (_a_) Of purpose.
+
+ Has bounteously lengthened out your lives, _that_ you might
+ behold this joyous day.--WEBSTER.
+
+(_b_) Of result.
+
+ Gates of iron so massy _that_ no man could without the help of
+ engines open or shut them.--JOHNSON.
+
+(_c_) Substantive conjunction.
+
+ We wish _that_ labor may look up here, and be proud in the midst
+ of its toil.--WEBSTER.
+
+
+WHAT.
+
+
+330. (1) _Relative pronoun._
+
+ That is _what_ I understand by scientific education.--HUXLEY.
+
+(_a_) Indefinite relative.
+
+ Those shadowy recollections,
+ Which be they _what_ they may,
+ Are yet the fountain light of all our day.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+(2) _Interrogative pronoun_: (_a_) Direct question.
+
+ _What_ would be an English merchant's character after a few such
+ transactions?--THACKERAY.
+
+(_b_) Indirect question.
+
+ I have not allowed myself to look beyond the Union, to see _what_
+ might be hidden.--WEBSTER.
+
+(3) _Indefinite pronoun:_ The saying, "I'll tell you _what_."
+
+(4) _Relative adjective._
+
+ But woe to _what_ thing or person stood in the way.--EMERSON.
+
+(_a_) Indefinite relative adjective.
+
+ To say _what_ good of fashion we can, it rests on reality.--_Id._
+
+(5) _Interrogative adjective_: (_a_) Direct question.
+
+ _What_ right have you to infer that this condition was caused by
+ the action of heat?--AGASSIZ.
+
+(_b_) Indirect question.
+
+ At _what_ rate these materials would be distributed,...it is
+ impossible to determine.--_Id._
+
+(6) _Exclamatory adjective._
+
+ Saint Mary! _what_ a scene is here!--SCOTT.
+
+(7) _Adverb of degree._
+
+ If he has [been in America], he knows _what_ good people are to
+ be found there.--THACKERAY.
+
+(8) _Conjunction_, nearly equivalent to _partly_... _partly_, or _not
+only...but_.
+
+ _What_ with the Maltese goats, who go tinkling by to their
+ pasturage; _what_ with the vocal seller of bread in the early
+ morning;...these sounds are only to be heard...in Pera.--S.S.
+ Cox.
+
+(9) _As an exclamation._
+
+ _What_, silent still, and silent all!--BYRON.
+
+ _What_, Adam Woodcock at court!--SCOTT.
+
+
+BUT.
+
+
+331. (1) _Cooerdinate conjunction_: (_a_) Adversative.
+
+ His very attack was never the inspiration of courage, _but_ the
+ result of calculation.--EMERSON.
+
+(_b_) Copulative, after _not only_.
+
+ Then arose not only tears, _but_ piercing cries, on all sides.
+ --CARLYLE.
+
+(2) _Subordinate conjunction_: (_a_) Result, equivalent to _that_ ...
+_not_.
+
+ Nor is Nature so hard _but_ she gives me this joy several
+ times.--EMERSON.
+
+(_b_) Substantive, meaning _otherwise_ ... _than_.
+
+ Who knows _but_, like the dog, it will at length be no longer
+ traceable to its wild original--THOREAU.
+
+(3) _Preposition_, meaning _except_.
+
+ Now there was nothing to be seen _but_ fires in every
+ direction.--LAMB.
+
+(4) _Relative pronoun_, after a negative, stands for _that_ ... _not_,
+or _who_ ... _not_.
+
+ There is not a man in them _but_ is impelled withal, at all
+ moments, towards order.--CARLYLE.
+
+(5) _Adverb_, meaning _only_.
+
+ The whole twenty years had been to him _but_ as one
+ night.--IRVING.
+
+ To lead _but_ one measure.--SCOTT.
+
+
+AS.
+
+
+332. (1) _Subordinate conjunction_: (_a_) Of time.
+
+ Rip beheld a precise counterpart of himself _as_ he went up the
+ mountain.--IRVING.
+
+(_b_) Of manner.
+
+ _As_ orphans yearn on to their mothers,
+ He yearned to our patriot bands.--MRS BROWNING.
+
+(_c_) Of degree.
+
+ His wan eyes
+ Gaze on the empty scene _as_ vacantly
+ _As_ ocean's moon looks on the moon in heaven.
+ --SHELLEY.
+
+(_d_) Of reason.
+
+ I shall see but little of it, _as_ I could neither bear walking
+ nor riding in a carriage.--FRANKLIN.
+
+(_e_) Introducing an appositive word.
+
+ Reverenced _as_ one of the patriarchs of the village.--IRVING.
+
+ Doing duty _as_ a guard.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+(2) _Relative pronoun_, after _such_, sometimes _same_.
+
+ And was there such a resemblance _as_ the crowd had
+ testified?--HAWTHORNE.
+
+
+LIKE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Modifier of a noun or pronoun._]
+
+333. (1) _An adjective._
+
+ The aforesaid general had been exceedingly _like_ the majestic
+ image.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ They look, indeed, _liker_ a lion's mane than a Christian man's
+ locks.-SCOTT.
+
+ No Emperor, this, _like_ him awhile ago.--ALDRICH.
+
+ There is no statue _like_ this living man.--EMERSON.
+
+ That face, _like_ summer ocean's.--HALLECK.
+
+In each case, _like_ clearly modifies a noun or pronoun, and is
+followed by a dative-objective.
+
+[Sidenote: _Introduces a clause, but its verb is omitted._]
+
+(2) _A subordinate conjunction_ of manner. This follows a verb or a
+verbal, but the verb of the clause introduced by _like_ is _regularly
+omitted_. Note the difference between these two uses. In Old English
+_gelic_ (like) was followed by the dative, and was clearly an
+adjective. In this second use, _like_ introduces a shortened clause
+modifying a verb or a verbal, as shown in the following sentences:--
+
+ Goodman Brown came into the street of Salem village, staring
+ _like_ a bewildered man.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ Give Ruskin space enough, and he grows frantic and beats the air
+ _like_ Carlyle.--HIGGINSON.
+
+ They conducted themselves much _like_ the crew of a man-of-war.
+ --PARKMAN.
+
+ [The sound] rang in his ears _like_ the iron hoofs of the steeds
+ of Time.--LONGFELLOW.
+
+ Stirring it vigorously, _like_ a cook beating eggs.--ALDRICH.
+
+If the verb is expressed, _like_ drops out, and _as_ or _as if_ takes
+its place.
+
+ The sturdy English moralist may talk of a Scotch supper _as_ he
+ pleases.--CASS.
+
+ Mankind for the first seventy thousand ages ate their meat raw,
+ just _as_ they do in Abyssinia to this day.--LAMB.
+
+ I do with my friends _as_ I do with my books.--EMERSON.
+
+NOTE.--Very rarely _like_ is found with a verb following, but this is
+not considered good usage: for example,--
+
+ A timid, nervous child, _like_ Martin _was_.--MAYHEW.
+
+ Through which they put their heads, _like_ the Gauchos _do_
+ through their cloaks.--DARWIN.
+
+ _Like_ an arrow shot
+ From a well-experienced archer _hits_ the mark.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+
+
+
+INTERJECTIONS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+334. Interjections are exclamations used to express emotion, and
+are not parts of speech in the same sense as the words we have
+discussed; that is, entering into the structure of a sentence.
+
+Some of these are imitative sounds; as, tut! buzz! etc.
+
+_Humph_! attempts to express a contemptuous nasal utterance that no
+letters of our language can really spell.
+
+[Sidenote: _Not all exclamatory words are interjections._]
+
+Other interjections are _oh_! _ah_! _alas_! _pshaw_! _hurrah_! etc.
+But it is to be remembered that almost any word may be used as an
+exclamation, but it still retains its identity as noun, pronoun,
+verb, etc.: for example, "Books! lighthouses built on the sea of time
+[noun];" "Halt! the dust-brown ranks stood fast [verb]," "Up! for
+shame! [adverb]," "Impossible! it cannot be [adjective]."
+
+
+
+
+PART II.
+
+
+
+
+_ANALYSIS OF SENTENCES._
+
+
+CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO FORM.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _What analysis is._.]
+
+335. All discourse is made up of sentences: consequently the
+sentence is the unit with which we must begin. And in order to get a
+clear and practical idea of the structure of sentences, it is
+necessary to become expert in analysis; that is, in separating them
+into their component parts.
+
+A general idea of analysis was needed in our study of the parts of
+speech,--in determining case, subject and predicate, clauses
+introduced by conjunctions, etc.
+
+[Sidenote: _Value of analysis._]
+
+A more thorough and accurate acquaintance with the subject is
+necessary for two reasons,--not only for a correct understanding of
+the principles of syntax, but for the study of punctuation and other
+topics treated in rhetoric.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+336. A sentence is the expression of a thought in words.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Kinds of sentences as to form._]
+
+337. According to the way in which a thought is put before a
+listener or reader, sentences may be of three kinds:--
+
+(1) Declarative, which puts the thought in the form of a declaration
+or assertion. This is the most common one.
+
+(2) Interrogative, which puts the thought in a question.
+
+(3) Imperative, which expresses command, entreaty, or request.
+
+Any one of these may be put in the form of an exclamation, but the
+sentence would still be declarative, interrogative, or imperative;
+hence, _according to form_, there are only the three kinds of
+sentences already named.
+
+Examples of these three kinds are, declarative, "Old year, you must
+not die!" interrogative, "Hath he not always treasures, always
+friends?" imperative, "Come to the bridal chamber, Death!"
+
+
+
+
+CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF STATEMENTS.
+
+
+
+
+SIMPLE SENTENCES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Division according to number of statements._]
+
+338. But the division of sentences most necessary to analysis is the
+division, not according to the form in which a thought is put, but
+according to how many statements there are.
+
+The one we shall consider first is the simple sentence.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+339. A simple sentence is one which contains a single statement,
+question, or command: for example, "The quality of mercy is not
+strained;" "What wouldst thou do, old man?" "Be thou familiar, but by
+no means vulgar."
+
+
+340. Every sentence must contain two parts,--a subject and a
+predicate.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition: Predicate._]
+
+The predicate of a sentence is a verb or verb phrase which says
+something about the subject.
+
+In order to get a correct definition of the subject, let us examine
+two specimen sentences:--
+
+1. But now all is to be changed.
+
+2. A rare old plant is the ivy green.
+
+In the first sentence we find the subject by placing the word _what_
+before the predicate,--_What_ is to be changed? Answer, _all_.
+Consequently, we say _all_ is the subject of the sentence.
+
+But if we try this with the second sentence, we have some
+trouble,--_What_ is the ivy green? Answer, _a rare old plant_. But we
+cannot help seeing that an assertion is made, not of _a rare old
+plant_, but about _the ivy green_; and the real subject is the latter.
+Sentences are frequently in this inverted order, especially in poetry;
+and our definition must be the following, to suit all cases:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Subject._]
+
+The subject is that which answers the question _who_ or _what_
+placed before the predicate, and which at the same time names that of
+which the predicate says something.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The subject in interrogative and imperative simple
+sentences._]
+
+341. In the interrogative sentence, the subject is frequently after
+the verb. Either the verb is the first word of the sentence, or an
+interrogative pronoun, adjective, or adverb that asks about the
+subject. In analyzing such sentences, _always reduce them to the order
+of a statement_. Thus,--
+
+(1) "When should this scientific education be commenced?"
+
+(2) "This scientific education should be commenced when?"
+
+(3) "What wouldst thou have a good great man obtain?"
+
+(4) "Thou wouldst have a good great man obtain what?"
+
+In the imperative sentence, the subject (_you_, _thou_, or _ye_) is in
+most cases omitted, and is to be supplied; as, "[You] behold her
+single in the field."
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Name the subject and the predicate in each of the following
+sentences:--
+
+
+1. The shadow of the dome of pleasure
+ Floated midway on the waves.
+
+2. Hence originated their contempt for terrestrial distinctions.
+
+3. Nowhere else on the Mount of Olives is there a view like this.
+
+4. In the sands of Africa and Arabia the camel is a sacred and
+precious gift.
+
+5. The last of all the Bards was he.
+
+6. Slavery they can have anywhere.
+
+7. Listen, on the other hand, to an ignorant man.
+
+8. What must have been the emotions of the Spaniards!
+
+9. Such was not the effect produced on the sanguine spirit of the
+general.
+
+10. What a contrast did these children of southern Europe present to
+the Anglo-Saxon races!
+
+
+ELEMENTS OF THE SIMPLE SENTENCE.
+
+342. All the elements of the simple sentence are as follows:--
+
+(1) The subject.
+
+(2) The predicate.
+
+(3) The object.
+
+(4) The complements.
+
+(5) Modifiers.
+
+(6) Independent elements.
+
+The subject and predicate have been discussed.
+
+
+343. The object may be of two kinds:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Definitions. Direct Object_.]
+
+(1) The DIRECT OBJECT is that word or expression which answers the
+question _who_ or _what_ placed after the verb; or the direct object
+names that toward which the action of the predicate is directed.
+
+It must be remembered that any verbal may have an object; but for the
+present we speak of the object of the verb, and by _object_ we mean
+the _direct_ object.
+
+[Sidenote: _Indirect object_.]
+
+(2) The INDIRECT OBJECT is a noun or its equivalent used as the
+modifier of a verb or verbal to name the person or thing for whose
+benefit an action is performed.
+
+Examples of direct and indirect objects are, direct, "She seldom saw
+her _course_ at a glance;" indirect, "I give _thee_ this to wear at
+the collar."
+
+[Sidenote: _Complement_:]
+
+344. A complement is a word added to a verb of incomplete
+predication to complete its meaning.
+
+Notice that a verb of incomplete predication may be of two
+kinds,--transitive and intransitive.
+
+[Sidenote: _Of a transitive verb_.]
+
+The _transitive verb_ often requires, in addition to the object, a
+word to define fully the action that is exerted upon the object; for
+example, "Ye call me chief." Here the verb _call_ has an object _me_
+(if we leave out _chief_), and means summoned; but _chief_ belongs to
+the verb, and _me_ here is not the object simply of _call_, but of
+_call chief_, just as if to say, "Ye _honor me_." This word completing
+a transitive verb is sometimes called a _factitive object_, or _second
+object_, but it is a true complement.
+
+The fact that this is a complement can be more clearly seen when the
+verb is in the passive. See sentence 19, in exercise following Sec.
+364.
+
+[Sidenote: _Complement of an intransitive verb_.]
+
+An _intransitive verb_, especially the forms of _be_, _seem_,
+_appear_, _taste_, _feel_, _become_, etc., must often have a word to
+complete the meaning: as, for instance, "Brow and head were _round,
+and of massive weight_;" "The good man, he was now getting _old_,
+above sixty;" "Nothing could be _more copious_ than his talk;" "But in
+general he seemed _deficient in laughter_."
+
+All these complete intransitive verbs. The following are examples of
+complements of transitive verbs: "Hope deferred maketh the heart
+_sick_;" "He was termed _Thomas_, or, more familiarly, _Thom of the
+Gills_;" "A plentiful fortune is reckoned _necessary_, in the popular
+judgment, to the completion of this man of the world."
+
+345. The modifiers and independent elements will be discussed in
+detail in Secs. 351, 352, 355.
+
+[Sidenote: _Phrases_.]
+
+346. A phrase is a group of words, not containing a verb, but used
+as a single modifier.
+
+As to _form_, phrases are of three kinds:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Three kinds_.]
+
+(1) PREPOSITIONAL, introduced by a preposition: for example, "Such a
+convulsion is the struggle _of gradual suffocation_, as _in drowning_;
+and, _in the original Opium Confessions_, I mentioned a case _of that
+nature_."
+
+(2) PARTICIPIAL, consisting of a participle and the words dependent on
+it. The following are examples: "Then _retreating into the warm
+house_, and _barring the door_, she sat down to undress the two
+youngest children."
+
+(3) INFINITIVE, consisting of an infinitive and the words dependent
+upon it; as in the sentence, "She left her home forever in order _to
+present herself at the Dauphin's court_."
+
+
+Things used as Subject.
+
+347. The subject of a simple sentence may be--
+
+(1) _Noun_: "There seems to be no _interval_ between greatness and
+meanness." Also an expression used as a noun; as, "A cheery, '_Ay, ay,
+sir_!' rang out in response."
+
+(2) _Pronoun_: "We are fortified by every heroic anecdote."
+
+(3) _Infinitive phrase_: "_To enumerate and analyze these relations_
+is to teach the science of method."
+
+(4) _Gerund_: "There will be _sleeping_ enough in the grave;" "What
+signifies _wishing_ and _hoping_ for better things?"
+
+(5) _Adjective used as noun_: "_The good_ are befriended even by
+weakness and defect;" "_The dead_ are there."
+
+(6) _Adverb_: "_Then_ is the moment for the humming bird to secure the
+insects."
+
+348. The subject is often found _after the verb_--
+
+(1) _By simple inversion_: as, "Therein has been, and ever will be, my
+_deficiency_,--the talent of starting the game;" "Never, from their
+lips, was heard one _syllable_ to justify," etc.
+
+(2) _In interrogative sentences_, for which see Sec. 341.
+
+(3) _After_ "it _introductory_:" "It ought not to need _to print_ in
+a reading room a caution not to read aloud."
+
+In this sentence, _it_ stands in the position of a grammatical
+subject; but the real or logical subject is _to print_, etc. _It_
+merely serves to throw the subject after a verb.
+
+[Sidenote: _Disguised infinitive subject_.]
+
+There is one kind of expression that is really an infinitive, though
+disguised as a prepositional phrase: "It is hard _for honest men to
+separate_ their country from their party, or their religion from their
+sect."
+
+The _for_ did not belong there originally, but obscures the real
+subject,--the infinitive phrase. Compare Chaucer: "No wonder is a
+lewed man to ruste" (No wonder [it] is [for] a common man to rust).
+
+(4) _After_ "there _introductory_," which has the same office as _it_
+in reversing the order (see Sec. 292): "There was a _description_ of
+the destructive operations of time;" "There are _asking eyes_,
+_asserting eyes_, _prowling eyes_."
+
+
+Things used as Direct Object.
+
+349. The words used as direct object are mainly the same as those
+used for subject, but they will be given in detail here, for the sake
+of presenting examples:--
+
+(1) _Noun_: "Each man has his own _vocation_." Also expressions used
+as nouns: for example, "'_By God, and by Saint George!_' said the
+King."
+
+(2) _Pronoun_: "Memory greets _them_ with the ghost of a smile."
+
+(3) _Infinitive_: "We like _to see_ everything do its office."
+
+(4) _Gerund_: "She heard that _sobbing_ of litanies, or the
+_thundering_ of organs."
+
+(5) _Adjective used as a noun_: "For seventy leagues through the
+mighty cathedral, I saw _the quick_ and _the dead_."
+
+
+Things used as Complement.
+
+[Sidenote: _Complement: Of an intransitive verb_.]
+
+350. As complement of an _intransitive_ verb,--
+
+(1) _Noun_: "She had been an ardent _patriot_."
+
+(2) _Pronoun_: "_Who_ is she in bloody coronation robes from Rheims?"
+"This is _she_, the shepherd girl."
+
+(3) _Adjective_: "Innocence is ever _simple_ and _credulous_."
+
+(4) _Infinitive_: "To enumerate and analyze these relations is _to
+teach_ the science of method."
+
+(5) _Gerund_: "Life is a _pitching_ of this penny,--heads or tails;"
+"Serving others is _serving_ us."
+
+(6) _A prepositional phrase_: "His frame is _on a larger scale_;" "The
+marks were _of a kind_ not to be mistaken."
+
+It will be noticed that all these complements have a double
+office,--completing the predicate, and explaining or modifying the
+subject.
+
+[Sidenote: _Of a transitive verb_.]
+
+As complement of a _transitive_ verb,--
+
+(1) _Noun_: "I will not call you _cowards_."
+
+(2) _Adjective_: "Manners make beauty _superfluous_ and _ugly_;"
+"Their tempers, doubtless, are rendered _pliant_ and _malleable_ in
+the fiery furnace of domestic tribulation." In this last sentence, the
+object is made the subject by being passive, and the words italicized
+are still complements. Like all the complements in this list, they are
+adjuncts of the object, and, at the same time, complements of the
+predicate.
+
+(3) _Infinitive_, or _infinitive phrase_: "That cry which made me
+_look a thousand ways_;" "I hear the echoes _throng_."
+
+(4) _Participle_, or _participial phrase_: "I can imagine him _pushing
+firmly on, trusting the hearts of his countrymen_."
+
+(5) _Prepositional phrase:_ "My antagonist would render my poniard and
+my speed _of no use_ to me."
+
+
+
+Modifiers.
+
+
+I. Modifiers of Subject, Object, or Complement.
+
+
+351. Since the subject and object are either nouns or some
+equivalent of a noun, the words modifying them must be adjectives or
+some equivalent of an adjective; and whenever the complement is a
+noun, or the equivalent of the noun, it is modified by the same words
+and word groups that modify the subject and the object.
+
+These modifiers are as follows:--
+
+(1) _A possessive_: "_My_ memory assures me of this;" "She asked her
+_father's_ permission."
+
+(2) _A word in apposition_: "Theodore Wieland, the _prisoner_ at the
+bar, was now called upon for his defense;" "Him, this young
+_idolater_, I have seasoned for thee."
+
+(3) _An adjective_: "_Great_ geniuses have the _shortest_
+biographies;" "Her father was a prince in Lebanon,--_proud_,
+_unforgiving_, _austere_."
+
+(4) _Prepositional phrase_: "Are the opinions _of a man on right and
+wrong on fate and causation_, at the mercy of a broken sleep or an
+indigestion?" "The poet needs a ground _in popular tradition_ to work
+on."
+
+(5) _Infinitive phrase_: "The way _to know him_ is to compare him, not
+with nature, but with other men;" "She has a new and unattempted
+problem _to solve_;" "The simplest utterances are worthiest _to be
+written_."
+
+(6) _Participial phrase_: "Another reading, _given at the request of a
+Dutch lady_, was the scene from King John;" "This was the hour
+_already appointed for the baptism_ of the new Christian daughter."
+
+
+Exercise.--In each sentence in Sec. 351, tell whether the subject,
+object, or complement is modified.
+
+
+II. Modifiers of the Predicate.
+
+
+352. Since the predicate is always a verb, the word modifying it
+must be an adverb or its equivalent:--
+
+(1) _Adverb:_ "_Slowly_ and _sadly_ we laid him down."
+
+(2) _Prepositional phrase_: "The little carriage is creeping on _at
+one mile an hour_;" "_In the twinkling of an eye_, our horses had
+carried us _to the termination of the umbrageous isle_."
+
+In such a sentence as, "He died like a God," the word group _like a
+God_ is often taken as a phrase; but it is really a contracted clause,
+the verb being omitted.
+
+[Sidenote: _Tells how._]
+
+(3) _Participial phrase:_ "She comes down from heaven to his help,
+_interpreting for him the most difficult truths_, and _leading him
+from star to star_."
+
+(4) _Infinitive phrase:_ "No imprudent, no sociable angel, ever
+dropped an early syllable _to answer his longing_."
+
+(For participial and infinitive phrases, see further Secs. 357-363.)
+
+(5) _Indirect object:_ "I gave _every man_ a trumpet;" "Give _them_
+not only noble teachings, but noble teachers."
+
+These are equivalent to the phrases _to every man_ and _to them_, and
+modify the predicate in the same way.
+
+[Sidenote: _Retained with passive; or_]
+
+When the verb is changed from active to passive, the indirect object
+is retained, as in these sentences: "It is left _you_ to find out the
+reason why;" "All such knowledge should be given _her_."
+
+[Sidenote: _subject of passive verb and direct object retained._]
+
+Or sometimes the indirect object of the active voice becomes the
+subject of the passive, and the direct object is retained: for
+example, "She is to be taught _to extend the limits of her sympathy_;"
+"I was shown an immense _sarcophagus_."
+
+(6) _Adverbial objective._ These answer the question _when_, or _how
+long_, _how far_, etc., and are consequently equivalent to adverbs in
+modifying a predicate: "We were now running _thirteen miles an hour_;"
+"_One way_ lies hope;" "_Four hours_ before midnight we approached a
+mighty minster."
+
+
+Exercises.
+
+(_a_) Pick out subject, predicate, and (direct) object:--
+
+1. This, and other measures of precaution, I took.
+
+2. The pursuing the inquiry under the light of an end or final cause,
+gives wonderful animation, a sort of personality to the whole writing.
+
+3. Why does the horizon hold me fast, with my joy and grief, in this
+center?
+
+4. His books have no melody, no emotion, no humor, no relief to the
+dead prosaic level.
+
+5. On the voyage to Egypt, he liked, after dinner, to fix on three or
+four persons to support a proposition, and as many to oppose it.
+
+6. Fashion does not often caress the great, but the children of the
+great.
+
+7. No rent roll can dignify skulking and dissimulation.
+
+8. They do not wish to be lovely, but to be loved.
+
+
+(_b_) Pick out the subject, predicate, and complement:
+
+1. Evil, according to old philosophers, is good in the making.
+
+2. But anger drives a man to say anything.
+
+3. The teachings of the High Spirit are abstemious, and, in regard to
+particulars, negative.
+
+4. Spanish diet and youth leave the digestion undisordered and the
+slumbers light.
+
+5. Yet they made themselves sycophantic servants of the King of Spain.
+
+6. A merciless oppressor hast thou been.
+
+7. To the men of this world, to the animal strength and spirits, the
+man of ideas appears out of his reason.
+
+8. I felt myself, for the first time, burthened with the anxieties of
+a man, and a member of the world.
+
+
+(_c_) Pick out the direct and the indirect object in each:--
+
+1. Not the less I owe thee justice.
+
+2. Unhorse me, then, this imperial rider.
+
+3. She told the first lieutenant part of the truth.
+
+4. I promised her protection against all ghosts.
+
+5. I gave him an address to my friend, the attorney.
+
+6. Paint me, then, a room seventeen feet by twelve.
+
+
+(_d_) Pick out the words and phrases in apposition:--
+
+1. To suffer and to do, that was thy portion in life.
+
+2. A river formed the boundary,--the river Meuse.
+
+3. In one feature, Lamb resembles Sir Walter Scott; viz., in the
+dramatic character of his mind and taste.
+
+4. This view was luminously expounded by Archbishop Whately, the
+present Archbishop of Dublin.
+
+5. Yes, at length the warrior lady, the blooming cornet, this nun so
+martial, this dragoon so lovely, must visit again the home of her
+childhood.
+
+
+(_e_) Pick out the modifiers of the predicate:--
+
+1. It moves from one flower to another like a gleam of light, upwards,
+downwards, to the right and to the left.
+
+2. And hark! like the roar of the billows on the shore,
+ The cry of battle rises along their changing line.
+
+3. Their intention was to have a gay, happy dinner, after their long
+confinement to a ship, at the chief hotel.
+
+4. That night, in little peaceful Easedale, six children sat by a peat
+fire, expecting the return of their parents.
+
+
+Compound Subject, Compound Predicate, etc.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Not compound sentences._]
+
+353. Frequently in a simple sentence the writer uses two or more
+predicates to the same subject, two or more subjects of the same
+predicate, several modifiers, complements, etc.; but it is to be
+noticed that, in all such sentences as we quote below, the writers of
+them purposely combined them _in single statements_, and they are not
+to be expanded into compound sentences. In a compound sentence the
+object is to make two or more full statements.
+
+Examples of compound subjects are, "By degrees Rip's _awe_ and
+_apprehension_ subsided;" "The _name of the child_, _the air of the
+mother_, the _tone of her voice_,--all awakened a train of
+recollections in his mind."
+
+Sentences with compound predicates are, "The company _broke up_, and
+_returned_ to the more important concerns of the election;" "He
+_shook_ his head, _shouldered_ the rusty firelock, and, with a heart
+full of trouble and anxiety, _turned_ his steps homeward."
+
+Sentences with compound objects of the same verb are, "He caught his
+_daughter_ and her _child_ in his arms;" "_Voyages_ and _travels_ I
+would also have."
+
+And so with complements, modifiers, etc.
+
+
+Logical Subject and Logical Predicate.
+
+
+354. The logical subject is the simple or grammatical subject,
+together with all its modifiers.
+
+The logical predicate is the simple or grammatical predicate (that
+is, the verb), together with its modifiers, and its object or
+complement.
+
+[Sidenote: _Larger view of a sentence._]
+
+It is often a help to the student to find the logical subject and
+predicate first, then the grammatical subject and predicate. For
+example, in the sentence, "The situation here contemplated exposes a
+dreadful ulcer, lurking far down in the depths of human nature," the
+logical subject is _the situation here contemplated_, and the rest is
+the logical predicate. Of this, the simple subject is _situation_; the
+predicate, _exposes_; the object, _ulcer_, etc.
+
+
+Independent Elements of the Sentence.
+
+
+355. The following words and expressions are grammatically
+independent of the rest of the sentence; that is, they are not a
+necessary part, do not enter into its structure:--
+
+(1) _Person or thing addressed_: "But you know them, _Bishop_;" "_Ye
+crags and peaks_, I'm with you once again."
+
+(2) _Exclamatory expressions_: "But the _lady_--! Oh, _heavens_! will
+that spectacle ever depart from my dreams?"
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution._]
+
+The exclamatory expression, however, may be the person or thing
+addressed, same as (1), above: thus, "Ah, _young sir_! what are you
+about?" Or it may be an imperative, forming a sentence: "Oh, _hurry,
+hurry_, my brave young man!"
+
+(3) _Infinitive phrase_ thrown in loosely: "_To make a long story
+short_, the company broke up;" "_Truth to say_, he was a conscientious
+man."
+
+(4) _Prepositional phrase_ not modifying: "Within the railing sat, _to
+the best of my remembrance_, six quill-driving gentlemen;" "_At all
+events_, the great man of the prophecy had not yet appeared."
+
+(5) _Participial phrase:_ "But, _generally speaking_, he closed his
+literary toils at dinner;" "_Considering the burnish of her French
+tastes_, her noticing even this is creditable."
+
+(6) _Single words_: as, "Oh, _yes_! everybody knew them;" "_No_, let
+him perish;" "_Well_, he somehow lived along;" "_Why_, grandma, how
+you're winking!" "_Now_, this story runs thus."
+
+[Sidenote: _Another caution._]
+
+There are some adverbs, such as _perhaps_, _truly_, _really_,
+_undoubtedly_, _besides_, etc., and some conjunctions, such as
+_however_, _then_, _moreover_, _therefore_, _nevertheless_, etc., that
+have an office in the sentence, and should not be confused with the
+words spoken of above. The words _well_, _now_, _why_, and so on, are
+independent when they merely arrest the attention without being
+necessary.
+
+
+PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES.
+
+
+356. In their use, prepositional phrases may be,
+
+(1) _Adjectival_, modifying a noun, pronoun, or word used as a noun:
+for example, "He took the road _to King Richard's pavilion_;" "I bring
+reports _on that subject_ from Ascalon."
+
+(2) _Adverbial_, limiting in the same way an adverb limits: as, "All
+nature around him slept _in calm moonshine_ or _in deep shadow_;" "Far
+_from the madding crowd's ignoble strife_."
+
+(3) _Independent_, not dependent on any word in the sentence (for
+examples, see Sec. 355, 4).
+
+
+PARTICIPLES AND PARTICIPIAL PHRASES.
+
+
+357. It will be helpful to sum up here the results of our study of
+participles and participial phrases, and to set down all the uses
+which are of importance in analysis:--
+
+(1) _The adjectival use_, already noticed, as follows:--
+
+(_a_) As a complement of a transitive verb, and at the same time a
+modifier of the object (for an example, see Sec. 350, 4).
+
+(_b_) As a modifier of subject, object, or complement (see Sec. 351,
+6).
+
+(2) _The adverbial use_, modifying the predicate, instances of which
+were seen in Sec. 352, 3. In these the participial phrases connect
+closely with the verb, and there is no difficulty in seeing that they
+modify.
+
+[Sidenote: _These need close watching._]
+
+There are other participial phrases which are used adverbially, but
+require somewhat closer attention; thus, "The letter of
+introduction_, containing no matters of business_, was speedily run
+through."
+
+In this sentence, the expression _containing no matters of business_
+does not describe _letter_, but it is equivalent to _because it
+contained no matters of business_, and hence is adverbial, modifying
+_was speedily run through_.
+
+Notice these additional examples:--
+
+_Being a great collector of everything relating to Milton_ [reason,
+"Because I was," etc.], I had naturally possessed myself of Richardson
+the painter's thick octavo volumes.
+
+Neither the one nor the other writer was valued by the public, _both
+having_ [since they had] _a long warfare to accomplish of contumely
+and ridicule_.
+
+Wilt thou, therefore, _being now wiser_ [as thou art] _in thy
+thoughts_, suffer God to give by seeming to refuse?
+
+(3) _Wholly independent_ in meaning and grammar. See Sec. 355, (5),
+and these additional examples:--
+
+_Assuming the specific heat to be the same as that of water_, the
+entire mass of the sun would cool down to 15,000 deg. Fahrenheit in five
+thousand years.
+
+_This case excepted_, the French have the keenest possible sense of
+everything odious and ludicrous in posing.
+
+
+INFINITIVES AND INFINITIVE PHRASES.
+
+
+358. The various uses of the infinitive give considerable trouble,
+and they will be presented here in full, or as nearly so as the
+student will require.
+
+I. The verbal use. (1) Completing an incomplete verb, but having no
+other office than a verbal one.
+
+(_a_) With _may (might)_, _can (could)_, _should_, _would_, _seem_,
+_ought_, etc.: "My weekly bill used invariably _to be_ about fifty
+shillings;" "There, my dear, he should not _have known_ them at all;"
+"He would _instruct_ her in the white man's religion, and _teach_ her
+how to be happy and good."
+
+(_b_) With the forms of _be_, being equivalent to a future with
+obligation, necessity, etc.: as in the sentences, "Ingenuity and
+cleverness are _to be rewarded_ by State prizes;" "'The Fair Penitent'
+was _to be acted_ that evening."
+
+(_c_) With the definite forms of _go_, equivalent to a future: "I was
+going _to repeat_ my remonstrances;" "I am not going _to dissert_ on
+Hood's humor."
+
+(2) Completing an incomplete transitive verb, but also belonging to a
+subject or an object (see Sec. 344 for explanation of the complements
+of transitive verbs): "I am constrained every moment _to acknowledge_
+a higher origin for events" (retained with passive); "Do they not
+cause the heart _to beat_, and the eyes _to fill_?"
+
+
+359. II. The substantive use, already examined; but see the
+following examples for further illustration:--
+
+(1) _As the subject: "To have_ the wall there, was to have the foe's
+life at their mercy;" "_To teach_ is to learn."
+
+(2) _As the object_: "I like _to hear_ them tell their old stories;"
+"I don't wish _to detract_ from any gentleman's reputation."
+
+(3) _As complement:_ See examples under (1), above.
+
+(4) _In apposition_, explanatory of a noun preceding: as, "She
+forwarded to the English leaders a touching invitation _to unite_ with
+the French;" "He insisted on his right _to forget_ her."
+
+
+360. III. The adjectival use, modifying a noun that may be a
+subject, object, complement, etc.: for example, "But there was no time
+_to be lost_;" "And now Amyas had time _to ask_ Ayacanora the meaning
+of this;" "I have such a desire _to be_ well with my public" (see also
+Sec. 351, 5).
+
+
+361. IV. The adverbial use, which may be to express--
+
+(1) _Purpose:_ "The governor, Don Guzman, sailed to the eastward only
+yesterday _to look_ for you;" "Isn't it enough to bring us to death,
+_to please_ that poor young gentleman's fancy?"
+
+(2) _Result:_ "Don Guzman returns to the river mouth _to find_ the
+ship a blackened wreck;" "What heart could be so hard as _not to take_
+pity on the poor wild thing?"
+
+(3) _Reason:_ "I am quite sorry _to part_ with them;" "Are you mad,
+_to betray_ yourself by your own cries?" "Marry, hang the idiot, _to
+bring me_ such stuff!"
+
+(4) _Degree:_ "We have won gold enough _to serve_ us the rest of our
+lives;" "But the poor lady was too sad _to talk_ except to the boys
+now and again."
+
+(5) _Condition:_ "You would fancy, _to hear_ McOrator after dinner,
+the Scotch fighting all the battles;" "_To say_ what good of fashion
+we can, it rests on reality" (the last is not a simple sentence, but
+it furnishes a good example of this use of the infinitive).
+
+
+362. The fact that the infinitives in Sec. 361 are used adverbially,
+is evident from the meaning of the sentences.
+
+Whether each sentence containing an adverbial infinitive has the
+meaning of purpose, result, etc., may be found out by turning the
+infinitive into an equivalent clause, such as those studied under
+subordinate conjunctions.
+
+To test this, notice the following:--
+
+In (1), _to look_ means _that he might look_; _to please_ is
+equivalent to _that he may please_,--both purpose clauses.
+
+In (2), _to find_ shows the result of the return; _not to take pity_
+is equivalent to _that it would not take pity_.
+
+In (3), _to part_ means _because I part_, etc.; and _to betray_ and
+_to bring_ express the reason, equivalent to _that you betray_, etc.
+
+In (4), _to serve_ and _to talk_ are equivalent to [_as much gold_]
+_as will serve us_; and "too sad _to talk_" also shows degree.
+
+In (5), _to hear_ means _if you should hear_, and _to say_ is
+equivalent to _if we say_,--both expressing condition.
+
+
+363. V. The independent use, which is of two kinds,--
+
+(1) Thrown loosely into the sentence; as in Sec. 355, (3).
+
+(2) _Exclamatory:_ "I a philosopher! I _advance_ pretensions;" "'He
+_to die_!' resumed the bishop." (See also Sec. 268, 4.)
+
+
+OUTLINE OF ANALYSIS.
+
+
+364. In analyzing simple sentences, give--
+
+(1) The predicate. If it is an incomplete verb, give the complement
+(Secs. 344 and 350) and its modifiers (Sec. 351).
+
+(2) The object of the verb (Sec. 349).
+
+(3) Modifiers of the object (Sec. 351).
+
+(4) Modifiers of the predicate (Sec. 352).
+
+(5) The subject (Sec. 347).
+
+(6) Modifiers of the subject (Sec. 351).
+
+(7) Independent elements (Sec. 355).
+
+This is not the same order that the parts of the sentence usually
+have; but it is believed that the student will proceed more easily by
+finding the predicate with its modifiers, object, etc., and then
+finding the subject by placing the question _who_ or _what_ before it.
+
+
+Exercise in Analyzing Simple Sentences.
+
+Analyze the following according to the directions given:--
+
+1. Our life is March weather, savage and serene in one hour.
+
+2. I will try to keep the balance true.
+
+3. The questions of Whence? What? and Whither? and the solution of
+these, must be in a life, not in a book.
+
+4. The ward meetings on election days are not softened by any
+misgiving of the value of these ballotings.
+
+5. Our English Bible is a wonderful specimen of the strength and music
+of the English language.
+
+6. Through the years and the centuries, through evil agents, through
+toys and atoms, a great and beneficent tendency irresistibly streams.
+
+7. To be hurried away by every event, is to have no political system
+at all.
+
+8. This mysticism the ancients called ecstasy,--a getting-out of their
+bodies to think.
+
+9. He risked everything, and spared nothing, neither ammunition, nor
+money, nor troops, nor generals, nor himself.
+
+10. We are always in peril, always in a bad plight, just on the edge
+of destruction, and only to be saved by invention and courage.
+
+11. His opinion is always original, and to the purpose.
+
+12. To these gifts of nature, Napoleon added the advantage of having
+been born to a private and humble fortune.
+
+13. The water, like a witch's oils,
+ Burnt green and blue and white.
+
+14. We one day descried some shapeless object floating at a distance.
+
+15. Old Adam, the carrion crow,
+ The old crow of Cairo;
+ He sat in the shower, and let it flow
+ Under his tail and over his crest.
+
+16. It costs no more for a wise soul to convey his quality to other
+men.
+
+17. It is easy to sugar to be sweet.
+
+18. At times the black volume of clouds overhead seemed rent asunder
+by flashes of lightning.
+
+19. The whole figure and air, good and amiable otherwise, might be
+called flabby and irresolute.
+
+20. I have heard Coleridge talk, with eager energy, two stricken
+hours, and communicate no meaning whatsoever to any individual.
+
+21. The word _conscience_ has become almost confined, in popular use,
+to the moral sphere.
+
+22. You may ramble a whole day together, and every moment discover
+something new.
+
+23. She had grown up amidst the liberal culture of Henry's court a
+bold horsewoman, a good shot, a graceful dancer, a skilled musician,
+an accomplished scholar.
+
+24. Her aims were simple and obvious,--to preserve her throne, to keep
+England out of war, to restore civil and religious order.
+
+25. Fair name might he have handed down,
+ Effacing many a stain of former crime.
+
+26. Of the same grandeur, in less heroic and poetic form, was the
+patriotism of Peel in recent history.
+
+27. Oxford, ancient mother! hoary with ancestral honors, time-honored,
+and, haply, time-shattered power--I owe thee nothing!
+
+28. The villain, I hate him and myself, to be a reproach to such
+goodness.
+
+29. I dare this, upon my own ground, and in my own garden, to bid you
+leave the place now and forever.
+
+30. Upon this shore stood, ready to receive her, in front of all this
+mighty crowd, the prime minister of Spain, the same Conde Olivarez.
+
+31. Great was their surprise to see a young officer in uniform
+stretched within the bushes upon the ground.
+
+32. She had made a two days' march, baggage far in the rear, and no
+provisions but wild berries.
+
+33. This amiable relative, an elderly man, had but one foible, or
+perhaps one virtue, in this world.
+
+34. Now, it would not have been filial or ladylike.
+
+35. Supposing this computation to be correct, it must have been in the
+latitude of Boston, the present capital of New England.
+
+36. The cry, "A strange vessel close aboard the frigate!" having
+already flown down the hatches, the ship was in an uproar.
+
+37. But yield, proud foe, thy fleet
+ With the crews at England's feet.
+
+38. Few in number, and that number rapidly perishing away through
+sickness and hardships; surrounded by a howling wilderness and savage
+tribes; exposed to the rigors of an almost arctic winter,--their minds
+were filled with doleful forebodings.
+
+39. List to the mournful tradition still sung by the pines of the
+forest.
+
+40. In the Acadian land, on the shores of the Basin of Minas,
+ Distant, secluded, still, the little village of Grand-Pre
+ Lay in the fruitful valley.
+
+41. Must we in all things look for the how, and the why, and the
+wherefore?
+
+
+
+
+CONTRACTED SENTENCES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Words left out after_ than _or_ as.]
+
+365. Some sentences look like simple ones in form, but have an
+essential part omitted that is so readily supplied by the mind as not
+to need expressing. Such are the following:--
+
+ "There is no country more worthy of our study than England [is
+ worthy of our study]."
+
+ "The distinctions between them do not seem to be so marked as
+ [they are marked] in the cities."
+
+To show that these words are really omitted, compare with them the two
+following:--
+
+ "The nobility and gentry are more popular among the inferior
+ orders than _they are_ in any other country."
+
+ "This is not so universally the case at present as _it was_
+ formerly."
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Sentences with_ like.]
+
+366. As shown in Part I. (Sec. 333). the expressions _of manner_
+introduced by _like_, though often treated as phrases, are really
+contracted clauses; but, if they were expanded, _as_ would be the
+connective instead of _like_; thus,--
+
+ "They'll shine o'er her sleep, like [as] a smile from the west
+ [would shine].
+ From her own loved island of sorrow."
+
+This must, however, be carefully discriminated from cases where _like_
+is an adjective complement; as,--
+
+ "She is _like_ some tender tree, the pride and beauty of the
+ grove;" "The ruby seemed _like_ a spark of fire burning upon her
+ white bosom."
+
+Such contracted sentences form a connecting link between our study of
+simple and complex sentences.
+
+
+
+
+COMPLEX SENTENCES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The simple sentence the basis._]
+
+367. Our investigations have now included all the machinery of the
+simple sentence, which is the _unit of speech_.
+
+Our further study will be in sentences which are combinations of
+simple sentences, made merely for convenience and smoothness, to avoid
+the tiresome repetition of short ones of monotonous similarity.
+
+Next to the simple sentence stands the complex sentence. The basis of
+it is two or more simple sentences, which are so united that one
+member is the main one,--the backbone,--the other members subordinate
+to it, or dependent on it; as in this sentence,--
+
+ "When such a spirit breaks forth into complaint, we are aware how
+ great must be the suffering that extorts the murmur."
+
+The relation of the parts is as follows:--
+
+ we are aware
+ _______ _____
+ | |
+ __| _when such a spirit breaks_
+ | _forth into complaint_,
+ |
+ _how great must be the suffering_
+ |
+ that extorts the murmur.
+
+This arrangement shows to the eye the picture that the sentence forms
+in the mind,--how the first clause is held in suspense by the mind
+till the second, we are aware, is taken in; then we recognize this
+as the main statement; and the next one, _how great ... suffering_,
+drops into its place as subordinate to _we are aware_; and the last,
+_that ... murmur_, logically depends on _suffering_.
+
+Hence the following definition:--
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+368. A complex sentence is one containing one main or independent
+clause (also called the principal proposition or clause), and _one or
+more_ subordinate or dependent clauses.
+
+369. The elements of a complex sentence are the same as those of
+the simple sentence; that is, each clause has its subject, predicate,
+object, complements, modifiers, etc.
+
+But there is this difference: whereas the simple sentence always has a
+word or a phrase for subject, object, complement, and modifier, the
+complex sentence has _statements_ or _clauses_ for these places.
+
+
+CLAUSES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+370. A clause is a division of a sentence, containing a verb with
+its subject.
+
+Hence the term _clause_ may refer to the main division of the complex
+sentence, or it may be applied to the others,--the dependent or
+subordinate clauses.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Independent clause._]
+
+371. A principal, main, or independent clause is one making a
+statement without the help of any other clause.
+
+[Sidenote: _Dependent clause._]
+
+A subordinate or dependent clause is one which makes a statement
+depending upon or modifying some word in the principal clause.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Kinds._]
+
+372. As to their office in the sentence, clauses are divided into
+NOUN, ADJECTIVE, and ADVERB clauses, according as they are equivalent
+in use to nouns, adjectives, or adverbs.
+
+
+Noun Clauses.
+
+373. Noun clauses have the following uses:--
+
+(1) _Subject_: "_That such men should give prejudiced views of
+America_ is not a matter of surprise."
+
+(2) _Object of a verb_, _verbal_, _or the equivalent of a verb_: (_a_)
+"I confess _these stories, for a time, put an end to my fancies_;"
+(_b_) "I am aware [I know] _that a skillful illustrator of the
+immortal bard would have swelled the materials_."
+
+Just as the object noun, pronoun, infinitive, etc., is retained after
+a passive verb (Sec. 352, 5), so the object clause is retained, and
+should not be called an adjunct of the subject; for example, "We are
+persuaded _that a thread runs through all things_;" "I was told _that
+the house had not been shut, night or day, for a hundred years_."
+
+(3) _Complement_: "The terms of admission to this spectacle are, _that
+he have a certain solid and intelligible way of living_."
+
+(4) _Apposition_. (_a_) Ordinary apposition, explanatory of some noun
+or its equivalent: "Cecil's saying of Sir Walter Raleigh, '_I know
+that he can toil terribly_,' is an electric touch."
+
+(_b_) After "it _introductory_" (logically this is a subject clause,
+but it is often treated as in apposition with _it_): "_It_ was the
+opinion of some, _that this might be the wild huntsman famous in
+German legend_."
+
+(5) _Object of a preposition_: "At length he reached to _where the
+ravine had opened through the cliffs_."
+
+Notice that frequently only the introductory word is the object of
+the preposition, and the whole clause is not; thus, "The rocks
+presented a high impenetrable wall, _over which_ the torrent came
+tumbling."
+
+374. Here are to be noticed certain sentences seemingly complex,
+with a noun clause in apposition with _it_; but logically they are
+nothing but simple sentences. But since they are _complex in form_,
+attention is called to them here; for example,--
+
+ "Alas! it is we ourselves that are getting buried alive under
+ this avalanche of earthly impertinences."
+
+To divide this into two clauses--(_a_) _It is we ourselves_, (_b_)
+_that are ... impertinences_--would be grammatical; but logically the
+sentence is, _We ourselves are getting ... impertinences_, and _it is
+... that_ is merely a framework used to effect emphasis. The sentence
+shows how _it_ may lose its pronominal force.
+
+Other examples of this construction are,--
+
+ "It is on the understanding, and not on the sentiment, of a
+ nation, that all safe legislation must be based."
+
+ "Then it is that deliberative Eloquence lays aside the plain
+ attire of her daily occupation."
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Tell how each noun clause is used in these sentences:--
+
+1. I felt that I breathed an atmosphere of sorrow.
+
+2. But the fact is, I was napping.
+
+3. Shaking off from my spirit what must have been a dream, I scanned
+more narrowly the aspect of the building.
+
+4. Except by what he could see for himself, he could know nothing.
+
+5. Whatever he looks upon discloses a second sense.
+
+6. It will not be pretended that a success in either of these kinds is
+quite coincident with what is best and inmost in his mind.
+
+7. The reply of Socrates, to him who asked whether he should choose a
+wife, still remains reasonable, that, whether he should choose one or
+not, he would repent it.
+
+8. What history it had, how it changed from shape to shape, no man
+will ever know.
+
+9. Such a man is what we call an original man.
+
+10. Our current hypothesis about Mohammed, that he was a scheming
+impostor, a falsehood incarnate, that his religion is a mere mass of
+quackery and fatuity, begins really to be no longer tenable to any
+one.
+
+
+Adjective Clauses.
+
+375. As the office of an adjective is to modify, the only use of an
+adjective clause is to limit or describe some noun, or equivalent of a
+noun: consequently the adjective may modify _any_ noun, or equivalent
+of a noun, in the sentence.
+
+The adjective clause may be introduced by the relative pronouns _who_,
+_which_, _that_, _but_, _as_; sometimes by the conjunctions _when_,
+_where_, _whither_, _whence_, _wherein_, _whereby_, etc.
+
+Frequently there is no connecting word, a relative pronoun being
+understood.
+
+[Sidenote: _Examples of adjective clauses_.]
+
+376. Adjective clauses may modify--
+
+(1) _The subject_: "The themes _it offers for contemplation_ are too
+vast for their capacities;" "Those _who see the Englishman only in
+town_, are apt to form an unfavorable opinion of his social
+character."
+
+(2) _The object_: "From this piazza Ichabod entered the hall, _which
+formed the center of the mansion_."
+
+(3) _The complement_: "The animal he bestrode was a broken-down
+plow-horse, _that had outlived almost everything but his usefulness_;"
+"It was such an apparition _as is seldom to be met with in broad
+daylight_."
+
+(4) _Other words_: "He rode with short stirrups, _which brought his
+knees nearly up to the pommel of the saddle_;" "No whit anticipating
+the oblivion _which awaited their names and feats_, the champions
+advanced through the lists;" "Charity covereth a multitude of sins, in
+another sense than that _in which it is said to do so in Scripture_."
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Pick out the adjective clauses, and tell what each one modifies; i.e.,
+whether subject, object, etc.
+
+1. There were passages that reminded me perhaps too much of Massillon.
+
+2. I walked home with Calhoun, who said that the principles which I
+had avowed were just and noble.
+
+3. Other men are lenses through which we read our own minds.
+
+4. In one of those celestial days when heaven and earth meet and adorn
+each other, it seems a pity that we can only spend it once.
+
+5. One of the maidens presented a silver cup, containing a rich
+mixture of wine and spice, which Rowena tasted.
+
+6. No man is reason or illumination, or that essence we were looking
+for.
+
+7. In the moment when he ceases to help us as a cause, he begins to
+help us more as an effect.
+
+8. Socrates took away all ignominy from the place, which could not be
+a prison whilst he was there.
+
+9. This is perhaps the reason why we so seldom hear ghosts except in
+our long-established Dutch settlements.
+
+10. From the moment you lose sight of the land you have left, all is
+vacancy.
+
+11. Nature waited tranquilly for the hour to be struck when man should
+arrive.
+
+
+Adverbial Clauses.
+
+377. The adverb clause takes the place of an adverb in modifying a
+verb, a verbal, an adjective, or an adverb. The student has met with
+many adverb clauses in his study of the subjunctive mood and of
+subordinate conjunctions; but they require careful study, and will be
+given in detail, with examples.
+
+378. Adverb clauses are of the following kinds:
+
+(1) TIME: "_As we go_, the milestones are grave-stones;" "He had gone
+but a little way _before he espied a foul fiend coming_;" "_When he
+was come up to Christian_, he beheld him with a disdainful
+countenance."
+
+(2) PLACE: "_Wherever the sentiment of right comes in_, it takes
+precedence of everything else;" "He went several times to England,
+_where he does not seem to have attracted any attention_."
+
+(3) REASON, or CAUSE: "His English editor lays no stress on his
+discoveries, _since he was too great to care to be original_;" "I give
+you joy _that truth is altogether wholesome_."
+
+(4) MANNER: "The knowledge of the past is valuable only _as it leads
+us to form just calculations with respect to the future_;" "After
+leaving the whole party under the table, he goes away _as if nothing
+had happened_."
+
+(5) DEGREE, or COMPARISON: "They all become wiser _than they were_;"
+"The right conclusion is, that we should try, so far _as we can_, to
+make up our shortcomings;" "Master Simon was in as chirping a humor
+_as a grasshopper filled with dew_ [is];" "_The broader their
+education is_, the wider is the horizon of their thought." The first
+clause in the last sentence is dependent, expressing the degree in
+which the horizon, etc., is wider.
+
+(6) PURPOSE: "Nature took us in hand, shaping our actions, _so that we
+might not be ended untimely by too gross disobedience_."
+
+(7) RESULT, or CONSEQUENCE: "He wrote on the scale of the mind itself,
+_so that all things have symmetry in his tablet_;" "The window was so
+far superior to every other in the church, _that the vanquished artist
+killed himself from mortification_."
+
+(8) CONDITION: "_If we tire of the saints_, Shakespeare is our city of
+refuge;" "Who cares for that, _so thou gain aught wider and nobler_?"
+"You can die grandly, and as goddesses would die _were goddesses
+mortal_."
+
+(9) CONCESSION, introduced by indefinite relatives, adverbs, and
+adverbial conjunctions,--_whoever_, _whatever_, _however_, etc.: "But
+still, _however good she may be as a witness_, Joanna is better;"
+"_Whatever there may remain of illiberal in discussion_, there is
+always something illiberal in the severer aspects of study."
+
+These mean _no matter how good, no matter what remains_, etc.
+
+Exercise.
+
+Pick out the adverbial clauses in the following sentences; tell what
+kind each is, and what it modifies:--
+
+1. As I was clearing away the weeds from this epitaph, the little
+sexton drew me on one side with a mysterious air, and informed me in a
+low voice that once upon a time, on a dark wintry night, when the wind
+was unruly, howling and whistling, banging about doors and windows,
+and twirling weathercocks, so that the living were frightened out of
+their beds, and even the dead could not sleep quietly in their graves,
+the ghost of honest Preston was attracted by the well-known call of
+"waiter," and made its sudden appearance just as the parish clerk was
+singing a stave from the "mirrie garland of Captain Death."
+
+2. If the children gathered about her, as they sometimes did, Pearl
+would grow positively terrible in her puny wrath, snatching up stones
+to fling at them, with shrill, incoherent exclamations, that made her
+mother tremble because they had so much the sound of a witch's
+anathemas.
+
+3. The spell of life went forth from her ever-creative spirit, and
+communicated itself to a thousand objects, as a torch kindles a flame
+wherever it may be applied.
+
+
+ANALYZING COMPLEX SENTENCES.
+
+
+379. These suggestions will be found helpful:--
+
+(1) See that the sentence and all its parts are placed in the natural
+order of subject, predicate, object, and modifiers.
+
+(2) First take the sentence _as a whole_; find the principal subject
+and principal predicate; then treat noun clauses as nouns, adjective
+clauses as adjectives modifying certain words, and adverb clauses as
+single modifying adverbs.
+
+(3) Analyze each clause as a simple sentence. For example, in the
+sentence, "Cannot we conceive that Odin was a reality?" _we_ is the
+principal subject; _cannot conceive_ is the principal predicate; its
+object is _that Odin was a reality_, of which clause _Odin_ is the
+subject, etc.
+
+
+380. It is sometimes of great advantage to map out a sentence after
+analyzing it, so as to picture the parts and their relations. To take
+a sentence:--
+
+ "I cannot help thinking that the fault is in themselves, and that
+ if the church and the cataract were in the habit of giving away
+ their thoughts with that rash generosity which characterizes
+ tourists, they might perhaps say of their visitors, 'Well, if you
+ are those men of whom we have heard so much, we are a little
+ disappointed, to tell the truth.'"
+
+This may be represented as follows:--
+
+ I cannot help thinking
+ ____________________
+ |
+ _______________________|
+ |
+ | (_a_) THAT THE FAULT IS IN THEMSELVES, AND
+ |
+ | (_b_) [THAT] THEY MIGHT (PERHAPS) SAY OF THEIR VISITORS
+ | ___________________
+ | |
+ | _____________________________|_________________________________
+ | | |
+ | | (_a_) We are (a little) disappointed |
+ | O| ___________________________ |
+ O| b| ________________________| |
+ b| j| M| |
+ j| e| o| (_b_) If you are those men |
+ e| c| d| ___ |
+ c| t| i| _________________________| |
+ t| | f| M| |
+ | | i| o| Of whom we have heard so much. |
+ | | e| d. |
+ | \ r\ \ |
+ | _____________________________________________________|
+ | M|
+ | o| (_a_) If the church and ... that rash generosity
+ | d| __________
+ | i| |
+ | f| _______________________________________________|
+ | i| |
+ | e| | (_b_) Which characterizes tourists.
+ | r| |
+ \ \ \
+
+
+OUTLINE
+
+
+381. (1) Find the principal clause.
+
+(2) Analyze it according to Sec. 364.
+
+(3) Analyze the dependent clauses according to Sec. 364. This of
+course includes dependent clauses that depend on other dependent
+clauses, as seen in the "map" (Sec. 380).
+107 |
+
+Exercises.
+
+(_a_) Analyze the following complex sentences:--
+
+1. Take the place and attitude which belong to you.
+
+2. That mood into which a friend brings us is his dominion over us.
+
+3. True art is only possible on the condition that every talent has
+its apotheosis somewhere.
+
+4. The deep eyes, of a light hazel, were as full of sorrow as of
+inspiration.
+
+5. She is the only church that has been loyal to the heart and soul of
+man, that has clung to her faith in the imagination.
+
+6. She has never lost sight of the truth that the product human nature
+is composed of the sum of flesh and spirit.
+
+7. But now that she has become an establishment, she begins to
+perceive that she made a blunder in trusting herself to the intellect
+alone.
+
+8. Before long his talk would wander into all the universe, where it
+was uncertain what game you would catch, or whether any.
+
+9. The night proved unusually dark, so that the two principals had to
+tie white handkerchiefs round their elbows in order to descry each
+other.
+
+10. Whether she would ever awake seemed to depend upon an accident.
+
+11. Here lay two great roads, not so much for travelers that were few,
+as for armies that were too many by half.
+
+12. It was haunted to that degree by fairies, that the parish priest
+was obliged to read mass there once a year.
+
+13. More than one military plan was entered upon which she did not
+approve.
+
+14. As surely as the wolf retires before cities, does the fairy
+sequester herself from the haunts of the licensed victualer.
+
+15. M. Michelet is anxious to keep us in mind that this bishop was but
+an agent of the English.
+
+16. Next came a wretched Dominican, that pressed her with an
+objection, which, if applied to the Bible, would tax every miracle
+with unsoundness.
+
+17. The reader ought to be reminded that Joanna D'Arc was subject to
+an unusually unfair trial.
+
+18. Now, had she really testified this willingness on the scaffold, it
+would have argued nothing at all but the weakness of a genial nature.
+
+19. And those will often pity that weakness most, who would yield to
+it least.
+
+20. Whether she said the word is uncertain.
+
+21. This is she, the shepherd girl, counselor that had none for
+herself, whom I choose, bishop, for yours.
+
+22. Had _they_ been better chemists, had _we_ been worse, the mixed
+result, namely, that, dying for _them_, th107 |e flower should revive for
+_us_, could not have been effected.
+
+23. I like that representation they have of the tree.
+
+24. He was what our country people call _an old one_.
+
+25. He thought not any evil happened to men of such magnitude as false
+opinion.
+107 |
+26. These things we are forced to say, if we must consider the effort
+of Plato to dispose of Nature,--which will not be disposed of.
+
+27. He showed one who was afraid to go on foot to Olympia, that it was
+no more than his daily walk, if continuously extended, would easily
+reach.
+
+28. What can we see or acquire but what we are?
+
+29. Our eyes are holden that we cannot see things that stare us in the
+face, until the hour arrives when the mind is ripened.
+
+30. There is good reason why we should prize this liberation.
+
+
+_(b)_ First analyze, then map out as in Sec. 380, the following
+complex sentences:--
+
+1. The way to speak and write what shall not go out of fashion, is to
+speak and write sincerely.
+
+2. The writer who takes his subject from his ear, and not from his
+heart, should know that he has lost as much as he has gained.
+
+3. "No book," said Bentley, "was ever written down by any but itself."
+
+4. That which we do not believe, we cannot adequately say, though we
+may repeat the words never so often.
+
+5. We say so because we feel that what we love is not in your will,
+but above it.
+
+6. It makes no difference how many friends I have, and what content I
+can find in conversing with each, if there be one to whom I am not
+equal.
+
+7. In every troop of boys that whoop and run in each yard and square,
+a new-comer is as well and accurately weighed in the course of a few
+days, and stamped with his right number, as if he had undergone a
+formal trial of his strength, speed, and temper.
+
+
+
+
+COMPOUND SENTENCES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _How formed._]
+
+382. The compound sentence is a combination of two or more simple
+or complex sentences. While the complex sentence has only _one_ main
+clause, the compound has _two or more_ independent clauses making
+statements, questions, or commands. Hence the definition,--
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definition._]
+
+383. A compound sentence is one which contains two or more
+independent clauses.
+
+This leaves room for any number of subordinate clauses in a compound
+sentence: the requirement is simply that it have at least two
+independent clauses.
+
+Examples of compound sentences:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Examples._]
+
+(1) _Simple sentences united:_ "He is a palace of sweet sounds and
+sights; he dilates; he is twice a man; he walks with arms akimbo; he
+soliloquizes."
+
+(2) _Simple with complex:_ "The trees of the forest, the waving grass,
+and the peeping flowers have grown intelligent; and he almost fears to
+trust them with the secret which they seem to invite."
+
+(3) _Complex with complex:_ "The power which resides in him is new in
+nature, and none but he knows what that is which he can do, nor does
+he know until he has tried."
+
+
+384. From this it is evident that nothing new is added to the work
+of analysis already done.
+
+The same analysis of simple sentences is repeated in (1) and (2)
+above, and what was done in complex sentences is repeated in (2) and
+(3).
+
+The division into members will be easier, for the cooerdinate
+independent statements are readily taken apart with the subordinate
+clauses attached, if there are any.
+
+Thus in (1), the semicolons cut apart the independent members, which
+are simple statements; in (2), the semicolon separates the first, a
+simple member, from the second, a complex member; in (3), _and_
+connects the first and second complex members, and _nor_ the second
+and third complex members.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Connectives._]
+
+385. The cooerdinate conjunctions _and_, _nor_, _or_ _but_, etc.,
+introduce independent clauses (see Sec. 297).
+
+But the conjunction is often omitted in copulative and adversative
+clauses, as in Sec. 383 (1). Another example is, "Only the star
+dazzles; the planet has a faint, moon-like ray" (adversative).
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Study the thought._]
+
+386. The one point that will give trouble is the variable use of
+some connectives; as _but_, _for_, _yet_, _while_ (_whilst_),
+_however_, _whereas_, etc. Some of these are now conjunctions, now
+adverbs or prepositions; others sometimes cooerdinate, sometimes
+subordinate conjunctions.
+
+The student must watch _the logical connection_ of the members of the
+sentence, and not the form of the connective.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Of the following illustrative sentences, tell which are compound, and
+which complex:--
+
+1. Speak your latent conviction, and it shall be the universal sense;
+for the inmost in due time becomes the outmost.
+
+2. I no longer wish to meet a good I do not earn, for example, to find
+a pot of buried gold.
+
+3. Your goodness must have some edge to it--else it is none.
+
+4. Man does not stand in awe of man, nor is his genius admonished to
+stay at home, but it goes abroad to beg a cup of water of the urns of
+other men.
+
+5. A man cannot speak but he judges himself.
+
+6. In your metaphysics you have denied personality to the Deity, yet
+when the devout motions of the soul come, yield to them heart and
+life.
+
+7. I thought that it was a Sunday morning in May; that it was Easter
+Sunday, and as yet very early in the morning.
+
+8. We denote the primary wisdom as intuition, whilst all later
+teachings are tuitions.
+
+9. Whilst the world is thus dual, so is every one of its parts.
+
+10. They measure the esteem of each other by what each has, and not by
+what each is.
+
+11. For everything you have missed, you have gained something else;
+and for everything you gain, you lose something.
+
+12. I sometimes seemed to have lived for seventy or one hundred years
+in one night; nay, I sometimes had feelings representative of a
+millennium, passed in that time, or, however, of a duration far beyond
+the limits of experience.
+
+13. However some may think him wanting in zeal, the most fanatical
+can find no taint of apostasy in any measure of his.
+
+14. In this manner, from a happy yet often pensive child, he grew up
+to be a mild, quiet, unobtrusive boy, and sun-browned with labor in
+the fields, but with more intelligence than is seen in many lads from
+the schools.
+
+
+
+OUTLINE FOR ANALYZING COMPOUND SENTENCES.
+
+387. (i) Separate it into its main members. (2) Analyze each complex
+member as in Sec. 381. (3) Analyze each simple member as in Sec. 364.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Analyze the following compound sentences:--
+
+1. The gain is apparent; the tax is certain.
+
+2. If I feel overshadowed and outdone by great neighbors, I can yet
+love; I can still receive; and he that loveth maketh his own the
+grandeur that he loves.
+
+3. Love, and thou shalt be loved.
+
+4. All loss, all pain, is particular; the universe remains to the
+heart unhurt.
+
+5. Place yourself in the middle of the stream of power and wisdom
+which animates all whom it floats, and you are without effort impelled
+to truth.
+
+6. He teaches who gives, and he learns who receives.
+
+7. Whatever he knows and thinks, whatever in his apprehension is worth
+doing, that let him communicate, or men will never know and honor him
+aright.
+
+8. Stand aside; give those merits room; let them mount and expand.
+
+9. We see the noble afar off, and they repel us; why should we
+intrude?
+
+10. We go to Europe, or we pursue persons, or we read books, in the
+instinctive faith that these will call it out and reveal us to
+ourselves.
+
+11. A gay and pleasant sound is the whetting of the scythe in the
+mornings of June, yet what is more lonesome and sad than the sound of
+a whetstone or mower's rifle when it is too late in the season to make
+hay?
+
+12. "Strike," says the smith, "the iron is white;" "keep the rake,"
+says the haymaker, "as nigh the scythe as you can, and the cart as
+nigh the rake."
+
+13. Trust men, and they will be true to you; treat them greatly, and
+they will show themselves great, though they make an exception in your
+favor to all their rules of trade.
+
+14. On the most profitable lie the course of events presently lays a
+destructive tax; whilst frankness invites frankness, puts the parties
+on a convenient footing, and makes their business a friendship.
+
+15. The sturdiest offender of your peace and of the neighborhood, if
+you rip up his claims, is as thin and timid as any; and the peace of
+society is often kept, because, as children, one is afraid, and the
+other dares not.
+
+16. They will shuffle and crow, crook and hide, feign to confess here,
+only that they may brag and conquer there, and not a thought has
+enriched either party, and not an emotion of bravery, modesty, or
+hope.
+
+17. The magic they used was the ideal tendencies, which always make
+the Actual ridiculous; but the tough world had its revenge the moment
+they put their horses of the sun to plow in its furrow.
+
+18. Come into port greatly, or sail with God the seas.
+
+19. When you have chosen your part, abide by it, and do not weakly try
+to reconcile yourself with the world.
+
+20. Times of heroism are generally times of terror, but the day never
+shines in which this element may not work.
+
+21. Life is a train of moods like a string of beads, and as we pass
+through them they prove to be many-colored lenses which paint the
+world their own hue, and each shows only what lies at its focus.
+
+22. We see young men who owe us a new world, so readily and lavishly
+they promise, but they never acquit the debt; they die young, and
+dodge the account; or, if they live, they lose themselves in the
+crowd.
+
+23. So does culture with us; it ends in headache.
+
+24. Do not craze yourself with thinking, but go about your business
+anywhere.
+
+25. Thus journeys the mighty Ideal before us; it never was known to
+fall into the rear.
+
+
+
+
+PART III.
+
+_SYNTAX_.
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTORY.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _By way of introduction._]
+
+388. Syntax is from a Greek word meaning _order_ or _arrangement_.
+
+Syntax deals with the relation of words to each other as component
+parts of a sentence, and with their proper arrangement to express
+clearly the intended meaning.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Ground covered by syntax._]
+
+380. Following the Latin method, writers on English grammar usually
+divide syntax into the two general heads,--agreement and
+government.
+
+Agreement is concerned with the following relations of words: words
+in apposition, verb and subject, pronoun and antecedent, adjective and
+noun.
+
+Government has to do with verbs and prepositions, both of which are
+said to govern words by having them in the objective case.
+
+
+390. Considering the scarcity of inflections in English, it is clear
+that if we merely follow the Latin treatment, the department of syntax
+will be a small affair. But there is a good deal else to watch in
+addition to the few forms; for there is an important and marked
+difference between Latin and English syntax. It is this:--
+
+Latin syntax depends upon fixed rules governing the use of inflected
+forms: hence the _position_ of words in a sentence is of little
+grammatical importance.
+
+[Sidenote: _Essential point in English syntax._]
+
+English syntax follows the Latin to a limited extent; but its leading
+characteristic is, that English syntax is founded upon _the meaning_
+and _the logical connection_ of words rather than upon their form:
+consequently it is quite as necessary to place words properly, and to
+think clearly of the meaning of words, as to study inflected forms.
+
+For example, the sentence, "The savage here the settler slew," is
+ambiguous. _Savage_ may be the subject, following the regular order of
+subject; or _settler_ may be the subject, the order being inverted. In
+Latin, distinct forms would be used, and it would not matter which one
+stood first.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Why study syntax?_]
+
+391. There is, then, a double reason for not omitting syntax as a
+department of grammar,--
+
+_First_, To study the rules regarding the use of inflected forms, some
+of which conform to classical grammar, while some are idiomatic
+(peculiar to our own language).
+
+_Second_, To find out the _logical methods_ which control us in the
+arrangement of words; and particularly when the grammatical and the
+logical conception of a sentence do not agree, or when they exist side
+by side in good usage.
+
+As an illustration of the last remark, take the sentence, "Besides
+these famous books of Scott's and Johnson's, there is a copious 'Life'
+by Sheridan." In this there is a possessive form, and added to it the
+preposition _of_, also expressing a possessive relation. This is not
+logical; it is not consistent with the general rules of grammar: but
+none the less it is good English.
+
+Also in the sentence, "None remained but he," grammatical rules would
+require _him_ instead of _he_ after the preposition; yet the
+expression is sustained by good authority.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Some rules not rigid._]
+
+392. In some cases, authorities--that is, standard writers--differ
+as to which of two constructions should be used, or the same writer
+will use both indifferently. Instances will be found in treating of
+the pronoun or noun with a gerund, pronoun and antecedent, sometimes
+verb and subject, etc.
+
+When usage varies as to a given construction, both forms will be given
+in the following pages.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The basis of syntax._]
+
+393. Our treatment of syntax will be an endeavor to record the best
+usage of the present time on important points; and nothing but
+important points will be considered, for it is easy to confuse a
+student with too many obtrusive _don'ts_.
+
+The constructions presented as general will be justified by quotations
+from _modern writers of English_ who are regarded as "standard;" that
+is, writers whose style is generally acknowledged as superior, and
+whose judgment, therefore, will be accepted by those in quest of
+authoritative opinion.
+
+Reference will also be made to spoken English when its constructions
+differ from those of the literary language, and to vulgar English when
+it preserves forms which were once, but are not now, good English.
+
+It may be suggested to the student that the only way to acquire
+correctness is to watch good usage _everywhere_, and imitate it.
+
+
+
+
+NOUNS.
+
+
+394. Nouns have no distinct forms for the nominative and objective
+cases: hence no mistake can be made in using them. But some remarks
+are required concerning the use of the possessive case.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of the possessive. Joint possession._]
+
+395. When two or more possessives modify the same noun, or indicate
+joint ownership or possession, the possessive sign is added to the
+last noun only; for example,--
+
+ Live your _king and country's_ best support.--ROWE.
+
+ Woman, _sense and nature's_ easy fool.--BYRON.
+
+ _Oliver and Boyd's_ printing office.--MCCULLOCH.
+
+ _Adam and Eve's_ morning hymn.--MILTON.
+
+ In _Beaumont and Fletcher's_ "Sea Voyage," Juletta tells,
+ etc.--EMERSON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Separate possession._]
+
+396. When two or more possessives stand before the same noun, but
+imply separate possession or ownership, the possessive sign is used
+with each noun; as,--
+
+ He lands us on a grassy stage, Safe from the _storm's_ and
+ _prelate's_ rage.--MARVELL
+
+ Where were the sons of Peers and Members of Parliament in
+ _Anne's_ and _George's_ time?--THACKERAY.
+
+ _Levi's_ station in life was the receipt of custom; and
+ _Peter's_, the shore of Galilee; and _Paul's_, the antechamber of
+ the High Priest.--RUSKIN.
+
+ Swift did not keep _Stella's_ letters. He kept _Bolingbroke's,_
+ and _Pope's_, and _Harley's_, and _Peterborough's_.--THACKERAY.
+
+ An actor in one of _Morton's_ or _Kotzebue's_ plays.--MACAULAY.
+
+ Putting _Mr. Mill's_ and _Mr. Bentham's_ principles together.
+ --_Id._
+
+
+397. The possessive preceding the gerund will be considered under
+the possessive of pronouns (Sec. 408).
+
+
+
+
+PRONOUNS.
+
+
+PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
+
+
+I. NOMINATIVE AND OBJECTIVE FORMS.
+
+
+398. Since most of the personal pronouns, together with the relative
+_who_, have separate forms for nominative and objective use, there are
+two general rules that require attention.
+
+[Sidenote: _General rules._]
+
+(1) The _nominative use_ is usually marked by the nominative form of
+the pronoun.
+
+(2) The _objective use_ is usually marked by the objective form of the
+pronoun.
+
+These simple rules are sometimes violated in spoken and in literary
+English. Some of the violations are universally condemned; others are
+generally, if not universally, sanctioned.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Objective for the nominative._]
+
+
+
+399. The objective is sometimes found instead of the nominative in
+the following instances:--
+
+(1) By a common vulgarism of ignorance or carelessness, no notice is
+taken of the proper form to be used as subject; as,--
+
+ He and _me_ once went in the dead of winter in a one-hoss shay
+ out to Boonville.--WHITCHER, _Bedott Papers._
+
+ It seems strange to me that _them_ that preach up the doctrine
+ don't admire one who carrys it out.--_Josiah Allens Wife._
+
+(2) By faulty analysis of the sentence, the true relation of the words
+is misunderstood; for example, "_Whom_ think ye that I am?" (In this,
+_whom_ is the complement after the verb _am_, and should be the
+nominative form, _who_.) "The young Harper, _whom_ they agree was
+rather nice-looking" (_whom_ is the subject of the verb _was_).
+
+Especially is this fault to be noticed after an ellipsis with _than_
+or _as_, the real thought being forgotten; thus,--
+
+ But the consolation coming from devotion did not go far with such
+ a one as _her_.--TROLLOPE.
+
+This should be "as _she_," because the full expression would be "such
+a one as _she is_."
+
+
+400. Still, the last expression has the support of many good
+writers, as shown in the following examples:--
+
+ She was neither better bred nor wiser than you or
+ _me_.--THACKERAY.
+
+ No mightier than thyself or _me_.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ Lin'd with Giants deadlier than _'em_ all.--POPE.
+
+ But he must be a stronger than _thee_.--SOUTHEY.
+
+ Not to render up my soul to such as _thee_.--BYRON.
+
+ I shall not learn my duty from such as _thee_.--FIELDING.
+
+[Sidenote: _A safe rule._]
+
+It will be safer for the student to follow the general rule, as
+illustrated in the following sentences:--
+
+ If so, they are yet holier than _we_.--RUSKIN.
+
+ Who would suppose it is the game of such as _he_?--DICKENS.
+
+ Do we see
+ The robber and the murd'rer weak as _we_?
+ --MILTON.
+
+ I have no other saint than _thou_ to pray to.--LONGFELLOW.
+
+[Sidenote: "_Than_ whom."]
+
+401. One exception is to be noted. The expression than whom seems
+to be used universally instead of "than _who_." There is no special
+reason for this, but such is the fact; for example,--
+
+ One I remember especially,--one _than whom_ I never met a bandit
+ more gallant.--THACKERAY.
+
+ The camp of Richard of England, _than whom_ none knows better how
+ to do honor to a noble foe.--SCOTT.
+
+ She had a companion who had been ever agreeable, and her estate a
+ steward _than whom_ no one living was supposed to be more
+ competent.--PARTON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: "_It was_ he" _or_ "_It was_ him"?]
+
+402. And there is one question about which grammarians are not
+agreed, namely, whether the nominative or the objective form should be
+used in the predicate after _was_, _is_, _are_, and the other forms of
+the verb _be_.
+
+It may be stated with assurance that the literary language _prefers
+the nominative_ in this instance, as,--
+
+ For there was little doubt that it was _he_.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ But still it is not _she_.--MACAULAY.
+
+ And it was _he_
+ That made the ship to go.
+ --COLERIDGE.
+
+In spoken English, on the other hand, both in England and America, the
+objective form is regularly found, unless a special, careful effort is
+made to adopt the standard usage. The following are examples of spoken
+English from conversations:--
+
+ "Rose Satterne, the mayor's daughter?"--"That's
+ _her_."--KINGSLEY.
+
+ "Who's there?"--"_Me_, Patrick the Porter."--WINTHROP.
+
+ "If there is any one embarrassed, it will not be _me_."--WM.
+ BLACK.
+
+The usage is too common to need further examples.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Correct the italicized pronouns in the following sentences, giving
+reasons from the analysis of the sentence:--
+
+1. _Whom_ they were I really cannot specify.
+
+2. Truth is mightier than _us_ all.
+
+3. If there ever was a rogue in the world, it is _me_.
+
+4. They were the very two individuals _whom_ we thought were far away.
+
+5. "Seems to me as if _them_ as writes must hev a kinder gift fur it,
+now."
+
+6. The sign of the Good Samaritan is written on the face of
+_whomsoever_ opens to the stranger.
+
+7. It is not _me_ you are in love with.
+
+8. You know _whom_ it is that you thus charge.
+
+9. The same affinity will exert its influence on _whomsoever_ is as
+noble as these men and women.
+
+10. It was _him_ that Horace Walpole called a man who never made a bad
+figure but as an author.
+
+11. We shall soon see which is the fittest object of scorn, you or
+_me_.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Me _in exclamations_.]
+
+403. It is to be remembered that the objective form is used in
+exclamations which turn the attention upon a person; as,--
+
+ Unhappy _me!_ That I cannot risk my own worthless life.--KINGSLEY
+
+ Alas! miserable _me_! Alas! unhappy Senors!--_Id._
+
+ Ay _me_! I fondly dream--had ye been there.--MILTON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Nominative for the objective.]
+
+404. The rule for the objective form is wrongly departed from--
+
+(1) When the object is far removed from the verb, verbal, or
+preposition which governs it; as, "_He_ that can doubt whether he be
+anything or no, I speak not to" (_he_ should be _him_, the object of
+_to_); "I saw men very like him at each of the places mentioned, but
+not _he_" (_he_ should be _him_, object of _saw_).
+
+(2) In the case of certain pairs of pronouns, used after verbs,
+verbals, and prepositions, as this from Shakespeare, "All debts are
+cleared between you and I" (for _you_ and _me_); or this, "Let _thou_
+and _I_ the battle try" (for _thee_ and _me_, or _us_).
+
+(3) By forgetting the construction, in the case of words used in
+apposition with the object; as, "Ask the murderer, _he_ who has
+steeped his hands in the blood of another" (instead of "_him_ who,"
+the word being in apposition with _murderer_).
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Exception 1_, who _interrogative_.]
+
+405. The interrogative pronoun who may be said to have no
+objective form in spoken English. We regularly say, "_Who_ did you
+see?" or, "_Who_ were they talking to?" etc. The more formal "To
+_whom_ were they talking?" sounds stilted in conversation, and is
+usually avoided.
+
+In literary English the objective form _whom_ is _preferred_ for
+objective use; as,--
+
+ Knows he now to _whom_ he lies under obligation?--SCOTT.
+
+ What doth she look on? _Whom_ doth she behold?--WORDSWORTH.
+
+Yet the nominative form is found quite frequently to divide the work
+of the objective use; for example,--
+
+ My son is going to be married to I don't know _who_.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ _Who_ have we here?--_Id._
+
+ _Who_ should I meet the other day but my old friend.--STEELE.
+
+ He hath given away half his fortune to the Lord knows
+ _who_.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ _Who_ have we got here?--SMOLLETT.
+
+ _Who_ should we find there but Eustache?--MARRVAT.
+
+ _Who_ the devil is he talking to?--SHERIDAN.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Exception 2, but_ he, _etc._]
+
+406. It is a well-established usage to put the nominative form, as
+well as the objective, after the preposition _but_ (sometimes _save_);
+as,--
+
+ All were knocked down but _us_ two.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ Thy shores are empires, changed in all save _thee._--BYRON.
+
+ Rich are the sea gods:--who gives gifts but _they?_--EMERSON.
+
+ The Chieftains then
+ Returned rejoicing, all but _he_.
+ --SOUTHEY
+
+ No man strikes him but _I_.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ None, save _thou_ and thine, I've sworn,
+ Shall be left upon the morn.
+
+BYRON.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Correct the italicized pronouns in the following, giving reasons from
+the analysis of the quotation:--
+
+1. _Thou_, Nature, partial Nature, I arraign.
+
+2. Let you and _I_ look at these, for they say there are none such in
+the world.
+
+3. "Nonsense!" said Amyas, "we could kill every soul of them in half
+an hour, and they know that as well as _me_."
+
+4. Markland, _who_, with Jortin and Thirlby, Johnson calls three
+contemporaries of great eminence.
+
+5. They are coming for a visit to _she_ and _I_.
+
+6. They crowned him long ago;
+ But _who_ they got to put it on
+ Nobody seems to know.
+
+7. I experienced little difficulty in distinguishing among the
+pedestrians _they_ who had business with St. Bartholomew.
+
+8. The great difference lies between the laborer who moves to
+Yorkshire and _he_ who moves to Canada.
+
+9. Besides my father and Uncle Haddock--_he_ of the silver plates.
+
+10. _Ye_ against whose familiar names not yet
+ The fatal asterisk of death is set,
+ _Ye_ I salute.
+
+11. It can't be worth much to _they_ that hasn't larning.
+
+12. To send me away for a whole year--_I_ who had never crept from
+under the parental wing--was a startling idea.
+
+
+
+II. POSSESSIVE FORMS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _As antecedent of a relative._]
+
+407. The possessive forms of personal pronouns and also of nouns are
+sometimes found as antecedents of relatives. This usage is not
+frequent. The antecedent is usually nominative or objective, as the
+use of the possessive is less likely to be clear.
+
+ We should augur ill of any _gentleman's_ property to whom this
+ happened every other day in his drawing room.--RUSKIN.
+
+ For _their_ sakes whose distance disabled them from knowing
+ me.--C.B. BROWN.
+
+ Now by _His_ name that I most reverence in Heaven, and by _hers_
+ whom I most worship on earth.--SCOTT.
+
+ He saw her smile and slip money into the _man's_ hand who was
+ ordered to ride behind the coach.--THACKERAY.
+
+ He doubted whether _his_ signature whose expectations were so
+ much more bounded would avail.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ For boys with hearts as bold
+ As _his_ who kept the bridge so well.
+ --MACAULAY.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Preceding a gerund,--possessive, or objective?_]
+
+408. Another point on which there is some variance in usage is such
+a construction as this: "We heard of _Brown_ studying law," or "We
+heard of _Brown's_ studying law."
+
+That is, should the possessive case of a noun or pronoun always be
+used with the gerund to indicate the active agent? Closely
+scrutinizing these two sentences quoted, we might find a difference
+between them: saying that in the first one _studying_ is a participle,
+and the meaning is, _We heard of Brown_, [who was] _studying law_; and
+that in the second, _studying_ is a gerund, object of _heard of_, and
+modified by the possessive case as any other substantive would be.
+
+[Sidenote: _Why both are found._]
+
+But in common use there is no such distinction. Both types of
+sentences are found; both are gerunds; sometimes the gerund has the
+possessive form before it, sometimes it has the objective. The use of
+the objective is older, and in keeping with the old way of regarding
+the _person_ as the chief object before the mind: the possessive use
+is more modern, in keeping with the disposition to proceed from the
+material thing to the _abstract idea_, and to make the action
+substantive the chief idea before the mind.
+
+In the examples quoted, it will be noticed that the possessive of the
+pronoun is more common than that of the noun.
+
+[Sidenote: _Objective_.]
+
+ The last incident which I recollect, was my learned and worthy
+ _patron_ falling from a chair.--SCOTT.
+
+ He spoke of _some one_ coming to drink tea with him, and asked
+ why it was not made.--THACKERAY.
+
+ The old sexton even expressed a doubt as to _Shakespeare_ having
+ been born in her house.--IRVING.
+
+ The fact of the _Romans_ not burying their dead within the city
+ walls proper is a strong reason, etc.--BREWER.
+
+ I remember _Wordsworth_ once laughingly reporting to me a little
+ personal anecdote.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ Here I state them only in brief, to prevent the _reader_ casting
+ about in alarm for my ultimate meaning.--RUSKIN.
+
+ We think with far less pleasure of _Cato_ tearing out his
+ entrails than of _Russell_ saying, as he turned away from his
+ wife, that the bitterness of death was past.--MACAULAY.
+
+ There is actually a kind of sacredness in the fact of such a
+ _man_ being sent into this earth.--CARLYLE.
+
+[Sidenote: _Possessive_.]
+
+ There is no use for any _man's_ taking up his abode in a house
+ built of glass.--CARLYLE.
+
+ As to _his_ having good grounds on which to rest an action for
+ life.--DICKENS.
+
+ The case was made known to me by a _man's_ holding out the
+ little creature dead.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ There may be reason for a _savage's_ preferring many kinds of
+ food which the civilized man rejects.--THOREAU.
+
+ It informs me of the previous circumstances of _my_ laying aside
+ my clothes.--C. BROCKDEN BROWN.
+
+ The two strangers gave me an account of _their_ once having been
+ themselves in a somewhat similar condition.--AUDUBON.
+
+ There was a chance of _their_ being sent to a new school, where
+ there were examinations.--RUSKIN
+
+ This can only be by _his_ preferring truth to his past
+ apprehension of truth.--EMERSON
+
+
+
+III. PERSONAL PRONOUNS AND THEIR ANTECEDENTS.
+
+409. The pronouns of the third person usually refer back to some
+preceding noun or pronoun, and ought to agree with them in person,
+number, and gender.
+
+[Sidenote: _Watch for the real antecedent._]
+
+There are two constructions in which the student will need to watch
+the pronoun,--when the antecedent, in one person, is followed by a
+phrase containing a pronoun of a different person; and when the
+antecedent is of such a form that the pronoun following cannot
+indicate exactly the gender. Examples of these constructions are,--
+
+ _Those_ of us who can only maintain _themselves_ by continuing in
+ some business or salaried office.--RUSKIN.
+
+ Suppose the life and fortune of _every one_ of us would depend on
+ _his_ winning or losing a game of chess.--HUXLEY.
+
+ If _any one_ did not know it, it was _his_ own fault.--CABLE.
+
+ _Everybody_ had _his_ own life to think of.--DEFOE.
+
+410. In such a case as the last three sentences,--when the
+antecedent includes both masculine and feminine, or is a distributive
+word, taking in each of many persons,--the preferred method is to put
+the pronoun following in the masculine singular; if the antecedent is
+neuter, preceded by a distributive, the pronoun will be neuter
+singular.
+
+The following are additional examples:--
+
+ The next _correspondent_ wants you to mark out a whole course of
+ life for _him_.--HOLMES.
+
+ Every _city_ threw open _its_ gates.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ Every _person_ who turns this page has _his_ own little
+ diary.--THACKERAY.
+
+ The pale realms of shade, where _each_ shall take
+ _His_ chamber in the silent halls of death.
+ --BRYANT.
+
+[Sidenote: _Avoided: By using both pronouns._]
+
+Sometimes this is avoided by using both the masculine and the feminine
+pronoun; for example,--
+
+ Not the feeblest _grandame_, not a mowing _idiot_, but uses what
+ spark of perception and faculty is left, to chuckle and triumph
+ in _his or her_ opinion.--EMERSON.
+
+ It is a game which has been played for untold ages, every _man_
+ and _woman_ of us being one of the two players in a game of _his
+ or her_ own.--HUXLEY.
+
+_By using the plural pronoun._
+
+411. Another way of referring to an antecedent which is a
+distributive pronoun or a noun modified by a distributive adjective,
+is to use the plural of the pronoun following. This is not considered
+the best usage, the logical analysis requiring the singular pronoun in
+each case; but the construction is frequently found _when the
+antecedent includes or implies both genders_. The masculine does not
+really represent a feminine antecedent, and the expression _his or
+her_ is avoided as being cumbrous.
+
+Notice the following examples of the plural:--
+
+ _Neither_ of the sisters _were_ very much deceived.--THACKERAY.
+
+ _Every one_ must judge of _their_ own feelings.--BYRON.
+
+ Had the doctor been contented to take my dining tables, as
+ _anybody_ in _their_ senses would have done.--AUSTEN.
+
+ If the part deserve any comment, every considering _Christian_
+ will make it _themselves_ as they go.--DEFOE.
+
+ _Every person's_ happiness depends in part upon the respect
+ _they_ meet in the world.--PALEY.
+
+ _Every nation_ have _their_ refinements--STERNE.
+
+ _Neither_ gave vent to _their_ feelings in words.--SCOTT.
+
+ _Each_ of the nations acted according to _their_ national
+ custom.--PALGRAVE.
+
+ The sun, which pleases _everybody_ with it and with
+ _themselves_.--RUSKIN.
+
+ Urging _every one_ within reach of your influence to be neat, and
+ giving _them_ means of being so.--_Id._
+
+ _Everybody_ will become of use in _their_ own fittest way.--_Id._
+
+ _Everybody_ said _they_ thought it was the newest thing
+ there.--WENDELL PHILLIPS.
+
+ Struggling for life, _each_ almost bursting _their_ sinews to
+ force the other off.--PAULDING.
+
+ _Whosoever_ hath any gold, let _them_ break it off.--_Bible._
+
+ _Nobody_ knows what it is to lose a friend, till _they_ have lost
+ him.--FIELDING.
+
+ Where she was gone, or what was become of her, _no one_ could
+ take upon _them_ to say.--SHERIDAN.
+
+ I do not mean that I think _any one_ to blame for taking due care
+ of _their_ health.--ADDISON.
+
+
+Exercise.--In the above sentences, _unless both genders are
+implied_, change the pronoun to agree with its antecedent.
+
+
+RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+I. RESTRICTIVE AND UNRESTRICTIVE RELATIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _What these terms mean._]
+
+412. As to their conjunctive use, the definite relatives who,
+which, and that may be cooerdinating or restrictive.
+
+A relative, when cooerdinating, or unrestrictive, is equivalent to a
+conjunction (_and_, _but_, _because_, etc.) and a personal pronoun.
+It adds a new statement to what precedes, that being considered
+already clear; as, "I gave it to the beggar, _who_ went away." This
+means, "I gave it to the beggar [we know which one], _and he_ went
+away."
+
+A relative, when restrictive, introduces a clause to limit and make
+clear some preceding word. The clause is restricted to the antecedent,
+and does not add a new statement; it merely couples a thought
+necessary to define the antecedent: as, "I gave it to a beggar _who_
+stood at the gate." It defines _beggar_.
+
+
+413. It is sometimes contended that who and which should always
+be cooerdinating, and that always restrictive; but, according to the
+practice of every modern writer, the usage must be stated as
+follows:--
+
+[Sidenote: _A loose rule the only one to be formulated._]
+
+Who and which are either cooerdinating or restrictive, the taste of
+the writer and regard for euphony being the guide.
+
+That is in most cases restrictive, the cooerdinating use not being
+often found among careful writers.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+In the following examples, tell whether _who_, _which_, and _that_ are
+restrictive or not, in each instance:--
+
+[Sidenote: Who.]
+
+ 1. "Here he is now!" cried those who stood near
+ Ernest.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ 2. He could overhear the remarks of various individuals, who were
+ comparing the features with the face on the mountain side.--_Id._
+
+ 3. The particular recording angel who heard it pretended not to
+ understand, or it might have gone hard with the tutor.--HOLMES.
+
+ 4. Yet how many are there who up, down, and over England are
+ saying, etc.--H.W. BEECHER
+
+ 5. A grizzly-looking man appeared, whom we took to be sixty or
+ seventy years old.--THOREAU.
+
+[Sidenote: Which.]
+
+ 6. The volume which I am just about terminating is almost as much
+ English history as Dutch.--MOTLEY.
+
+ 7. On hearing their plan, which was to go over the Cordilleras,
+ she agreed to join the party.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ 8. Even the wild story of the incident which had immediately
+ occasioned the explosion of this madness fell in with the
+ universal prostration of mind.--_Id._
+
+ 9. Their colloquies are all gone to the fire except this first,
+ which Mr. Hare has printed.--CARLYLE.
+
+ 10. There is a particular science which takes these matters in
+ hand, and it is called logic.--NEWMAN.
+
+[Sidenote: That.]
+
+ 11. So different from the wild, hard-mouthed horses at Westport,
+ that were often vicious.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ 12. He was often tempted to pluck the flowers that rose
+ everywhere about him in the greatest variety.--ADDISON.
+
+ 13. He felt a gale of perfumes breathing upon him, that grew
+ stronger and sweeter in proportion as he advanced.--_Id._
+
+ 14. With narrow shoulders, long arms and legs, hands that dangled
+ a mile out of his sleeves.--IRVING.
+
+
+
+II. RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The rule._]
+
+414. The general rule is, that the relative pronoun agrees with its
+antecedent in person and number.
+
+[Sidenote: _In what sense true._]
+
+This cannot be true as to the form of the pronoun, as that does not
+vary for person or number. We say _I_, _you_, _he_, _they_, etc.,
+_who_; _these_ or _that_ _which_, etc. However, the relative _carries
+over_ the agreement from the antecedent before to the verb following,
+so far as the verb has forms to show its agreement with a substantive.
+For example, in the sentence, "He that writes to himself writes to an
+eternal public," _that_ is invariable as to person and number, but,
+because of its antecedent, it makes the verb third person singular.
+
+Notice the agreement in the following sentences:--
+
+ There is not _one_ of the company, but _myself_, who rarely
+ _speak_ at all, but _speaks_ of him as that sort, etc.--ADDISON.
+
+ O _Time!_ who _know'st_ a lenient hand to lay Softest on sorrow's
+ wound.--BOWLES.
+
+ Let us be of good cheer, remembering that the misfortunes hardest
+ to bear are _those_ which never _come._--LOWELL.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _A disputed point._]
+
+415. This prepares the way for the consideration of one of the vexed
+questions,--whether we should say, "one of the finest books that _has_
+been published," or, "one of the finest books that _have_ been
+published."
+
+[Sidenote: One of ... [_plural_] that who, _or_ which ... [_singular
+or plural_.]]
+
+ The pale realms of shade, where _each_ shall take
+ _His_ chamber in the silent halls of death.
+ --BRYANT.
+
+Both constructions are frequently found, the reason being a difference
+of opinion as to the antecedent. Some consider it to be _one_ [book]
+_of the finest books_, with _one_ as the principal word, the true
+antecedent; others regard _books_ as the antecedent, and write the
+verb in the plural. The latter is rather more frequent, but the former
+has good authority.
+
+The following quotations show both sides:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Plural._]
+
+ He was one of the very few commanders who _appear_ to have shown
+ equal skill in directing a campaign, in winning a battle, and in
+ improving a victory.--LECKY.
+
+ He was one of the most distinguished scientists who _have_ ever
+ lived.--J.T.MORSE, Jr., _Franklin._
+
+ It is one of those periods which _shine_ with an unnatural and
+ delusive splendor.--MACAULAY.
+
+ A very little encouragement brought back one of those overflows
+ which _make_ one more ashamed, etc.--HOLMES.
+
+ I am one of those who _believe_ that the real will never find an
+ irremovable basis till it rests on the ideal.--LOWELL.
+
+ French literature of the eighteenth century, one of the most
+ powerful agencies that _have_ ever existed.--M. ARNOLD.
+
+ What man's life is not overtaken by one or more of those
+ tornadoes that _send_ us out of our course?--THACKERAY.
+
+ He is one of those that _deserve_ very well.--ADDISON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Singular._]
+
+ The fiery youth ... struck down one of those who _was_ pressing
+ hardest.--SCOTT.
+
+ He appeared to me one of the noblest creatures that ever _was_,
+ when he derided the shams of society.--HOWELLS.
+
+ A rare Roundabout performance,--one of the very best that _has_
+ ever appeared in this series.--THACKERAY.
+
+ Valancourt was the hero of one of the most famous romances which
+ ever _was_ published in this country.--_Id._
+
+ It is one of the errors which _has_ been diligently propagated by
+ designing writers.--IRVING.
+
+ "I am going to breakfast with one of these fellows who _is_ at
+ the Piazza Hotel."--DICKENS.
+
+ The "Economy of the Animal Kingdom" is one of those books which
+ _is_ an honor to the human race.--EMERSON.
+
+ Tom Puzzle is one of the most eminent immethodical disputants of
+ any that _has_ fallen under my observation.--ADDISON.
+
+ The richly canopied monument of one of the most earnest souls
+ that ever gave _itself_ to the arts.--RUSKIN.
+
+
+III. OMISSION OF THE RELATIVE.
+
+416. Although the omission of the relative is common when it would
+be the object of the verb or preposition _expressed_, there is an
+omission which is not frequently found in careful writers; that is,
+when the relative word is a pronoun, object of a preposition
+_understood_, or is equivalent to the conjunction _when_, _where_,
+_whence_, and such like: as, "He returned by the same route [by which]
+he came;" "India is the place [in which, or where] he died." Notice
+these sentences:--
+
+ In the posture I lay, I could see nothing except the sky.--SWIFT.
+
+ This is he that should marshal us the way we were
+ going.--EMERSON.
+
+ But I by backward steps would move;
+ And, when this dust falls to the urn,
+ In that same state I came, return.--VAUGHAN.
+
+ Welcome the hour my aged limbs
+ Are laid with thee to rest.--BURNS.
+
+ The night was concluded in the manner we began the
+ morning.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ The same day I went aboard we set sail.--DEFOE.
+
+ The vulgar historian of a Cromwell fancies that he had determined
+ on being Protector of England, at the time he was plowing the
+ marsh lands of Cambridgeshire.--CARLYLE.
+
+ To pass under the canvas in the manner he had entered required
+ time and attention.--SCOTT.
+
+
+Exercise.--In the above sentences, insert the omitted conjunction or
+phrase, and see if the sentence is made clearer.
+
+
+
+IV. THE RELATIVE _AS_ AFTER _SAME_.
+
+417. It is very rarely that we find such sentences as,--
+
+ He considered...me as his apprentice, and accordingly expected
+ the same service from me _as_ he would from another.--FRANKLIN.
+
+ This has the same effect in natural faults _as_ maiming and
+ mutilation produce from accidents.--BURKE.
+
+[Sidenote: _The regular construction_.]
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution_.]
+
+The usual way is to use the relative _as_ after _same_ if no verb
+follows _as;_ but, if _same_ is followed by a complete clause, _as_ is
+not used, but we find the relative _who, which,_ or _that_. Remember
+this applies only to _as_ when used as a relative.
+
+Examples of the use of _as_ in a contracted clause:--
+
+ Looking to the same end _as_ Turner, and working in the same
+ spirit, he, with Turner, was a discoverer, etc.--R.W. CHURCH.
+
+ They believe the same of all the works of art, _as_ of knives,
+ boats, looking-glasses.--ADDISON.
+
+Examples of relatives following _same_ in full clauses:--
+
+[Sidenote: Who.]
+
+ This is the very same rogue _who_ sold us the spectacles.
+ --GOLDSMITH.
+
+ The same person _who_ had clapped his thrilling hands at the
+ first representation of the Tempest.--MACAULAY.
+
+[Sidenote: That.]
+
+ I rubbed on some of the same ointment _that_ was given me at my
+ first arrival.--SWIFT.
+
+[Sidenote: Which.]
+
+ For the same sound is in my ears
+ _Which_ in those days I heard.--WORDSWORTH.
+
+ With the same minuteness _which_ her predecessor had exhibited,
+ she passed the lamp over her face and person.--SCOTT.
+
+
+
+V. MISUSE OF RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Anacoluthic use of_ which.]
+
+418. There is now and then found in the pages of literature a
+construction which imitates the Latin, but which is usually carefully
+avoided. It is a use of the relative _which_ so as to make an
+anacoluthon, or lack of proper connection between the clauses; for
+example,--
+
+ _Which_, if I had resolved to go on with, I might as well have
+ staid at home.--DEFOE
+
+ _Which_ if he attempted to do, Mr. Billings vowed that he would
+ follow him to Jerusalem.--THACKERAY.
+
+ We know not the incantation of the heart that would wake
+ them;--_which_ if they once heard, they would start up to meet us
+ in the power of long ago.--RUSKIN.
+
+ He delivered the letter, _which_ when Mr. Thornhill had read, he
+ said that all submission was now too late.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ But still the house affairs would draw her thence;
+ _Which_ ever as she could with haste dispatch,
+ She'd come again.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+As the sentences stand, _which_ really has no office in the sentence:
+it should be changed to a demonstrative or a personal pronoun, and
+this be placed in the proper clause.
+
+Exercise.--Rewrite the above five sentences so as to make the proper
+grammatical connection in each.
+
+
+[Sidenote: And who, and which, _etc._]
+
+419. There is another kind of expression which slips into the lines
+of even standard authors, but which is always regarded as an oversight
+and a blemish.
+
+The following sentence affords an example: "The rich are now engaged
+in distributing what remains among the poorer sort, _and who_ are now
+thrown upon their compassion." The trouble is that such conjunctions
+as _and_, _but_, _or_, etc., should connect expressions of the same
+kind: _and who_ makes us look for a preceding _who_, but none is
+expressed. There are three ways to remedy the sentence quoted: thus,
+(1) "Among those _who_ are poor, _and who_ are now," etc.; (2) "Among
+the poorer sort, _who_ are now thrown," etc.; (3) "Among the poorer
+sort, now thrown upon their," etc. That is,--
+
+[Sidenote: _Direction for rewriting._]
+
+Express both relatives, or omit the conjunction, or leave out both
+connective and relative.
+
+Exercise.
+
+Rewrite the following examples according to the direction just
+given:--
+
+[Sidenote: And who.]
+
+ 1. Hester bestowed all her means on wretches less miserable than
+ herself, and who not unfrequently insulted the hand that fed
+ them.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ 2. With an albatross perched on his shoulder, and who might be
+ introduced to the congregation as the immediate organ of his
+ conversion.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ 3. After this came Elizabeth herself, then in the full glow of
+ what in a sovereign was called beauty, and who would in the
+ lowest walk of life have been truly judged to possess a noble
+ figure.--SCOTT.
+
+ 4. This was a gentleman, once a great favorite of M. le Conte,
+ and in whom I myself was not a little interested.--THACKERAY.
+
+[Sidenote: But who.]
+
+ 5. Yonder woman was the wife of a certain learned man, English by
+ name, but who had long dwelt in Amsterdam.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ 6. Dr. Ferguson considered him as a man of a powerful capacity,
+ but whose mind was thrown off its just bias.--SCOTT.
+
+[Sidenote: Or who.]
+
+ 7. "What knight so craven, then," exclaims the chivalrous
+ Venetian, "that he would not have been more than a match for the
+ stoutest adversary; or who would not have lost his life a
+ thousand times sooner than return dishonored by the lady of his
+ love?"--PRESCOTT.
+
+[Sidenote: And which.]
+
+ 8. There are peculiar quavers still to be heard in that church,
+ and which may even be heard a mile off.--IRVING.
+
+ 9. The old British tongue was replaced by a debased Latin, like
+ that spoken in the towns, and in which inscriptions are found in
+ the western counties.--PEARSON.
+
+ 10. I shall have complete copies, one of signal interest, and
+ which has never been described.--MOTLEY.
+
+[Sidenote: But which.]
+
+ 11. "A mockery, indeed, but in which the soul trifled with
+ itself!"--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ 12. I saw upon the left a scene far different, but which yet the
+ power of dreams had reconciled into harmony.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+[Sidenote: Or which.]
+
+ 13. He accounted the fair-spoken courtesy, which the Scotch had
+ learned, either from imitation of their frequent allies, the
+ French, or which might have arisen from their own proud and
+ reserved character, as a false and astucious mark, etc.--SCOTT.
+
+
+[Sidenote: That ... and which, _etc._]
+
+420. Akin to the above is another fault, which is likewise a
+variation from the best usage. Two different relatives are sometimes
+found referring back to the same antecedent in one sentence; whereas
+the better practice is to choose one relative, and repeat this for any
+further reference.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Rewrite the following quotations by repeating one relative instead of
+using two for the same antecedent:--
+
+[Sidenote: That ... who.]
+
+ 1. Still in the confidence of children that tread without fear
+ every chamber in their father's house, and to whom no door is
+ closed.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ 2. Those renowned men that were our ancestors as much as yours,
+ and whose examples and principles we inherit.--BEECHER.
+
+ 3. The Tree Igdrasil, that has its roots down in the kingdoms
+ of Hela and Death, and whose boughs overspread the highest
+ heaven!--CARLYLE.
+
+[Sidenote: That ... which.]
+
+ 4. Christianity is a religion that reveals men as the object of
+ God's infinite love, and which commends him to the unbounded love
+ of his brethren.--W.E. CHANNING.
+
+ 5. He flung into literature, in his Mephistopheles, the first
+ organic figure that has been added for some ages, and which will
+ remain as long as the Prometheus.--EMERSON.
+
+ 6. Gutenburg might also have struck out an idea that surely did
+ not require any extraordinary ingenuity, and which left the most
+ important difficulties to be surmounted.--HALLAM.
+
+ 7. Do me the justice to tell me what I have a title to be
+ acquainted with, and which I am certain to know more truly from
+ you than from others.--SCOTT.
+
+ 8. He will do this amiable little service out of what one may
+ say old civilization has established in place of goodness of
+ heart, but which is perhaps not so different from it.--HOWELLS.
+
+ 9. In my native town of Salem, at the head of what, half a
+ century ago, was a bustling wharf,--but which is now burdened
+ with decayed wooden warehouses.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ 10. His recollection of what he considered as extreme
+ presumption in the Knight of the Leopard, even when he stood high
+ in the roles of chivalry, but which, in his present condition,
+ appeared an insult sufficient to drive the fiery monarch into a
+ frenzy of passion.--SCOTT
+
+[Sidenote: That which ... what.]
+
+ 11. He, now without any effort but that which he derived from the
+ sill, and what little his feet could secure the irregular
+ crevices, was hung in air.--W.G. SIMMS.
+
+[Sidenote: Such as ... which.]
+
+ 12. It rose into a thrilling passion, such as my heart had always
+ dimly craved and hungered after, but which now first interpreted
+ itself to my ear.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ 13. I recommend some honest manual calling, such as they have
+ very probably been bred to, and which will at least give them a
+ chance of becoming President.--HOLMES.
+
+[Sidenote: Such as ... whom.]
+
+ 14. I grudge the dollar, the dime, the cent, I give to such men
+ as do not belong to me, and to whom I do not belong.--EMERSON.
+
+[Sidenote: Which ... that ... that.]
+
+ 15. That evil influence which carried me first away from my
+ father's house, that hurried me into the wild and undigested
+ notion of making my fortune, and that impressed these conceits so
+ forcibly upon me.--DEFOE.
+
+
+
+ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS.
+
+[Sidenote: Each other, one another.]
+
+421. The student is sometimes troubled whether to use each other
+or one another in expressing reciprocal relation or action. Whether
+either one refers to a certain number of persons or objects, whether
+or not the two are equivalent, may be gathered from a study of the
+following sentences:--
+
+ They [Ernest and the poet] led _one another_, as it were, into
+ the high pavilion of their thoughts.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ Men take _each other's_ measure when they meet for the first
+ time.--EMERSON.
+
+ You ruffian! do you fancy I forget that we were fond of _each
+ other_?--THACKERAY.
+
+ England was then divided between kings and Druids, always at war
+ with _one another_, carrying off _each other's_ cattle and
+ wives.--BREWER
+
+ The topics follow _each other_ in the happiest order.--MACAULAY.
+
+ The Peers at a conference begin to pommel _each other_.--_Id._
+
+ We call ourselves a rich nation, and we are filthy and foolish
+ enough to thumb _each other's_ books out of circulating
+ libraries.--RUSKIN.
+
+ The real hardships of life are now coming fast upon us; let us
+ not increase them by dissension among _each other_.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ In a moment we were all shaking hands with _one
+ another_.--DICKENS.
+
+ The unjust purchaser forces the two to bid against _each
+ other._--RUSKIN.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Distributives_ either _and_ neither.]
+
+422. By their original meaning, either and neither refer to only
+two persons or objects; as, for example,--
+
+ Some one must be poor, and in want of his gold--or his corn.
+ Assume that no one is in want of _either_.--RUSKIN
+
+ Their [Ernest's and the poet's] minds accorded into one strain,
+ and made delightful music which _neither_ could have claimed as
+ all his own.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of_ any.]
+
+Sometimes these are made to refer to several objects, in which case
+any should be used instead; as,--
+
+ Was it the winter's storm? was it hard labor and spare meals? was
+ it disease? was it the tomahawk? Is it possible that _neither_ of
+ these causes, that not all combined, were able to blast this bud
+ of hope?--EVERETT.
+
+ Once I took such delight in Montaigne ...; before that, in
+ Shakespeare; then in Plutarch; then in Plotinus; at one time in
+ Bacon; afterwards in Goethe; even in Bettine; but now I turn the
+ pages of _either_ of them languidly, whilst I still cherish their
+ genius.--EMERSON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Any _usually plural_.]
+
+423. The adjective pronoun any is nearly always regarded as
+plural, as shown in the following sentences:--
+
+ If _any_ of you _have_ been accustomed to look upon these hours
+ as mere visionary hours, I beseech you, etc.--BEECHER
+
+ Whenever, during his stay at Yuste, _any_ of his friends had
+ died, he had been punctual in doing honor to _their_
+ memory.--STIRLING.
+
+ But I enjoy the company and conversation of its inhabitants, when
+ _any_ of them _are_ so good as to visit me.--FRANKLIN.
+
+ Do you think, when I spoke anon of the ghosts of Pryor's
+ children, I mean that _any_ of them _are_ dead?--THACKERAY.
+
+In earlier Modern English, _any_ was often singular; as,--
+
+ If _any_, speak; for _him_ have I offended.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ If _any_ of you lack wisdom, let _him_ ask of God.--_Bible_.
+
+Very rarely the singular is met with in later times; as,--
+
+ Here is a poet doubtless as much affected by his own descriptions
+ as _any_ that _reads_ them can be.--BURKE.
+
+[Sidenote: _Caution_.]
+
+The above instances are to be distinguished from the adjective _any_,
+which is plural as often as singular.
+
+
+[Sidenote: None _usually plural_.]
+
+424. The adjective pronoun none is, in the prose of the present
+day, usually plural, although it is historically a contraction of _ne
+an_ (not one). Examples of its use are,--
+
+ In earnest, if ever man was; as _none_ of the French philosophers
+ _were_.--CARLYLE.
+
+ _None_ of Nature's powers _do_ better service.--PROF. DANA
+
+ One man answers some question which _none_ of his contemporaries
+ _put_, and is isolated.--EMERSON.
+
+ _None obey_ the command of duty so well as those who are free
+ from the observance of slavish bondage.--SCOTT.
+
+ Do you think, when I spoke anon of the ghosts of Pryor's
+ children, I mean that any of them are dead? _None are_, that I
+ know of.--THACKERAY.
+
+ Early apples begin to be ripe about the first of August; but I
+ think _none_ of them _are_ so good to eat as some to
+ smell.--THOREAU.
+
+The singular use of _none_ is often found in the Bible; as,--
+
+ _None_ of them _was_ cleansed, saving Naaman the Syrian.--LUKE iv
+ 27
+
+Also the singular is sometimes found in present-day English in prose,
+and less rarely in poetry; for example,--
+
+ Perhaps _none_ of our Presidents since Washington _has_ stood so
+ firm in the confidence of the people.--LOWELL
+
+ In signal _none his_ steed should spare.--SCOTT
+
+Like the use of _any_, the pronoun _none_ should be distinguished from
+the adjective _none_, which is used absolutely, and hence is more
+likely to confuse the student.
+
+Compare with the above the following sentences having the adjective
+_none_:--
+
+ Reflecting a summer evening sky in its bosom, though _none_ [no
+ sky] was visible overhead.--THOREAU
+
+ The holy fires were suffered to go out in the temples, and _none_
+ [no fires] were lighted in their own dwellings.--PRESCOTT
+
+
+[Sidenote: All _singular and plural_.]
+
+425. The pronoun all has the singular construction when it means
+_everything_; the plural, when it means _all persons_: for example,--
+
+[Sidenote: _Singular_.]
+
+ The light troops thought ... that _all was_ lost.--PALGRAVE
+
+ _All was_ won on the one side, and _all was_ lost on the
+ other.--BAYNE
+
+ Having done _all_ that _was_ just toward others.--NAPIER
+
+[Sidenote: _Plural_.]
+
+ But the King's treatment of the great lords will be judged
+ leniently by _all_ who _remember_, etc.--PEARSON.
+
+ When _all were_ gone, fixing his eyes on the mace, etc.--LINGARD
+
+ _All_ who did not understand French _were_ compelled,
+ etc.--McMASTER.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Somebody's else, _or_ somebody else's?]
+
+426. The compounds somebody else, any one else, nobody else, etc.,
+are treated as units, and the apostrophe is regularly added to the
+final word _else_ instead of the first. Thackeray has the expression
+_somebody's else_, and Ford has _nobody's else_, but the regular usage
+is shown in the following selections:--
+
+ A boy who is fond of _somebody else's_ pencil case.--G. ELIOT.
+
+ A suit of clothes like _somebody else's_.--THACKERAY.
+
+ Drawing off his gloves and warming his hands before the fire as
+ benevolently as if they were _somebody else's_.--DICKENS.
+
+ Certainly not! nor _any one else's_ ropes.--RUSKIN.
+
+ Again, my pronunciation--like _everyone else's_--is in some cases
+ more archaic.--SWEET.
+
+ Then everybody wanted some of _somebody else's_.--RUSKIN.
+
+ His hair...curled once all over it in long tendrils, unlike
+ _anybody else's_ in the world.--N.P. WILLIS.
+
+ "Ye see, there ain't nothin' wakes folks up like _somebody
+ else's_ wantin' what you've got."--MRS. STOWE.
+
+
+
+
+ADJECTIVES.
+
+
+AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES WITH NOUNS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: These sort, all manner of, _etc._]
+
+427. The statement that adjectives agree with their nouns in number
+is restricted to the words this and that (with these and
+those), as these are the only adjectives that have separate forms
+for singular and plural; and it is only in one set of expressions that
+the concord seems to be violated,--in such as "_these sort_ of books,"
+"_those kind_ of trees," "_all manner_ of men;" the nouns being
+singular, the adjectives plural. These expressions are all but
+universal in spoken English, and may be found not infrequently in
+literary English; for example,--
+
+ _These kind_ of knaves I know, which in this plainness
+ Harbor more craft, etc.--SHAKESPEARE
+
+ All _these sort_ of things.--SHERIDAN.
+
+ I hoped we had done with _those sort_ of things.--MULOCH.
+
+ You have been so used to _those sort_ of impertinences.--SYDNEY
+ SMITH.
+
+ Whitefield or Wesley, or some other such great man as a bishop,
+ or _those sort_ of people.--FIELDING.
+
+ I always delight in overthrowing _those kind_ of
+ schemes.--AUSTEN.
+
+ There are women as well as men who can thoroughly enjoy _those
+ sort_ of romantic spots.--_Saturday Review_, London.
+
+ The library was open, with _all manner_ of amusing
+ books.--RUSKIN.
+
+According to the approved usage of Modern English, each one of the
+above adjectives would have to be changed to the singular, or the
+nouns to the plural.
+
+[Sidenote: _History of this construction._]
+
+The reason for the prevalence of these expressions must be sought in
+the history of the language: it cannot be found in the statement that
+the adjective is made plural by the attraction of a noun following.
+
+[Sidenote: _At the source._]
+
+In Old and Middle English, in keeping with the custom of looking at
+things concretely rather than in the abstract, they said, not "all
+_kinds_ of wild animals," but "alles cunnes wilde deor" (wild animals
+of-every-kind). This the modern expression reverses.
+
+[Sidenote: _Later form._]
+
+But in early Middle English the modern way of regarding such
+expressions also appeared, gradually displacing the old.
+
+[Sidenote: _The result._]
+
+Consequently we have a confused expression. We keep the form of
+logical agreement in standard English, such as, "_This sort_ of trees
+should be planted;" but at the same time the noun following _kind of_
+is felt to be the real subject, and the adjective is, in spoken
+English, made to agree with it, which accounts for the construction,
+"_These kind of_ trees are best."
+
+[Sidenote: _A question._]
+
+The inconvenience of the logical construction is seen when we wish to
+use a predicate with number forms. Should we say, "This kind of rules
+_are_ the best," or "This kind of rules _is_ the best?" _Kind_ or
+_sort_ may be treated as a collective noun, and in this way may take a
+plural verb; for example, Burke's sentence, "A _sort_ of uncertain
+sounds _are_, when the necessary dispositions concur, more alarming
+than a total silence."
+
+
+
+COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE FORMS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of the comparative degree._]
+
+428. The comparative degree of the adjective (or adverb) is used
+when we wish to compare two objects or sets of objects, or one object
+with a class of objects, to express a higher degree of quality; as,--
+
+ Which is _the better_ able to defend himself,--a strong man with
+ nothing but his fists, or a paralytic cripple encumbered with a
+ sword which he cannot lift?--MACAULAY.
+
+ Of two such lessons, why forget
+ The _nobler_ and the _manlier_ one?
+ --BYRON.
+
+ We may well doubt which has the _stronger_ claim to civilization,
+ the victor or the vanquished.--PRESCOTT.
+
+ A _braver_ ne'er to battle rode.--SCOTT.
+
+ He is _taller,_ by almost the breadth of my nail, than any of his
+ court.--SWIFT.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Other _after the comparative form._]
+
+429. When an object is compared with the class to which it belongs,
+it is regularly excluded from that class by the word _other_; if not,
+the object would really be compared with itself: thus,--
+
+ The character of Lady Castlewood has required more delicacy in
+ its manipulation than perhaps any _other_ which Thackeray has
+ drawn.--TROLLOPE.
+
+ I used to watch this patriarchal personage with livelier
+ curiosity than any _other_ form of humanity.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+See if the word _other_ should be inserted in the following
+sentences:--
+
+ 1. There was no man who could make a more graceful bow than Mr.
+ Henry.--WIRT.
+
+ 2. I am concerned to see that Mr. Gary, to whom Dante owes more
+ than ever poet owed to translator, has sanctioned,
+ etc.--MACAULAY.
+
+ 3. There is no country in which wealth is so sensible of its
+ obligations as our own.--LOWELL.
+
+ 4. This is more sincerely done in the Scandinavian than in any
+ mythology I know.--CARLYLE.
+
+ 5. In "Thaddeus of Warsaw" there is more crying than in any novel
+ I remember to have read.--THACKERAY.
+
+ 6. The heroes of another writer [Cooper] are quite the equals of
+ Scott's men; perhaps Leather-stocking is better than any one in
+ "Scott's lot."--_Id._
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Use of the superlative degree._]
+
+430. The superlative degree of the adjective (or adverb) is used
+regularly in comparing more than two things, but is also frequently
+used in comparing only two things.
+
+Examples of superlative with several objects:--
+
+ It is a case of which the _simplest_ statement is the
+ _strongest_.--MACAULAY.
+
+ Even Dodd himself, who was one of the _greatest_ humbugs who ever
+ lived, would not have had the face.--THACKERAY.
+
+ To the man who plays well, the _highest_ stakes are
+ paid.--HUXLEY.
+
+[Sidenote: _Superlative with two objects._]
+
+Compare the first three sentences in Sec. 428 with the following:--
+
+ Which do you love _best_ to behold, the lamb or the lion?
+ --THACKERAY.
+
+ Which of these methods has the _best_ effect? Both of them are
+ the same to the sense, and differ only in form.--DR BLAIR.
+
+ Rip was one of those ... who eat white bread or brown, whichever
+ can be got _easiest_.--IRVING.
+
+ It is hard to say whether the man of wisdom or the man of folly
+ contributed _most_ to the amusement of the party.--SCOTT.
+
+ There was an interval of three years between Mary and Anne. The
+ _eldest_, Mary, was like the Stuarts--the _younger_ was a fair
+ English child.--MRS. OLIPHANT.
+
+ Of the two great parties which at this hour almost share the
+ nation between them, I should say that one has the _best_ cause,
+ and the other contains the _best_ men.--EMERSON.
+
+ In all disputes between States, though the _strongest_ is nearly
+ always mainly in the wrong, the _weaker_ is often so in a minor
+ degree.--RUSKIN.
+
+ She thought him and Olivia extremely of a size, and would bid
+ both to stand up to see which was the _tallest_.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ These two properties seem essential to wit, more particularly the
+ _last_ of them.--ADDISON.
+
+ "Ha, ha, ha!" roared Goodman Brown when the wind laughed at him.
+ "Let us see which will laugh _loudest_."--HAWTHORNE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Double comparative and superlative._]
+
+431. In Shakespeare's time it was quite common to use a double
+comparative and superlative by using _more_ or _most_ before the word
+already having _-er_ or _-est_. Examples from Shakespeare are,--
+
+ How much _more elder_ art thou than thy looks!--_Merchant of
+ Venice._
+
+ Nor that I am _more better_ than Prospero.--_Tempest._
+
+ Come you _more nearer_.--_Hamlet._
+
+ With the _most boldest_ and best hearts of Rome.--_J. Caesar._
+
+Also from the same period,--
+
+ Imitating the manner of the _most ancientest_ and _finest_
+ Grecians.--BEN JONSON.
+
+ After the _most straitest_ sect of our religion.--_Bible_, 1611.
+
+Such expressions are now heard only in vulgar English. The following
+examples are used purposely, to represent the characters as ignorant
+persons:--
+
+ The artful saddler persuaded the young traveler to look at "the
+ _most convenientest_ and _handsomest_ saddle that ever was
+ seen."--BULWER.
+
+ "There's nothing comes out but the _most lowest_ stuff in nature;
+ not a bit of high life among them."--GOLDSMITH.
+
+
+_THREE FIRST_ OR _FIRST THREE_?
+
+432. As to these two expressions, over which a little war has so
+long been buzzing, we think it not necessary to say more than that
+both are in good use; not only so in popular speech, but in literary
+English. Instances of both are given below.
+
+The meaning intended is the same, and the reader gets the same idea
+from both: hence there is properly a perfect liberty in the use of
+either or both.
+
+[Sidenote: First three, _etc._]
+
+ For Carlyle, and Secretary Walsingham also, have been helping
+ them heart and soul for the _last two_ years.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ The delay in the _first three_ lines, and conceit in the last,
+ jar upon us constantly.--RUSKIN.
+
+ The _last dozen_ miles before you reach the suburbs.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ Mankind for the _first seventy thousand_ ages ate their meat
+ raw.--LAMB.
+
+ The _first twenty_ numbers were expressed by a corresponding
+ number of dots. The _first five_ had specific names.--PRESCOTT.
+
+[Sidenote: Three first, _etc._]
+
+ These are the _three first_ needs of civilized life.--RUSKIN.
+
+ He has already finished the _three first_ sticks of it.--ADDISON.
+
+ In my _two last_ you had so much of Lismahago that I suppose you
+ are glad he is gone.--SMOLLETT.
+
+ I have not numbered the lines except of the _four first_ books.
+ --COWPER.
+
+ The _seven first_ centuries were filled with a succession of
+ triumphs.--GIBBON.
+
+
+
+
+ARTICLES.
+
+[Sidenote: _Definite article_.]
+
+433. The definite article is repeated before each of two modifiers
+of the same noun, when the purpose is to call attention to the noun
+expressed and the one understood. In such a case two or more separate
+objects are usually indicated by the separation of the modifiers.
+Examples of this construction are,--
+
+[Sidenote: _With a singular noun_.]
+
+ The merit of _the Barb_, _the Spanish_, and _the English_ breed
+ is derived from a mixture of Arabian blood.--GIBBON.
+
+ _The righteous_ man is distinguished from _the unrighteous_ by
+ his desire and hope of justice.--RUSKIN.
+
+ He seemed deficient in sympathy for concrete human things either
+ on _the sunny_ or _the stormy_ side.--CARLYLE.
+
+ It is difficult to imagine a greater contrast than that between
+ _the first_ and _the second_ part of the volume.--_The Nation_,
+ No. 1508.
+
+[Sidenote: _With a plural noun_.]
+
+ There was also a fundamental difference of opinion as to whether
+ the earliest cleavage was between _the Northern_ and _the
+ Southern_ languages.--TAYLOR, _Origin of the Aryans_.
+
+434. The same repetition of the article is sometimes found before
+nouns alone, to distinguish clearly, or to emphasize the meaning;
+as,--
+
+ In every line of _the Philip_ and _the Saul_, the greatest poems,
+ I think, of the eighteenth century.--MACAULAY.
+
+ He is master of the two-fold Logos, _the thought_ and _the word_,
+ distinct, but inseparable from each other.--NEWMAN.
+
+ _The flowers_, and _the presents_, and _the trunks and bonnet
+ boxes_ ... having been arranged, the hour of parting
+ came.--THACKERAY.
+
+[Sidenote: The _not repeated. One object and several modifiers, with a
+singular noun_.]
+
+435. Frequently, however, the article is not repeated before each of
+two or more adjectives, as in Sec. 433, but is used with one only;
+as,--
+
+ Or fanciest thou _the red and yellow_ Clothes-screen yonder is
+ but of To-day, without a Yesterday or a To-morrow?--CARLYLE.
+
+ _The lofty_, _melodious_, _and flexible_ language.--SCOTT.
+
+ _The fairest and most loving_ wife in Greece.--TENNYSON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Meaning same as in Sec. 433, with a plural noun_.]
+
+ Neither can there be a much greater resemblance between _the
+ ancient and modern_ general views of the
+ town.--HALLIWELL-PHILLIPPS.
+
+ At Talavera _the English and French_ troops for a moment
+ suspended their conflict.--MACAULAY.
+
+ The Crusades brought to the rising commonwealths of _the Adriatic
+ and Tyrrhene_ seas a large increase of wealth.--_Id._
+
+ Here the youth of both sexes, of _the higher and middling_
+ orders, were placed at a very tender age.--PRESCOTT.
+
+[Sidenote: _Indefinite article_.]
+
+436. The indefinite article is used, like the definite article, to
+limit two or more modified nouns, only one of which is expressed. The
+article is repeated for the purpose of separating or emphasizing the
+modified nouns. Examples of this use are,--
+
+ We shall live _a better_ and _a higher_ and _a nobler_
+ life.--BEECHER.
+
+ The difference between the products of _a well-disciplined_ and
+ those of _an uncultivated_ understanding is often and admirably
+ exhibited by our great dramatist.--S.T. COLERIDGE.
+
+ Let us suppose that the pillars succeed each other, _a round_ and
+ _a square_ one alternately.--BURKE.
+
+ As if the difference between _an accurate_ and _an inaccurate_
+ statement was not worth the trouble of looking into the most
+ common book of reference.--MACAULAY.
+
+ To every room there was _an open_ and _a secret_
+ passage.--JOHNSON.
+
+Notice that in the above sentences (except the first) the noun
+expressed is in contrast with the modified noun omitted.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _One article with several adjectives._]
+
+437. Usually the article is not repeated when the several adjectives
+unite in describing one and the same noun. In the sentences of Secs.
+433 and 436, one noun is expressed; yet the same word understood with
+the other adjectives has a different meaning (except in the first
+sentence of Sec. 436). But in the following sentences, as in the first
+three of Sec. 435, the adjectives assist each other in describing the
+same noun. It is easy to see the difference between the expressions
+"_a red-and-white_ geranium," and "_a red and a white_ geranium."
+
+Examples of several adjectives describing the same object:--
+
+ To inspire us with _a free and quiet_ mind.--B. JONSON.
+
+ Here and there _a desolate and uninhabited_ house.--DICKENS.
+
+ James was declared _a mortal and bloody_ enemy.--MACAULAY.
+
+ So wert thou born into a tuneful strain,
+ _An early, rich, and inexhausted_ vein.
+ --DRYDEN.
+
+[Sidenote: _For rhetorical effect._]
+
+438. The indefinite article (compare Sec. 434) is used to lend
+special emphasis, interest, or clearness to each of several nouns;
+as,--
+
+ James was declared _a_ mortal and bloody _enemy, a tyrant, a
+ murderer_, and _a usurper_.--MACAULAY.
+
+ Thou hast spoken as _a patriot_ and _a Christian_.--BULWER.
+
+ He saw him in his mind's eye, _a collegian, a parliament man--a
+ Baronet_ perhaps.--THACKERAY.
+
+
+
+VERBS.
+
+
+CONCORD OF VERB AND SUBJECT IN NUMBER.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _A broad and loose rule._]
+
+439. In English, the number of the verb follows the meaning rather
+than the form of its subject.
+
+It will not do to state as a general rule that the verb agrees with
+its subject in person and number. This was spoken of in Part I., Sec.
+276, and the following illustrations prove it.
+
+The statements and illustrations of course refer to such verbs as have
+separate forms for singular and plural number.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Singular verb._]
+
+440. The singular form of the verb is used--
+
+[Sidenote: _Subject of singular form._]
+
+(1) When the subject has a singular form and a singular meaning.
+
+ Such, then, _was_ the earliest American _land_.--AGASSIZ.
+
+ _He was_ certainly a happy fellow at this time.--G. ELIOT.
+
+ _He sees_ that it is better to live in peace.--COOPER.
+
+[Sidenote: _Collective noun of singular meaning._]
+
+(2) When the subject is a _collective noun_ which represents a number
+of persons or things _taken as one unit_; as,--
+
+ The larger _breed_ [of camels] _is_ capable of transporting a
+ weight of a thousand pounds.--GIBBON.
+
+ Another _school professes_ entirely opposite principles.--_The
+ Nation._
+
+ In this work there _was_ grouped around him _a score_ of men.--W.
+ PHILLIPS
+
+ A _number_ of jeweled paternosters _was_ attached to her
+ girdle.--FROUDE.
+
+ _Something like a horse load_ of books _has_ been written to
+ prove that it was the beauty who blew up the booby.--CARLYLE
+
+This usage, like some others in this series, depends mostly on the
+writer's own judgment. Another writer might, for example, prefer a
+plural verb after _number_ in Froude's sentence above.
+
+[Sidenote: _Singulars connected by_ or _or_ nor.]
+
+(3) When the subject consists of two or more singular nouns connected
+by _or_ or _nor_; as,--
+
+ It is by no means sure that either our _literature_, or the great
+ intellectual _life_ of our nation, _has_ got already, without
+ academies, all that academies can give.--M. ARNOLD.
+
+ _Jesus is_ not dead, nor _John_, nor _Paul_, nor _Mahomet_.
+ --EMERSON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Plural form and singular meaning._]
+
+(4) When the subject is _plural in form_, but represents a number of
+things to be taken together as _forming one unit_; for example,--
+
+ Thirty-four years _affects_ one's remembrance of some
+ circumstances.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ Between ourselves, three pounds five shillings and two pence _is_
+ no bad day's work.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ Every twenty paces _gives_ you the prospect of some villa; and
+ every four hours, that of a large town.--MONTAGUE
+
+ Two thirds of this _is_ mine by right.--SHERIDAN
+
+ The singular form is also used with book titles, other names, and
+ other singulars of plural form; as,--
+
+ Politics _is_ the only field now open for me.--WHITTIER.
+
+ "Sesame and Lilies" _is_ Ruskin's creed for young
+ girls.--_Critic_, No. 674
+
+ The Three Pigeons _expects_ me down every moment.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+[Sidenote: _Several singular subjects to one singular verb._]
+
+(5) With _several singular subjects not_ disjoined by _or_ or _nor_,
+in the following cases:--
+
+(_a_) Joined by _and_, but considered as meaning about the same thing,
+or as making up one general idea; as,--
+
+ In a word, all his conversation and knowledge _has been_ in the
+ female world--ADDISON.
+
+ The strength and glare of each [color] _is_ considerably
+ abated.--BURKE
+
+ To imagine that debating and logic _is_ the triumph.--CARLYLE
+
+ In a world where even to fold and seal a letter adroitly _is_ not
+ the least of accomplishments.--DE QUINCEY
+
+ The genius and merit of a rising poet _was_ celebrated.--GIBBON.
+
+ When the cause of ages and the fate of nations _hangs_ upon the
+ thread of a debate.--J.Q. ADAMS.
+
+(_b_) Not joined by a conjunction, but each one emphatic, or
+considered as appositional; for example,--
+
+ The unbought grace of life, the cheap defense of nations, the
+ nurse of manly sentiment and heroic enterprise, _is_
+ gone.--BURKE.
+
+ A fever, a mutilation, a cruel disappointment, a loss of wealth,
+ a loss of friends, _seems_ at the moment unpaid loss.--EMERSON
+
+ The author, the wit, the partisan, the fine gentleman, _does_ not
+ take the place of the man.--_Id._
+
+ To receive presents or a bribe, to be guilty of collusion in any
+ way with a suitor, _was_ punished, in a judge, with
+ death.--PRESCOTT.
+
+[Sidenote: _Subjects after the verb._]
+
+This use of several subjects with a singular verb is especially
+frequent when the subjects are after the verb; as,--
+
+ There _is_ a right and a wrong in them.--M ARNOLD.
+
+ There _is_ a moving tone of voice, an impassioned countenance, an
+ agitated gesture.--BURKE
+
+ There _was_ a steel headpiece, a cuirass, a gorget, and greaves,
+ with a pair of gauntlets and a sword hanging beneath.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ Then _comes_ the "Why, sir!" and the "What then, sir?" and the
+ "No, sir!"--MACAULAY.
+
+ For wide _is_ heard the thundering fray,
+ The rout, the ruin, the dismay.
+ --SCOTT.
+
+(_c_) Joined by _as well as_ (in this case the verb agrees with the
+first of the two, no matter if the second is plural); thus,--
+
+ Asia, as well as Europe, _was_ dazzled.--MACAULAY.
+
+ The oldest, as well as the newest, wine
+ _Begins_ to stir itself.
+ --LONGFELLOW.
+
+ Her back, as well as sides, _was_ like to crack.--BUTLER.
+
+ The Epic, as well as the Drama, _is_ divided into tragedy and
+ Comedy.--FIELDING
+
+(_d_) When each of two or more singular subjects is preceded by
+_every_, _each_, _no_, _many a_, and such like adjectives.
+
+ Every fop, every boor, every valet, _is_ a man of wit.--MACAULAY.
+
+ Every sound, every echo, _was_ listened to for five hours.--DE
+ QUINCEY
+
+ Every dome and hollow _has_ the figure of Christ.--RUSKIN.
+
+ Each particular hue and tint _stands_ by itself.--NEWMAN.
+
+ Every law and usage _was_ a man's expedient.--EMERSON.
+
+ Here _is_ no ruin, no discontinuity, no spent ball.--_Id._
+
+ Every week, nay, almost every day, _was_ set down in their
+ calendar for some appropriate celebration.--PRESCOTT.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Plural verb._]
+
+441. The plural form of the verb is used--
+
+(1) When the subject is plural _in form and in meaning_; as,--
+
+ These _bits_ of wood _were_ covered on every square.--SWIFT.
+
+ Far, far away thy children _leave_ the land.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ The Arabian poets _were_ the historians and moralists.--GIBBON.
+
+(2) When the subject is a _collective noun_ in which _the individuals_
+of the collection are thought of; as,--
+
+ A multitude _go_ mad about it.--EMERSON.
+
+ A great number of people _were_ collected at a vendue.--FRANKLIN.
+
+ All our household _are_ at rest.--COLERIDGE.
+
+ A party of workmen _were_ removing the horses.--LEW WALLACE
+
+ The fraternity _were_ inclined to claim for him the honors of
+ canonization.--SCOTT.
+
+ The travelers, of whom there _were_ a number.--B. TAYLOR.
+
+ (3) When the subject consists of _several singulars connected by
+ and_, making up a plural subject, for example,--
+
+ Only Vice and Misery _are_ abroad.--CARLYLE
+
+ But its authorship, its date, and its history _are_ alike a
+ mystery to us.--FROUDE.
+
+ His clothes, shirt, and skin _were_ all of the same color--SWIFT.
+
+ Aristotle and Longinus _are_ better understood by him than
+ Littleton or Coke.--ADDISON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Conjunction omitted._]
+
+The conjunction may be omitted, as in Sec. 440 (5, _b_), but the verb
+is plural, as with a subject of plural form.
+
+ A shady grove, a green pasture, a stream of fresh water, _are_
+ sufficient to attract a colony.--GIBBON.
+
+ The Dauphin, the Duke of Berri, Philip of Anjou, _were_ men of
+ insignificant characters.--MACAULAY
+
+ (4) When a singular is joined with a plural by a disjunctive
+ word, the verb agrees with the one nearest it; as,--
+
+ One or two of these perhaps _survive_.--THOREAU.
+
+ One or two persons in the crowd _were_ insolent.--FROUDE.
+
+ One or two of the ladies _were_ going to leave.--ADDISON
+
+ One or two of these old Cromwellian soldiers _were_ still alive
+ in the village.--THACKERAY
+
+ One or two of whom _were_ more entertaining.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ But notice the construction of this,--
+
+ A ray or two _wanders_ into the darkness.--RUSKIN.
+
+
+AGREEMENT OF VERB AND SUBJECT IN PERSON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _General usage_.]
+
+442. If there is only one person in the subject, the ending of the
+verb indicates the person of its subject; that is, in those few cases
+where there are forms for different persons: as,--
+
+ Never once _didst_ thou revel in the vision.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ Romanism wisely _provides_ for the childish in men.--LOWELL.
+
+ It _hath_ been said my Lord would never take the
+ oath.--THACKERAY.
+
+[Sidenote: _Second or third and first person in the subject_.]
+
+
+443. If the subject is made up of the first person joined with the
+second or third by _and_, the verb takes the construction of the first
+person, the subject being really equivalent to _we_; as,--
+
+ I flatter myself you and I _shall_ meet again.--SMOLLETT.
+
+ You and I _are_ farmers; we never talk politics.--D WEBSTER.
+
+ Ah, brother! only I and thou
+ _Are_ left of all that circle now.
+ --WHITTIER.
+
+ You and I _are_ tolerably modest people.--THACKERAY.
+
+ Cocke and I _have_ felt it in our bones--_Gammer Gurton's Needle_
+
+
+[Sidenote: _With adversative or disjunctive connectives_.]
+
+444. When the subjects, of different persons, are connected by
+adversative or disjunctive conjunctions, the verb usually agrees with
+the pronoun nearest to it; for example,--
+
+ Neither you nor I _should_ be a bit the better or wiser.--RUSKIN.
+
+ If she or you _are_ resolved to be miserable.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ Nothing which Mr. Pattison or I _have_ said.--M. ARNOLD.
+
+ Not Altamont, but thou, _hadst_ been my lord.--ROWE.
+
+ Not I, but thou, his blood _dost_ shed.--BYRON.
+
+This construction is at the best a little awkward. It is avoided
+either by using a verb which has no forms for person (as, "He or I
+_can_ go," "She or you _may_ be sure," etc.), or by rearranging the
+sentence so as to throw each subject before its proper person form
+(as, "You _would_ not be wiser, nor _should_ I;" or, "I _have_ never
+said so, nor _has_ she").
+
+[Sidenote: _Exceptional examples_.]
+
+445. The following illustrate exceptional usage, which it is proper
+to mention; but the student is cautioned to follow the regular usage
+rather than the unusual and irregular.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Change each of the following sentences to accord with standard usage,
+as illustrated above (Secs. 440-444):--
+
+
+ 1. And sharp Adversity will teach at last
+ Man,--and, as we would hope,--perhaps the devil,
+ That neither of their intellects are vast.
+ --BYRON.
+
+ 2. Neither of them, in my opinion, give so accurate an idea of
+ the man as a statuette in bronze.--TROLLOPE.
+
+ 3. How each of these professions are crowded.--ADDISON.
+
+ 4. Neither of their counselors were to be present.--_Id._
+
+ 5. Either of them are equally good to the person to whom they are
+ significant.--EMERSON.
+
+ 6. Neither the red nor the white are strong and glaring.--BURKE.
+
+ 7. A lampoon or a satire do not carry in them robbery or
+ murder.--ADDISON.
+
+ 8. Neither of the sisters were very much deceived.--THACKERAY.
+
+ 9. Nor wood, nor tree, nor bush are there,
+ Her course to intercept.--SCOTT.
+
+ 10. Both death and I am found eternal.--MILTON.
+
+ 11. In ascending the Mississippi the party was often obliged to
+ wade through morasses; at last they came upon the district of
+ Little Prairie.--G. BANCROFT.
+
+ 12. In a word, the whole nation seems to be running out of their
+ wits.--SMOLLETT.
+
+
+SEQUENCE OF TENSES (VERBS AND VERBALS).
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Lack of logical sequence in verbs_.]
+
+446. If one or more verbs depend on some leading verb, each should
+be in the tense that will convey the meaning intended by the writer.
+
+In this sentence from Defoe, "I expected every wave would have
+swallowed us up," the verb _expected_ looks forward to something in
+the future, while _would have swallowed_ represents something
+completed in past time: hence the meaning intended was, "I expected
+every wave _would swallow_" etc.
+
+[Sidenote: _Also in verbals_.]
+
+In the following sentence, the infinitive also fails to express the
+exact thought:--
+
+ I had hoped never to have seen the statues again.--MACAULAY.
+
+The trouble is the same as in the previous sentence; _to have seen_
+should be changed to _to see_, for exact connection. Of course, if the
+purpose were to represent a prior fact or completed action, the
+perfect infinitive would be the very thing.
+
+It should be remarked, however, that such sentences as those just
+quoted are in keeping with the older idea of the unity of the
+sentence. The present rule is recent.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Explain whether the verbs and infinitives in the following sentences
+convey the right meaning; if not, change them to a better form:--
+
+ 1. I gave one quarter to Ann, meaning, on my return, to have
+ divided with her whatever might remain.--DE QUINCEY
+
+ 2. I can't sketch "The Five Drapers," ... but can look and be
+ thankful to have seen such a masterpiece.--THACKERAY.
+
+ 3. He would have done more wisely to have left them to find their
+ own apology than to have given reasons which seemed
+ paradoxes.--R.W. CHURCH.
+
+ 4. The propositions of William are stated to have contained a
+ proposition for a compromise.--PALGRAVE
+
+ 5. But I found I wanted a stock of words, which I thought I
+ should have acquired before that time.--FRANKLIN
+
+ 6. I could even have suffered them to have broken Everet
+ Ducking's head.--IRVING.
+
+
+
+
+INDIRECT DISCOURSE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Definitions_.]
+
+_447_. Direct discourse--that is, a direct quotation or a direct
+question--means the identical words the writer or speaker used; as,--
+
+ "I hope you have not killed him?" said Amyas.--KINGSLEY.
+
+Indirect discourse means reported speech,--the thoughts of a writer
+or speaker put in the words of the one reporting them.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Two samples of indirect discourse_.]
+
+448. Indirect discourse may be of two kinds:--
+
+(1) Following the thoughts and also the exact words as far as
+consistent with the rules of logical sequence of verbs.
+
+(2) Merely a concise representation of the original words, not
+attempting to follow the entire quotation.
+
+The following examples of both are from De Quincey:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Indirect_.]
+
+1. Reyes remarked that it was not in his power to oblige the clerk as
+to that, but that he could oblige him by cutting his throat.
+
+[Sidenote: _Direct_.]
+
+His exact words were, "I _cannot_ oblige _you_ ..., but I _can_ oblige
+_you_ by cutting _your_ throat."
+
+[Sidenote: _Indirect_.]
+
+Her prudence whispered eternally, that safety there was none for her
+until she had laid the Atlantic between herself and St. Sebastian's.
+
+[Sidenote: _Direct_.]
+
+She thought to herself, "Safety there _is_ none for _me_ until _I_
+have laid," etc.
+
+[Sidenote: _Summary of the expressions_.]
+
+2. Then he laid bare the unparalleled ingratitude of such a step. Oh,
+the unseen treasure that had been spent upon that girl! Oh, the untold
+sums of money that he had sunk in that unhappy speculation!
+
+[Sidenote: _Direct synopsis_.]
+
+The substance of his lamentation was, "Oh, unseen treasure _has_ been
+spent upon that girl! Untold sums of money _have I_ sunk," etc.
+
+
+
+449. From these illustrations will be readily seen the grammatical
+changes made in transferring from direct to indirect discourse.
+Remember the following facts:--
+
+(1) Usually the main, introductory verb is in the past tense.
+
+(2) The indirect quotation is usually introduced by _that_, and the
+indirect question by _whether_ or _if_, or regular interrogatives.
+
+(3) Verbs in the present-tense form are changed to the past-tense
+form. This includes the auxiliaries _be_, _have_, _will_, etc. The
+past tense is sometimes changed to the past perfect.
+
+(4) The pronouns of the first and second persons are all changed to
+the third person. Sometimes it is clearer to introduce the antecedent
+of the pronoun instead.
+
+Other examples of indirect discourse have been given in Part I.,
+under interrogative pronouns, interrogative adverbs, and the
+subjunctive mood of verbs.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Rewrite the following extract from Irving's "Sketch Book," and change
+it to a direct quotation:--
+
+He assured the company that it was a fact, handed down from his
+ancestor the historian, that the Catskill Mountains had always been
+haunted by strange beings; that it was affirmed that the great
+Hendrick Hudson, the first discoverer of the river and country, kept a
+kind of vigil there every twenty years, with his crew of the
+Half-moon, being permitted in this way to revisit the scenes of his
+enterprise, and keep a guardian eye upon the river and the great city
+called by his name; that his father had once seen them in their old
+Dutch dresses playing at ninepins in a hollow of the mountain; and
+that he himself had heard, one summer afternoon, the sound of their
+balls, like distant peals of thunder.
+
+
+
+
+VERBALS.
+
+PARTICIPLES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Careless use of the participial phrase._]
+
+450. The following sentences illustrate a misuse of the participial
+phrase:--
+
+ Pleased with the "Pilgrim's Progress," my first collection was of
+ John Bunyan's works.--B. FRANKLIN.
+
+ My farm consisted of about twenty acres of excellent land, having
+ given a hundred pounds for my predecessor's goodwill.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ Upon asking how he had been taught the art of a cognoscente so
+ suddenly, he assured me that nothing was more easy.--_Id._
+
+ Having thus run through the causes of the sublime, my first
+ observation will be found nearly true.--BURKE
+
+ He therefore remained silent till he had repeated a paternoster,
+ being the course which his confessor had enjoined.--SCOTT
+
+Compare with these the following:--
+
+[Sidenote: _A correct example._]
+
+ Going yesterday to dine with an old acquaintance, I had the
+ misfortune to find his whole family very much dejected.--ADDISON.
+
+[Sidenote: _Notice this._]
+
+The trouble is, in the sentences first quoted, that the main subject
+of the sentence is not the same word that would be the subject of the
+participle, if this were expanded into a verb.
+
+[Sidenote: _Correction._]
+
+Consequently one of two courses must be taken,--either change the
+participle to a verb with its appropriate subject, leaving the
+principal statement as it is; or change the principal proposition so
+it shall make logical connection with the participial phrase.
+
+For example, the first sentence would be, either "_As I was_ pleased,
+... my first collection was," etc., or "Pleased with the 'Pilgrim's
+Progress,' I made my first collection John Bunyan's works."
+
+Exercise.--Rewrite the other four sentences so as to correct the
+careless use of the participial phrase.
+
+
+
+
+INFINITIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Adverb between_ to _and the infinitive._]
+
+451. There is a construction which is becoming more and more common
+among good writers,--the placing an adverb between _to_ of the
+infinitive and the infinitive itself. The practice is condemned by
+many grammarians, while defended or excused by others. Standard
+writers often use it, and often, purposely or not, avoid it.
+
+The following two examples show the adverb before the infinitive:--
+
+[Sidenote: _The more common usage._]
+
+ He handled it with such nicety of address as sufficiently _to
+ show_ that he fully understood the business.--SCOTT.
+
+ It is a solemn, universal assertion, deeply _to be kept_ in mind
+ by all sects.--RUSKIN.
+
+This is the more common arrangement; yet frequently the desire seems
+to be to get the adverb snugly against the infinitive, to modify it as
+closely and clearly as possible.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+In the following citations, see if the adverbs can be placed before or
+after the infinitive and still modify it as clearly as they now do:--
+
+ 1. There are, then, many things _to be_ carefully _considered_,
+ if a strike is to succeed.--LAUGHLIN.
+
+ 2. That the mind may not have to go backwards and forwards in
+ order _to_ rightly _connect_ them.--HERBERT SPENCER.
+
+ 3. It may be easier to bear along all the qualifications of an
+ idea ... than _to_ first imperfectly _conceive_ such idea.--_id._
+
+ 4. In works of art, this kind of grandeur, which consists in
+ multitude, is _to be_ very cautiously _admitted_.--BURKE.
+
+ 5. That virtue which requires _to be_ ever _guarded_ is
+ scarcely worth the sentinel.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ 6. Burke said that such "little arts and devices" were not _to
+ be_ wholly _condemned_.--_The Nation_, No. 1533.
+
+ 7. I wish the reader _to_ clearly _understand_.--RUSKIN.
+
+ 8. Transactions which seem _to be_ most widely _separated_ from
+ one another.--DR. BLAIR.
+
+ 9. Would earnestly advise them for their good to order this
+ paper _to be_ punctually _served up_.--ADDISON.
+
+ 10. A little sketch of his, in which a cannon ball is supposed
+ _to have_ just _carried off_ the head of an
+ aide-de-camp.--TROLLOPE.
+
+ 11. The ladies seem _to have been_ expressly _created_ to form
+ helps meet for such gentlemen.--MACAULAY.
+
+ 12. Sufficient to disgust a people whose manners were beginning
+ _to be_ strongly _tinctured_ with austerity.--_Id._
+
+ 13. The spirits, therefore, of those opposed to them seemed _to
+ be_ considerably _damped_ by their continued success.--SCOTT.
+
+
+
+
+ADVERBS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Position of_ only, even, _etc._]
+
+A very careful writer will so place the modifiers of a verb that the
+reader will not mistake the meaning.
+
+The rigid rule in such a case would be, to put the modifier in such a
+position that the reader not only can understand the meaning intended,
+but _cannot misunderstand_ the thought. Now, when such adverbs as
+_only_, _even_, etc., are used, they are usually placed in a strictly
+correct position, if they modify single words; but they are often
+removed from the exact position, if they modify phrases or clauses:
+for example, from Irving, "The site is _only_ to be traced by
+fragments of bricks, china, and earthenware." Here _only_ modifies the
+phrase _by fragments of bricks_, etc., but it is placed before the
+infinitive. This misplacement of the adverb can be detected only by
+analysis of the sentence.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Tell what the adverb modifies in each quotation, and see if it is
+placed in the proper position:--
+
+ 1. Only the name of one obscure epigrammatist has been embalmed
+ for us in the verses of his rival.--PALGRAVE.
+
+ 2. Do you remember pea shooters? I think we only had them on
+ going home for holidays.--THACKERAY.
+
+ 3. Irving could only live very modestly. He could only afford
+ to keep one old horse.--_Id._
+
+ 4. The arrangement of this machinery could only be accounted
+ for by supposing the motive power to have been steam.--WENDELL
+ PHILLIPS.
+
+ 5. Such disputes can only be settled by arms.--_Id._
+
+ 6. I have only noted one or two topics which I thought most
+ likely to interest an American reader.--N.P. WILLIS.
+
+ 7. The silence of the first night at the farmhouse,--stillness
+ broken only by two whippoorwills.--HIGGINSON.
+
+ 8. My master, to avoid a crowd, would suffer only thirty people
+ at a time to see me.--SWIFT.
+
+ 9. In relating these and the following laws, I would only be
+ understood to mean the original institutions.--_Id._
+
+ 10. The perfect loveliness of a woman's countenance can only
+ consist in that majestic peace which is founded in the memory of
+ happy and useful years.--RUSKIN.
+
+ 11. In one of those celestial days it seems a poverty that we can
+ only spend it once.--EMERSON.
+
+ 12. My lord was only anxious as long as his wife's anxious face
+ or behavior seemed to upbraid him.--THACKERAY.
+
+ 13. He shouted in those clear, piercing tones that could be even
+ heard among the roaring of the cannon.--COOPER.
+
+ 14. His suspicions were not even excited by the ominous face of
+ Gerard.--MOTLEY.
+
+ 15. During the whole course of his administration, he scarcely
+ befriended a single man of genius.--MACAULAY.
+
+ 16. I never remember to have felt an event more deeply than his
+ death.--SYDNEY SMITH.
+
+ 17. His last journey to Cannes, whence he was never destined to
+ return.--MRS. GROTE.
+
+
+
+USE OF DOUBLE NEGATIVES.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _The old usage._]
+
+453. In Old and Middle English, two negatives strengthened a
+negative idea; for example,--
+
+ He _nevere_ yet _no_ vileineye _ne_ sayde,
+ In al his lyf unto _no_ maner wight.--CHAUCER.
+
+ _No_ sonne, were he never so old of yeares, might _not_ marry.
+ --ASCHAM.
+
+The first of these is equivalent to "He didn't never say no villainy
+in all his life to no manner of man,"--four negatives.
+
+This idiom was common in the older stages of the language, and is
+still kept in vulgar English; as,--
+
+ I tell you she _ain'_ been _nowhar_ ef she don' know we all.
+ --PAGE, in _Ole Virginia_.
+
+ There _weren't no_ pies to equal hers.--MRS. STOWE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Exceptional use._]
+
+There are sometimes found two negatives in modern English with a
+negative effect, when one of the negatives is a connective. This,
+however, is not common.
+
+ I never did see him again, _nor never_ shall.--DE QUINCEY.
+
+ However, I did _not_ act so hastily, _neither_.--DEFOE.
+
+ The prosperity of no empire, _nor_ the grandeur of _no_ king, can
+ so agreeably affect, etc.--BURKE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Regular law of negative in modern English._]
+
+But, under the influence of Latin syntax, the usual way of regarding
+the question now is, that _two negatives are equivalent to an
+affirmative_, denying each other.
+
+Therefore, if two negatives are found together, it is a sign of
+ignorance or carelessness, or else a purpose to make an affirmative
+effect. In the latter case, one of the negatives is often a prefix; as
+_in_frequent, _un_common.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Tell whether the two or more negatives are properly used in each of
+the following sentences, and why:--
+
+ 1. The red men were not so infrequent visitors of the English
+ settlements.--HAWTHORNE.
+
+ 2. "Huldy was so up to everything about the house, that the
+ doctor didn't miss nothin' in a temporal way."--MRS. STOWE.
+
+ 3. Her younger sister was a wide-awake girl, who hadn't been to
+ school for nothing.--HOLMES.
+
+ 4. You will find no battle which does not exhibit the most
+ cautious circumspection.--BAYNE.
+
+ 5. Not only could man not acquire such information, but ought not
+ to labor after it.--GROTE.
+
+ 6. There is no thoughtful man in America who would not consider a
+ war with England the greatest of calamities.--LOWELL.
+
+ 7. In the execution of this task, there is no man who would not
+ find it an arduous effort.--HAMILTON.
+
+ 8. "A weapon," said the King, "well worthy to confer honor, nor
+ has it been laid on an undeserving shoulder."--SCOTT.
+
+
+
+
+CONJUNCTIONS.
+
+
+[Sidenote: And who, and which.]
+
+454. The sentences given in Secs. 419 and 420 on the connecting of
+pronouns with different expressions may again be referred to here, as
+the use of the conjunction, as well as of the pronoun, should be
+scrutinized.
+
+[Sidenote: _Choice and proper position of correlatives._]
+
+455. The most frequent mistakes in using conjunctions are in
+handling correlatives, especially _both_ ... _and, neither_ ... _nor,
+either_ ... _or, not_ _only_ ... _but, not merely_ ... _but_ (_also_).
+
+The following examples illustrate the correct use of correlatives as
+to both choice of words and position:--
+
+ _Whether_ at war _or_ at peace, there we were, a standing menace
+ to all earthly paradises of that kind.--LOWELL.
+
+ These idols of wood can _neither_ hear _nor_ feel.--PRESCOTT.
+
+ _Both_ the common soldiery _and_ their leaders and commanders
+ lowered on each other as if their union had not been more
+ essential than ever, _not only_ to the success of their common
+ cause, _but_ to their own safety.--SCOTT.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Things to be watched._]
+
+In these examples it will be noticed that _nor_, not _or_ is the
+proper correlative of _neither_; and that all correlatives in a
+sentence ought to have corresponding positions: that is, if the last
+precedes a verb, the first ought to be placed before a verb; if the
+second precedes a phrase, the first should also. This is necessary to
+make the sentence clear and symmetrical.
+
+[Sidenote: _Correction._]
+
+In the sentence, "I am _neither_ in spirits to enjoy it, _or_ to reply
+to it," both of the above requirements are violated. The word
+_neither_ in such a case had better be changed to _not_ ...
+_either_,--"I am not in spirits _either_ to enjoy it, _or_ to reply to
+it."
+
+Besides _neither ... or_, even _neither ... nor_ is often changed to
+_not_--_either ... or_ with advantage, as the negation is sometimes
+too far from the verb to which it belongs.
+
+A noun may be preceded by one of the correlatives, and an equivalent
+pronoun by the other. The sentence, "This loose and inaccurate manner
+of speaking has misled us _both_ in the theory of taste _and_ of
+morals," may be changed to "This loose ... misled us _both_ in the
+theory of taste _and_ in _that_ of morals."
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+Correct the following sentences:--
+
+ 1. An ordinary man would neither have incurred the danger of
+ succoring Essex, nor the disgrace of assailing him.--MACAULAY.
+
+ 2. Those ogres will stab about and kill not only strangers, but
+ they will outrage, murder, and chop up their own kin.--THACKERAY.
+
+ 3. In the course of his reading (which was neither pursued with
+ that seriousness or that devout mind which such a study requires)
+ the youth found himself, etc.--_Id._
+
+ 4. I could neither bear walking nor riding in a carriage over its
+ pebbled streets.--FRANKLIN.
+
+ 5. Some exceptions, that can neither be dissembled nor eluded,
+ render this mode of reasoning as indiscreet as it is
+ superfluous.--GIBBON.
+
+ 6. They will, too, not merely interest children, but grown-up
+ persons.--_Westminster Review._
+
+ 7. I had even the satisfaction to see her lavish some kind looks
+ upon my unfortunate son, which the other could neither extort by
+ his fortune nor assiduity.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ 8. This was done probably to show that he was neither ashamed of
+ his name or family.--ADDISON.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Try and _for_ try to.]
+
+456. Occasionally there is found the expression _try and_ instead of
+the better authorized _try to_; as,--
+
+ We will try _and_ avoid personalities altogether.--THACKERAY.
+
+ Did any of you ever try _and_ read "Blackmore's Poems"?--_Id._
+
+ Try _and_ avoid the pronoun.--BAIN.
+
+ We will try _and_ get a clearer notion of them.--RUSKIN.
+
+
+[Sidenote: But what.]
+
+457. Instead of the subordinate conjunction _that_, _but_, or _but
+that_, or the negative relative _but_, we sometimes find the bulky and
+needless _but what_. Now, it is possible to use _but what_ when _what_
+is a relative pronoun, as, "He never had any money _but what_ he
+absolutely needed;" but in the following sentences _what_ usurps the
+place of a conjunction.
+
+
+Exercise.
+
+In the following sentences, substitute _that_, _but_, or _but that_
+for the words _but what_:--
+
+ 1. The doctor used to say 'twas her young heart, and I don't know
+ _but what_ he was right.--S.O. JEWETT.
+
+ 2. At the first stroke of the pickax it is ten to one _but what_
+ you are taken up for a trespass.--BULWER.
+
+ 3. There are few persons of distinction _but what_ can hold
+ conversation in both languages.--SWIFT.
+
+ 4. Who knows _but what_ there might be English among those
+ sun-browned half-naked masses of panting wretches?--KINGSLEY.
+
+ 5. No little wound of the kind ever came to him _but what_ he
+ disclosed it at once.--TROLLOPE.
+
+ 6. They are not so distant from the camp of Saladin _but what_
+ they might be in a moment surprised.--SCOTT.
+
+
+
+PREPOSITIONS.
+
+
+458. As to the placing of a preposition after its object in certain
+cases, see Sec. 305.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Between _and_ among.]
+
+459. In the primary meaning of between and among there is a
+sharp distinction, as already seen in Sec. 313; but in Modern English
+the difference is not so marked.
+
+Between is used most often with two things only, but still it is
+frequently used in speaking of several objects, some relation or
+connection between two at a time being implied.
+
+Among is used in the same way as _amid_ (though not with exactly the
+same meaning), several objects being spoken of in the aggregate, no
+separation or division by twos being implied.
+
+Examples of the distinctive use of the two words:--
+
+[Sidenote: _Two things._]
+
+ The contentions that arise _between_ the parson and the
+ squire.--ADDISON.
+
+ We reckoned the improvements of the art of war _among_ the
+ triumphs of science.--EMERSON.
+
+Examples of the looser use of _between_:--
+
+[Sidenote: _A number of things._]
+
+ Natural objects affect us by the laws of that connection which
+ Providence has established _between_ certain motions of
+ bodies.--BURKE.
+
+ Hence the differences _between_ men in natural endowment are
+ insignificant in comparison with their common wealth.--EMERSON.
+
+ They maintain a good correspondence _between_ those wealthy
+ societies of men that are divided from one another by seas and
+ oceans.--ADDISON.
+
+ Looking up at its deep-pointed porches and the dark places
+ _between_ their pillars where there were statues once.--RUSKIN
+
+ What have I, a soldier of the Cross, to do with recollections of
+ war _betwixt_ Christian nations?--SCOTT.
+
+[Sidenote: _Two groups or one and a group._]
+
+Also _between_ may express relation or connection in speaking of two
+groups of objects, or one object and a group; as,--
+
+ A council of war is going on beside the watch fire, _between_ the
+ three adventurers and the faithful Yeo.--KINGSLEY.
+
+ The great distinction _between_ teachers sacred or
+ literary,--_between_ poets like Herbert and poets like
+ Pope,--_between_ philosophers like Spinoza, Kant, and Coleridge,
+ and philosophers like Locke, Paley, Mackintosh, and Stewart, etc.
+ --EMERSON.
+
+460. Certain words are followed by particular prepositions.
+
+Some of these words show by their composition what preposition should
+follow. Such are _absolve_, _involve_, _different_.
+
+Some of them have, by custom, come to take prepositions not in keeping
+with the original meaning of the words. Such are _derogatory_,
+_averse_.
+
+Many words take one preposition to express one meaning, and another to
+convey a different meaning; as, _correspond_, _confer_.
+
+And yet others may take several prepositions indifferently to express
+the same meaning.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _List I_.: _Words with particular prepositions_.]
+
+461. LIST I.
+
+ Absolve _from_. Conversant _with_.
+ Abhorrent _to_. Dependent _on_ (_upon_).
+ Accord _with_. Different _from_.
+ Acquit _of_. Dissent _from_.
+ Affinity _between_. Derogatory _to_.
+ Averse _to_. Deprive _of_.
+ Bestow _on_ (_upon_). Independent _of_.
+ Conform _to_. Involve _in_.
+ Comply _with_.
+
+"Different _to_" is frequently heard in spoken English in England,
+and sometimes creeps into standard books, but it is not good usage.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _List II_.: _Words taking different prepositions for
+different meanings._]
+
+462. LIST II.
+
+ Agree _with_ (a person). Differ _from_ (note below).
+ Agree _to_ (a proposal). Differ _with_ (note below).
+ Change_ for_ (a thing). Disappointed _in_ (a thing
+ Change _with_ (a person). obtained).
+ Change _to_ (become). Disappointed _of_ (a thing not
+ Confer _with_ (talk with). obtained).
+ Confer _on_ (_upon_) (give to). Reconcile _to_ (note below).
+ Confide _in_ (trust in). Reconcile _with_ (note below).
+ Confide _to_ (intrust to). A taste _of_ (food).
+ Correspond _with_ (write to). A taste _for_ (art, etc.).
+ Correspond _to_ (a thing).
+
+"Correspond _with_" is sometimes used of things, as meaning _to be in
+keeping with_.
+
+"Differ _from_" is used in speaking of unlikeness between things or
+persons; "differ _from_" and "differ _with_" are both used in speaking
+of persons disagreeing as to opinions.
+
+"Reconcile _to_" is used with the meaning of _resigned to_, as, "The
+exile became reconciled _to_ his fate;" also of persons, in the sense
+of making friends with, as, "The king is reconciled _to_ his
+minister." "Reconcile _with_" is used with the meaning of _make to
+agree with_, as, "The statement must be reconciled _with_ his previous
+conduct."
+
+
+[Sidenote: _List III_.: _Words taking anyone of several prepositions
+for the same meaning_.]
+
+463. LIST III.
+
+ Die _by_, die _for_, die _from_, die _of_, die _with_.
+ Expect _of_, expect _from_.
+ Part _from_, part _with_.
+
+Illustrations of "die _of_," "die _from_," etc.:--
+
+[Sidenote: "_Die_ of."]
+
+ The author died _of_ a fit of apoplexy.--BOSWELL.
+
+ People do not die _of_ trifling little colds.--AUSTEN
+
+ Fifteen officers died _of_ fever in a day.--MACAULAY.
+
+ It would take me long to die _of_ hunger.--G. ELIOT.
+
+ She died _of_ hard work, privation, and ill treatment.--BURNETT.
+
+[Sidenote: "_Die_ from."]
+
+ She saw her husband at last literally die _from_ hunger.--BULWER.
+
+ He died at last without disease, simply _from_ old age.
+ --_Athenaeum._
+
+ No one _died from_ want at Longfeld.--_Chambers' Journal._
+
+[Sidenote: "_Die_ with."]
+
+ She would have been ready to die _with_ shame.--G. ELIOT.
+
+ I am positively dying _with_ hunger.--SCOTT.
+
+ I thought the two Miss Flamboroughs would have died _with_
+ laughing.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ I wish that the happiest here may not die _with_ envy.--POPE.
+
+[Sidenote: "_Die_ for." (_in behalf of_).]
+
+ Take thought and die _for_ Caesar.--SHAKESPEARE.
+
+ One of them said he would die _for_ her.--GOLDSMITH.
+
+ It is a man of quality who dies _for_ her.--ADDISON.
+
+[Sidenote: "_Die_ for." (_because of_).]
+
+ Who, as Cervantes informs us, died _for_ love of the fair
+ Marcella.--FIELDING.
+
+ Some officers had died _for_ want of a morsel of
+ bread.--MACAULAY.
+
+[Sidenote: "_Die_ by." (_material cause, instrument_).]
+
+ If I meet with any of 'em, they shall die _by_ this hand.
+ --THACKERAY.
+
+ He must purge himself to the satisfaction of a vigilant tribunal
+ or die _by_ fire.--MACAULAY.
+
+ He died _by_ suicide before he completed his eighteenth
+ year.--SHAW.
+
+
+464. Illustrations of "expect _of_," "expect _from:_"--
+
+[Sidenote: "_Expect_ of."]
+
+ What do I expect _of_ Dublin?--_Punch._
+
+ That is more than I expected _of_ you.--SCOTT.
+
+ _Of_ Doctor P. nothing better was to be expected.--POE.
+
+ Not knowing what might be expected _of_ men in general.--G.
+ ELIOT.
+
+[Sidenote: "_Expect_ from."]
+
+ She will expect more attention _from_ you, as my
+ friend.--WALPOLE.
+
+
+
+ There was a certain grace and decorum hardly to be expected
+ _from_ a man.--MACAULAY.
+
+ I have long expected something remarkable _from_ you.--G. ELIOT.
+
+
+465. "Part _with_" is used with both persons and things, but "part
+_from_" is less often found in speaking of things.
+
+Illustrations of "part _with_," "part _from_:"--
+
+[Sidenote: "_Part_ with."]
+
+ He was fond of everybody that he was used to, and hated to part
+ _with_ them.--AUSTEN.
+
+ Cleveland was sorry to part _with_ him.--BULWER.
+
+ I can part _with_ my children for their good.--DICKENS.
+
+ I part _with_ all that grew so near my heart.--WALLER.
+
+[Sidenote: "_Part_ from."]
+
+ To part _from_ you would be misery.--MARRYAT.
+
+ I have just seen her, just parted _from_ her.--BULWER.
+
+ Burke parted _from_ him with deep emotion.--MACAULAY.
+
+ His precious bag, which he would by no means part _from_.--G.
+ ELIOT.
+
+
+[Sidenote: _Kind_ in _you_, _kind_ of _you_.]
+
+466. With words implying behavior or disposition, either _of_ or
+_in_ is used indifferently, as shown in the following quotations:--
+
+[Sidenote: Of.]
+
+ It was a little bad _of_ you.--TROLLOPE.
+
+ How cruel _of_ me!--COLLINS.
+
+ He did not think it handsome _of_ you.--BULWER.
+
+ But this is idle _of_ you.--TENNYSON.
+
+[Sidenote: In.]
+
+ Very natural _in_ Mr. Hampden.--CARLYLE.
+
+ It will be anything but shrewd _in_ you.--DICKENS.
+
+ That is very unreasonable _in_ a person so young.--BEACONSFIELD.
+
+ I am wasting your whole morning--too bad _in_ me.--BULWER.
+
+
+Miscellaneous Examples for Correction.
+
+1. Can you imagine Indians or a semi-civilized people engaged on a
+work like the canal connecting the Mediterranean and the Red seas?
+
+2. In the friction between an employer and workman, it is commonly
+said that his profits are high.
+
+3. None of them are in any wise willing to give his life for the life
+of his chief.
+
+4. That which can be done with perfect convenience and without loss,
+is not always the thing that most needs to be done, or which we are
+most imperatively required to do.
+
+5. Art is neither to be achieved by effort of thinking, nor explained
+by accuracy of speaking.
+
+6. To such as thee the fathers owe their fame.
+
+7. We tread upon the ancient granite that first divided the waters
+into a northern and southern ocean.
+
+8. Thou tread'st, with seraphims, the vast abyss.
+
+9. Eustace had slipped off his long cloak, thrown it over Amyas's
+head, and ran up the alley.
+
+10. This narrative, tedious perhaps, but which the story renders
+necessary, may serve to explain the state of intelligence betwixt the
+lovers.
+
+11. To the shame and eternal infamy of whomsoever shall turn back from
+the plow on which he hath laid his hand!
+
+12. The noise of vast cataracts, raging storms, thunder, or artillery,
+awake a great and awful sensation in the mind.
+
+13. The materials and ornaments ought neither to be white, nor green,
+nor yellow, nor blue, nor of a pale red.
+
+14. This does not prove that an idea of use and beauty are the same
+thing, or that they are any way dependent on each other.
+
+
+15. And were I anything but what I am,
+ I would wish me only he.
+
+16. But every man may know, and most of us do know, what is a just and
+unjust act.
+
+17. You have seen Cassio and she together.
+
+18. We shall shortly see which is the fittest object of scorn, you or
+me.
+
+19. Richard glared round him with an eye that seemed to seek an enemy,
+and from which the angry nobles shrunk appalled.
+
+20. It comes to whomsoever will put off what is foreign and proud.
+
+21. The difference between the just and unjust procedure does not lie
+in the number of men hired, but in the price paid to them.
+
+22. The effect of proportion and fitness, so far at least as they
+proceed from a mere consideration of the work itself, produce
+approbation, the acquiescence of the understanding.
+
+23. When the glass or liquor are transparent, the light is sometimes
+softened in the passage.
+
+24. For there nor yew nor cypress spread their gloom.
+
+25. Every one of these letters are in my name.
+
+26. Neither of them are remarkable for precision.
+
+27. Squares, triangles, and other angular figures, are neither
+beautiful to the sight nor feeling.
+
+28. There is not one in a thousand of these human souls that cares to
+think where this estate is, or how beautiful it is, or what kind of
+life they are to lead in it.
+
+29. Dryden and Rowe's manner are quite out of fashion.
+
+30. We were only permitted to stop for refreshment once.
+
+31. The sight of the manner in which the meals were served were enough
+to turn our stomach.
+
+32. The moody and savage state of mind of the sullen and ambitious man
+are admirably drawn.
+
+33. Surely none of our readers are so unfortunate as not to know some
+man or woman who carry this atmosphere of peace and good-will about
+with them. (Sec. 411.)
+
+34. Friday, whom he thinks would be better than a dog, and almost as
+good as a pony.
+
+35. That night every man of the boat's crew, save Amyas, were down
+with raging fever.
+
+36. These kind of books fill up the long tapestry of history with
+little bits of detail which give human interest to it.
+
+37. I never remember the heather so rich and abundant.
+
+38. These are scattered along the coast for several hundred miles, in
+conditions of life that seem forbidding enough, but which are accepted
+without complaint by the inhabitants themselves.
+
+39. Between each was an interval where lay a musket.
+
+40. He had four children, and it was confidently expected that they
+would receive a fortune of at least $200,000 between them.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[Footnote 1: More for convenience than for absolute accuracy, the
+stages of our language have been roughly divided into three:--
+
+(1) Old English (with Anglo-Saxon) down to the twelfth century.
+
+(2) Middle English, from about the twelfth century to the sixteenth
+century.
+
+(3) Modern English, from about 1500 to the present time.]
+
+
+
+
+INDEX.
+
+THE NUMBERS REFER TO PAGES.
+
+
+ A, origin of, 119.
+ syntax of, 310.
+ uses of, 124.
+
+ Absolute, nominative, 47.
+
+ Abstract nouns, 20.
+ with article, 25, 124.
+
+ Active voice, 133.
+
+ Address, nominative of, 47.
+
+ Adjective clauses, 260.
+
+ Adjective pronouns, demonstrative, 90.
+ distinguished from adjectives, 89.
+ distributive, 91.
+ numeral, 92.
+
+ Adjectives, adverbs used as, 116.
+ as complements, 239.
+ comparison of, 107.
+ definition of, 98.
+ demonstrative, 102.
+ from nouns, used as nouns, 27.
+ function of, 97.
+ how to parse, 115, 116.
+ in predicate, 239.
+ not compared, 109.
+ of quality, 99.
+ of quantity, 101.
+ ordinal, 103.
+ plural of, 106.
+ pronominal, 104.
+ syntax of, 303.
+
+ Adverbial clauses, 262.
+
+ Adverbial objective, 48, 242.
+
+ Adverbs, between _to_ and infinitive, 323.
+ classes of, 185, 187.
+ definition of, 184.
+ distinguished from adjectives, 190.
+ how to parse, 191.
+ position of, in sentence, 325.
+ same form as adjectives, 190.
+ syntax of, 325.
+ used as adjectives, 116.
+ used as nouns, 27.
+ what they modify, 183.
+
+ Adversative conjunction, 194.
+
+ _After_, uses of, 114, 195, 207.
+
+ _Against_, uses of, 207.
+
+ Agreement, kinds of, 275.
+ of adjective with noun, 303.
+ of personal pronoun with antecedent, 287.
+ of relative pronoun with antecedent, 291.
+ of verb with subject, 148, 316.
+
+ _All_, syntax of, 302.
+
+ _Alms_, 42.
+
+ Alternative conjunctions, 194, 328.
+
+ _Among, between_, 207, 331.
+
+ _An_. See _A_.
+
+ Anacoluthon with _which_, 295.
+
+ Analysis, definition of, 231.
+ of complex sentences, 264.
+ of compound sentences, 271.
+ of simple sentences, 252.
+
+ _And who_, _and which_, 296.
+
+ Antecedent, agreement of pronoun and. See _Agreement_.
+ definition of, 74.
+ of _it_, 67.
+ of personal pronouns, 74, 287.
+ of _which_, 79.
+
+ _Any_, as adjective, 101.
+ as pronoun, 90.
+ syntax of, 300.
+
+ Apostrophe in possessive, 51.
+
+ Apposition, words in, 47, 49, 67, 240.
+
+ _Are_, derivation of, 150.
+
+ Arrangement in syntax, 275.
+
+ Articles, definite, 120.
+ definition of, 120.
+ how to parse, 127.
+ indefinite, 124.
+ syntax of, 309.
+
+ _As_, after _same_, 294.
+ uses of, 84, 225.
+
+ _As if_, _as though_, 198.
+
+ _At_, uses of, 208.
+
+ Auxiliary verbs, 148.
+
+
+ _Bad_, comparison of, 110.
+
+ _Be_, conjugation of, 149.
+ uses of, 150.
+
+ _Better_, _best_, 110, 111.
+
+ _Between._ See _Among_.
+
+ _Brethren_, 39.
+
+ _Bridegroom_, 37.
+
+ _But_, uses of, 84, 224.
+ with nominative of pronoun, 283.
+
+ _But what_, 330.
+
+ _By_, uses of, 210.
+
+
+ _Can_, _could_, 161.
+
+ Case, definition of, 46.
+
+ Case, double possessive, of nouns, 54.
+ of pronouns, 64.
+ forms, number of, in Old and Modern English, 46.
+ nominative, of nouns, 47.
+ of pronouns, 62, 279.
+ objective, of nouns, 48.
+ of pronouns, 66, 279.
+ possessive, of nouns, 49, 278.
+ of pronouns, 63.
+ syntax of, 278.
+
+ Cause, clauses of, 262.
+ conjunctions of, 194, 195.
+
+ _Cherub_, plurals of, 45.
+
+ _Children_, 39.
+
+ Clause, adjective, 260.
+ adverb, 262.
+ definition of, 257.
+ kinds of, 257.
+ noun, 258.
+
+ _Cleave_, forms of, 158.
+
+ _Clomb_, 157.
+
+ _Cloths_, _clothes_, 43.
+
+ Collective nouns, 18.
+ syntax of, and verb, 312, 315.
+
+ Colloquial English, 12.
+
+ Common nouns, 18.
+ derived from material, 24.
+ derived from proper, 23.
+
+ Comparative and superlative, double, 113, 307.
+ syntax of, 307.
+
+ Comparison, defective, 111.
+ definition of, 108.
+ degrees of, 108.
+ irregular, 110.
+ of adjectives, 107.
+ of adverbs, 189.
+ syntax of, 305.
+
+ Complement of predicate, 239.
+
+ Complementary infinitive, 248.
+
+ Complex sentence, analysis of, 264.
+ definition of, 257.
+
+ Compound nouns, plural of, 43.
+ possessive of, 53.
+
+ Compound predicate and subject, 244.
+
+ Compound sentence, 268.
+ analysis of, 271.
+
+ Concessive clause, in analysis, 263.
+ with subjunctive, 143.
+
+ Concord. See _Agreement_.
+
+ Conditional clause, in analysis, 263.
+ with subjunctive, 138.
+
+ Conditional conjunctions, 196.
+
+ Conditional sentences, 139.
+
+ Conjugation, definition of, 149.
+ of _be_, 149.
+ of other verbs, 151.
+
+ Conjunctions, and other parts of speech, same words, 195, 207.
+ cooerdinate, 194.
+ correlative, 194.
+ definition of, 193.
+ how to parse, 199.
+ subordinate, 195.
+ syntax of, 328.
+
+ Conjunctive adverbs, 188.
+
+ Conjunctive pronoun. See _Relative pronoun_.
+
+ Contracted sentences, analysis of, 255.
+
+ Cooerdinate clauses, 269.
+
+ Cooerdinate conjunctions. See _Conjunctions_.
+
+ Cooerdinating _vs._ restrictive use of relative pronouns, 289.
+
+ Copulative conjunction, 194.
+
+ _Could._ See _Can_.
+
+
+ Dative case, in Old English, replaced by objective, 66.
+
+ Declarative sentence, 231.
+
+ Declension of interrogative pronouns, 73.
+
+ Declension, of nouns, 51.
+ of personal pronouns, 60.
+ of relative pronouns, 80.
+
+ Defective verbs, 160.
+
+ Definite article. See _Articles_.
+
+ Definite tenses, 148, 152.
+
+ Degree, adverbs of, 185.
+
+ Degrees. See _Comparison_.
+
+ Demonstrative adjectives, 102.
+ syntax of, 303.
+
+ Demonstrative pronouns, 90.
+
+ Dependent clause. See _Subordinate clause_.
+
+ Descriptive adjectives, 99.
+
+ Descriptive use of nouns, 26.
+
+ _Dice_, _dies_, 43.
+
+ _Die by_, _for_, _from_, _of_, _with_, 333.
+
+ Direct discourse, 320.
+
+ Direct object, _vs._ indirect, 48, 242.
+ retained with passive verb, 242.
+
+ Distributive adjectives, 102.
+ syntax of, 287, 315.
+
+ Distributive pronouns, 91.
+ syntax of, 288, 300.
+
+ Double comparative. See _Comparative_.
+
+ Double possessive. See _Case_.
+
+ _Drake_, _duck_, 35.
+
+ _Drank_, _drunk_, 158.
+
+
+ _Each_, adjective, 102.
+ pronoun, 90, 92.
+ syntax of, 287.
+
+ _Each other_, _one another_, 92, 299.
+
+ _Eat_ (et), 158.
+
+ _Eaves_, 42.
+
+ _Either_, as adjective, 102.
+ syntax of, 287.
+ as conjunction, 194.
+ syntax of, 328.
+ as pronoun, 90, 92.
+ syntax of, 300.
+
+ _Elder_, _older_, 110, 112.
+
+ Elements of the sentence, 234, 257.
+
+ Ellipsis, a source of error in pronouns, 280.
+ in complex sentence, 255.
+
+ _'Em_, origin of, 62.
+
+ _Empress_, 34.
+
+ _-En_, added to plural, 39.
+ feminine suffix, 32.
+ plural suffix, original, 38.
+
+ English, literary, spoken, vulgar, 12.
+ periods of, 33.
+
+ Enlargement of predicate, 241.
+ of subject, object, complement, 240.
+
+ _-Es_ original of possessive ending, 51.
+ plural suffix, 40.
+
+ _-Ess_, feminine suffix, 33.
+
+ _Every_, adjective, 102.
+ syntax of, 287.
+
+ _Expect of_, _expect from_, 334.
+
+ _Expected to have gone_, etc., 319.
+
+
+ Factitive object, 48, 235.
+
+ _Farther, further_, 110, 112, 189.
+
+ Feminine, 30.
+
+ _Few, a few_, 126.
+
+ _First_, 103, 112.
+
+ _First two_, _two first_, etc., 308.
+
+ _Fish_, _fishes_, 43.
+
+ _For_, redundant, with infinitive, used as a noun, 212, 238.
+ uses of, 211.
+
+ Foreign plurals, 45.
+
+ _Former, the_, adjective, 102.
+ pronoun, 91.
+
+ _From_, uses of, 212.
+
+ _Further._ See _Farther_.
+
+ Future tense, 147, 152.
+
+ Future perfect, 148, 152.
+
+
+ _Gander_, _goose_, 36.
+
+ _Gender_, "common gender," 31.
+ definition of, 30.
+ distinguished from sex, 30.
+ in English, as compared with other languages, 29.
+ modes of marking, in nouns, 32.
+ of personal pronouns, 60.
+ of relative pronouns, 80.
+
+ _Genii_, _geniuses_, 43.
+
+ Gerund, distinguished from participle and verbal noun, 177.
+ forms of, 176.
+ in syntax, possessive case with, 285.
+
+ _Girl_, 35.
+
+ _Got_, 159.
+
+ Government, definition of, kinds of, 275.
+
+ Grammar, basis of, 12.
+ definition of, 12.
+ divisions of, 13.
+ opinions on, 9.
+ province of, 10.
+
+
+ H, _an_ before, 120.
+
+ _Had better_, _had rather_, 175.
+
+ _Hanged_, _hung_, 159.
+
+ _He_, _she_, _it_, 61.
+
+ _His_ for _its_, 61.
+
+ _Husband_, 36.
+
+
+ _I_, personal pronoun, 60.
+
+ Imperative mood, 144.
+ of first person, 145.
+
+ Imperative sentence, 231.
+
+ Imperfect participle, 173.
+
+ Indefinite adjective, 101.
+
+ Indefinite article. See _Articles_.
+
+ Indefinite pronoun, 93.
+
+ Indefinite use of _you_, _your_, 67.
+
+ Independent clause, 257.
+
+ Independent elements, 245.
+
+ _Indexes_, _indices_, 43.
+
+ Indicative mood, uses of, 136.
+
+ Indirect discourse, 320.
+
+ Indirect object. See _Direct object_.
+
+ Indirect questions. See _Questions_.
+
+ Infinitive, active, with passive meaning, 176.
+ not a mood, 153.
+ syntax of, 319, 323.
+ uses of, 248.
+
+ _-Ing_ words, summary of, 178.
+
+ Interjections, 227.
+
+ Interrogative adjectives, 105.
+
+ Interrogative adverbs, 188.
+
+ Interrogative pronouns, 72.
+ declension of, 73.
+ in indirect questions, 85.
+ syntax of, 283.
+
+ Interrogative sentence, 231, 233.
+
+ Intransitive verbs, 131.
+ made transitive, 131.
+
+ Irregularities in syntax, 276.
+
+ Irregularly compared adjectives, 110.
+ adverbs, 189.
+
+ _It_, uses of, 67.
+
+ "It was _me_," etc., 63, 281.
+
+ _Its_, history of, 61.
+
+
+ _Kind_, _these kind_, etc., 303.
+
+ _Kine_, double plural, 39.
+
+ _King_, _queen_, 36.
+
+
+ _Lady_, _lord_, 36.
+
+ _Last_, _latest_, 110, 113.
+
+ _Latter, the_, adjective, 102, 113.
+ pronoun, 91.
+
+ _Lay_, _lie_, 170.
+
+ _Less_, _lesser_, 110.
+
+ _Lie_. See _Lay_.
+
+ _Like_, syntax of, 227.
+ uses of, 226.
+
+ Literary English, 12.
+
+ _Little_, _a little_, 126.
+
+ Logic _vs._ form, in syntax, 276.
+
+ Logical subject and predicate, 245.
+
+ _Lord._ See _Lady_.
+
+ _-Ly_, words in, 190.
+
+
+ _Madam_, 36.
+
+ Manner, adverbs of, 185, 188.
+ conjunctions of, 195.
+
+ _Many_, comparison of, 110, 112.
+
+ _Many a_, 126.
+
+ Mapping out sentences, 256, 265.
+
+ _Mare_, 36.
+
+ _Master_, _mistress_, 34.
+
+ _May_, _might_, 160.
+
+ _Means_, construction of, 41.
+
+ _Mighty_ as adverb, 187.
+
+ _Mine_, of _mine_, 64.
+
+ Modifier, adverb, position of, 325.
+
+ Modifiers. See _Enlargement_.
+
+ _Mood_, definition of, 135.
+ imperative, 144.
+ indicative, 136, 137.
+ subjunctive, 137-144.
+
+ _-Most_, in superlatives, 113, 114, 189.
+
+ _Much_, comparison of, 110, 112, 189.
+
+ _Must_, 161.
+
+
+ _Near_, _nearer_, _nigh_, etc., 110, 112.
+
+ Negative, double, 326.
+
+ _Neither_, adjective, 102.
+ syntax of, 287.
+ conjunction, 194.
+ syntax of, 328.
+ pronoun, 90, 92.
+ syntax of, 300.
+
+ Neuter nouns, definition of, 30.
+ or gender nouns, according to use, 30.
+ two kinds of, 32.
+
+ _News_, 41.
+
+ _No_ in analysis, 246.
+
+ Nominative. See _Case_.
+
+ _None_, syntax of, 301.
+
+ _Nor_, 194, 328.
+
+ _Not a_, etc. 126.
+
+ Noun clause, 258.
+
+ Nouns, 17.
+ abstract, 20.
+ become half abstract, 25, 124.
+ become proper, 25.
+ formation of, 21.
+ case of, 46.
+ collective, 19.
+ common, 18.
+ definition of, 17.
+ descriptive, 26.
+ gender of, 29.
+ how to parse, 56.
+ kinds of, 17
+ material, 19.
+ become class nouns, 24, 125.
+ neuter, used as gender nouns, 30.
+ number in, 38.
+ once singular, now plural, 42.
+ other words used as, 27.
+ plural, how formed, 38-41.
+ of abstract, 41
+ of compound, etc. 43.
+ of foreign, 45.
+ of letters and figures, 46.
+ of material, 41.
+ of proper, 41.
+ same as singular, 39.
+ two forms of, 42
+ with titles, 44.
+ proper, 18.
+ become common, 23.
+ syntax of, 278.
+ use of possessive form of, 278, 285.
+ with definite article, 121.
+ with different meaning in plural, 42.
+ with indefinite article, 124.
+
+ Nouns, with no singular, 42.
+ with one plural, two meanings, 43.
+ with plural form, singular meaning, 41.
+ with singular or plural construction, plural form, 41.
+
+ _Now_ as conjunction, 195, 196.
+
+ _Number_, definition of, etc., in nouns.
+ See _Nouns_.
+ in adjectives, 106.
+ in pronouns, personal, 60.
+ in verbs, 148.
+
+ Numeral adjectives, definite, 101.
+ distributive, 102.
+ indefinite, 101.
+
+ Numeral pronouns, 92.
+
+
+ Object, adverbial, 48.
+ definition of, 48.
+ direct and indirect, 48.
+ in analysis, 235.
+ of preposition. See _Preposition_.
+ modifiers of, 240.
+ retained with passive verb, 242.
+
+ Objective case, adverbial, dative, 48, 242.
+ in spoken English, 281.
+ instead of nominative, 279.
+ nominative instead of, 282.
+ of nouns, 48.
+ of pronouns, 66.
+ syntax of, 279.
+
+ _Of_, uses of, 213.
+
+ _Older._ See _Elder_.
+
+ Omission of relative pronoun, 87, 293.
+
+ _On_, _upon_, uses of, 216.
+
+ _One_, definite numeral adjective, 101.
+ indefinite pronoun, 94.
+ possessive of, 93
+
+ _One another._ See _Each other_.
+
+ _One_ (_the_), the other, as adjective, 103.
+ as pronoun, 91.
+
+ _Only_, as conjunction, 194.
+ position of, as adverb, 325
+
+ Order, a part of syntax, 275.
+ inverted, in analysis, 233, 237.
+
+ Ordinal adjectives, treatment of, 103.
+
+ _Other_ with comparatives, 306.
+
+ _Ought_, 161.
+
+ _Our_, _ours_, 64.
+
+ _Ourself_, 69.
+
+ _Oxen_, 38.
+
+
+ _Pains_, 41.
+
+ Parsing, models for, 56, 117.
+ of adjectives, 115, 116.
+ of adverbs, 191.
+ of articles, 127.
+ of conjunctions, 199.
+ of nouns, 56.
+ of prepositions, 219.
+ of pronouns, 95.
+ of relatives, 80.
+ of verb phrases, 180.
+ of verbals, 181.
+ of verbs, 179.
+ some idioms not parsed, 56.
+ what it is, 56.
+
+ _Part from_, _part with_, 335.
+
+ Participial adjective, 100.
+
+ Participial phrase, 247.
+
+ Participle, definition of, 172.
+ distinguished from other _-ing_ words, 177.
+ forms of, 174.
+ kinds of, 173.
+ syntax of, 322.
+ uses of, 150, 172.
+
+ Parts of speech, article included in, 119.
+ words used as various, 27, 28.
+
+ Passive voice, 134.
+
+ _Peas_, _pease_, 43.
+
+ _Pence_, _pennies_, 43.
+
+ Person, agreement of verb and subject in, 317.
+ of nouns, 59.
+ of pronouns, 59.
+ of verbs, 148.
+
+ Personal pronoun, absolute use of, 63.
+ agreement of, with antecedent, 287.
+ as predicate nominative, 281.
+ case of, 62.
+ compound, or reflexive, 69.
+ uses of, 70.
+ definition of, 59.
+ double possessive of, 64.
+ _'em_ and _them_, 62.
+ history of, 61.
+ objective of, for nominative in spoken English, 63, 281.
+ syntax of, 281.
+ table of, 60.
+ triple possessive of, 64.
+ uses of _it_, 67.
+
+ Personification, of abstract nouns, 25.
+ of other nouns, 37.
+
+ Phrase, definition of, 236.
+ kinds of, 236.
+ infinitive, 248.
+ participial, 247.
+ prepositional, 247.
+
+ Place, adverbs of, 185, 188.
+ conjunctions of, 195.
+ prepositions of, 206.
+
+ Plural, of adjectives, 106.
+ syntax of, 303.
+ of nouns. See _Nouns_.
+ of pronouns, 60, 61.
+
+ _Politics_, singular or plural, 41.
+
+ Positive degree. See _Comparison_.
+
+ Possessive, appositional, of nouns, 49.
+ as antecedent of relative, 285.
+ double, of nouns, 54.
+ double, of pronouns. See _Personal pronoun_.
+ objective and subjective, 50.
+ of compound nouns, 53.
+ of indefinite pronoun, 303.
+ omission of _s_ in singular, 52.
+ origin of _'s_, 51.
+ syntax of, 278.
+ with modified noun omitted, 53.
+ with two objects, 278.
+
+ Predicate, complement of, 235.
+ complete, 245.
+ definition of, 232.
+ logical _vs._ simple, 245.
+ modifiers of, 241.
+
+ Prefixes, gender shown by, 32.
+
+ Prepositions, certain, with certain words, 332.
+ classification of, 206.
+ definition of, 203.
+ followed by possessive case, 54, 64.
+ by nominative case, 283.
+ how to parse, 219.
+ objects of, 203.
+ position of, 202.
+ relations expressed by certain, 208.
+ same words as other parts of speech, 187, 195, 207.
+ syntax of, 331.
+ uses of, 129, 132, 205.
+ various, with same meaning, 333.
+
+ Present tense used as future, 147.
+
+ _Pretty_ as adverb, 186.
+
+ Pronominal adjectives, interrogative, 105.
+ relative, 104.
+ _what_, exclamatory, 105.
+
+ Pronouns, 58.
+ adjective, 89.
+ _all_, singular and plural, 302.
+ _any_, usually plural, 300.
+ _each other_, _one another_, 299.
+ _either_, _neither_, with verbs, 300.
+ _none_, usually plural, 301.
+ _somebody else's_, 303.
+ definition of, 58.
+ how to parse, 95.
+ indefinite, 93.
+ interrogative, 72.
+ _who_ as objective, 283.
+ personal, 59.
+ after _than_, _as_, 280.
+ antecedents of, 287.
+ nominative and objective, forms of, 279.
+ nominative form of, after _but_, 284.
+ objective form of, for predicate nominative, 281.
+ objective form of, in exclamations, 282.
+ possessive form of, as antecedent of relative, 285.
+ possessive form of, with gerund, 286.
+ relative, 74.
+ agreement of, with antecedent, 291.
+ anacoluthon with _which_, 295.
+ _and who_, _and which_, 296.
+ _as_, _that_, _who_, and _which_ after _same_, 295.
+ how to parse, 80.
+ omission of, 87, 293.
+ restrictive and unrestrictive, 289.
+ two relatives, same antecedent, 297.
+ syntax of, 279.
+ usefulness of, 58.
+
+ Proper nouns. See _Nouns_.
+
+ Purpose, clauses of, 263.
+ conjunctions of, 195.
+
+ Quality, adjectives of, 99.
+
+ Quantity, adjectives of, 101.
+
+ Questions, direct and indirect, adverbs in, 188.
+ pronominal adjectives in, 105.
+ pronouns in, 85.
+ indirect, subjunctive in, 142.
+
+ Quotations. See _Direct discourse_.
+
+
+ Rank, adjectives of same and different, 115.
+
+ _Rather_, 189.
+
+ Reflexive pronouns, history of, 69.
+ how formed, 69.
+
+ Reflexive use of personal pronoun, 68.
+
+ Relative pronoun, 74.
+ _but_ and _as_, 84.
+ distinguished from interrogative, in indirect questions, 85.
+ function of, 74.
+ indefinite or compound, 83.
+ omission of, 87, 293.
+ restrictive use of, 289.
+ syntax of, 289.
+ use of, 74.
+
+ Result, clauses of, 263.
+ conjunctions of, 196.
+
+ Retained object, 242.
+
+ _Riches_, 42.
+
+
+ _S_, plural suffix, 40.
+
+ _'S_, possessive ending, 51.
+
+ _Same as_, _that_, _who_, _which_, 294.
+
+ _Sat_, _sate_, 159.
+
+ _Seeing_, conjunction, 195, 196.
+
+ _Self_ in reflexive pronoun, 69.
+
+ Sentences, analysis of complex, 26
+ of compound, 271.
+ of elliptical, 255.
+ of simple, 252.
+ complex in form, simple in effect, 259.
+
+ Sentences, definition of, 231.
+ kinds of, 231.
+
+ Sequence of tenses, 319.
+
+ _Set_, _sit_, 170.
+
+ Sex and gender, 29.
+
+ _Shall_, _should_, _will_, _would_, 162.
+
+ _Shear_, forms of, 159.
+
+ _Shot_, _shots_, 43.
+
+ Simple sentence. See _Sentences_.
+
+ Singular number, 38.
+
+ _Sir_, 36.
+
+ _Somebody else's_, etc., 303.
+
+ _Sort_, _these sort_, 303.
+
+ Spelling becoming phonetic in verbs, 169.
+
+ _Spinster_, 33.
+
+ Split infinitive, 323.
+
+ Spoken English, 12.
+
+ -Ster, feminine suffix, use of, in Middle English, 32.
+ in Modern English, 33.
+
+ Subject, complete, 245.
+ definition of, 233.
+ grammatical _vs._ logical, 67, 245, 258.
+ modifiers of, 240.
+ things used as, 237, 258.
+
+ Subjunctive mood, definition of, 137.
+ gradual disuse of, 144.
+ uses of, in literary English, 138.
+ in spoken English, 144.
+
+ Subordinate clause, 257.
+ adjective, 260.
+ adverb, 262.
+ definition of, 257.
+ how to distinguish, 270.
+ kinds of, 257.
+ noun, 258.
+ other names for, 257.
+
+ _Such_ as adverb, 186.
+
+ _Such a_, 126.
+
+ Suffix _-en_. See _-En_.
+ _-s_, _-es_, 38.
+
+ Suffixes, foreign, 33.
+
+ Superlative degree, double, 307.
+ in meaning, not in form, 107.
+ not suggesting comparison, 109.
+ of adjectives, 108.
+ of adverbs, 189.
+ syntax of, 306.
+ with two objects, 306.
+
+ Syntax, basis of, 277.
+ definition of, 275.
+ in English not same as in classical languages, 275.
+
+ Tense, definition of, 147.
+
+ Tenses, definite, meaning of, 148.
+ in Modern English, made up of auxiliaries, 147.
+ number of, in Old English, 147.
+ sequence of, 319.
+ table of, 152.
+
+ _Than me_, _than whom_, 280.
+
+ _That_, omission of, when subject, 88.
+ when object, 87.
+ relative, restrictive, and cooerdinating, 289, 290.
+ _that ... and which_, 297.
+ uses of, 222.
+
+ _That_, _this_, as adjectives, 106.
+ as adverbs, 186.
+ history of plural of, 106.
+
+ _The_, as article, 120.
+ as adverb, 123, 186.
+ history of, 119.
+ syntax of, 309.
+
+ _Their_, _they_, 61.
+
+ _Then_, "the _then_ king," etc., 116.
+
+ _There_ introductory, 191.
+
+ _These kind_, syntax of. See _Kind_.
+
+ _These_, _this_, _those_. See _That_, history of.
+
+ _Thou_, _thy_, _thee_, uses of, 61.
+
+ _Time_, adverbs of, 185, 188.
+ conjunctions of, 195.
+ prepositions of, 207.
+
+ _To_, before infinitive, 175.
+ in exclamations, 175.
+ omitted with certain verbs, 175.
+ uses of, as preposition, 217.
+
+ _T'other_, _the tother_, 119.
+
+ _-Trix_, feminine suffix, 33.
+
+ _Try and_, _try to_, 330.
+
+ _Two first_, _first two_, etc., 308.
+
+ _Under_, adjective, 114.
+
+ _Upon_, uses of. See _On_.
+
+ _Upper_, 114.
+
+ _Utter_, _uttermost_, 111, 114.
+
+ Verb phrases, 128.
+ parsing of, 180.
+
+ Verbal noun, 20.
+ distinguished from other _-ing_ words, 21, 173.
+
+ Verbals, cleft infinitive, 323.
+ gerund, 176.
+ how to parse, 181.
+ infinitive, 174, 248.
+ kinds of, 172.
+ participle, 172.
+ carelessly used, 322.
+ uses of, in analysis, 247.
+ syntax of, 322.
+
+ Verbs, agreement of, with subject in number, 312-316.
+ in person, 317.
+ auxiliary, 148.
+ conjugation of, 149.
+ defective, 160.
+ definition of, 129.
+ how to parse, 179.
+ in indirect discourse, 320.
+ intransitive, made transitive, 131.
+ mood of, 135.
+ of incomplete predication, 150, 236.
+ passive form, active meaning, 151.
+ person and number of, 148.
+ retained object with passive, 242.
+ strong, definition of, 154.
+ remarks on certain, 157.
+ table of, 155.
+ syntax of, 312.
+ tense of, 147.
+ sequence of, 319.
+ transitive and intransitive, 130.
+ voice of, 133.
+ weak, definition of, 154.
+ spelling of, 169.
+ table of irregular, 167.
+
+ _Vixen_, 33.
+
+ Vocative nominative, 47.
+ in analysis, 245.
+
+ Voice, active, 133.
+ passive, 134.
+
+ Vowel change, past tense of verbs formed by, 154.
+ plural formed by, 39.
+
+ Vulgar English, 12.
+
+ Weak verbs, regular, irregular, 167.
+ spelling of, becoming phonetic, 169.
+
+ _Went_, 159.
+
+ _What_, uses of, 223.
+ _but what_, 330.
+ _what a_, 105. 126.
+
+ _Whereby_, _whereto_, etc., 85.
+
+ _Whether_, conjunction, 194.
+ interrogative pronoun, 72.
+
+ _Which_, antecedent of, 79.
+ as adjective, 104, 105.
+ as relative pronoun, 75.
+ in indirect questions, 85.
+ indefinite relative, 83.
+ interrogative pronoun in direct questions, 72.
+ syntax of, 295-299.
+ _whose_, possessive of, 78.
+
+ _Who_, as relative, 75.
+ in direct questions, 72.
+ in indirect questions, 85.
+ indefinite relative, 83.
+ objective, in spoken English, 73.
+ referring to animals, 77.
+ syntax of, 296, 299.
+
+ _Widower_, 37.
+
+ _Wife_, 36.
+
+ _Will_, _would_. See _Shall_.
+
+ _Witch_, _wizard_, 36.
+
+ _With_, uses of, 218.
+
+ _Woman_, 32.
+
+ Words in _-ing_, 178.
+ in _-ly_, 190.
+
+ _Worse_, _worser_, 111.
+
+
+ _Y_, plural of nouns ending in. 40.
+
+ _Yes_ in analysis, 246.
+
+ _Yon_, _yonder_, 103.
+
+ _You_, singular and plural, 61.
+
+ _Yours_, _of yours_, 64.
+
+ _Yourself_, _yourselves_, 70.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of An English Grammar
+by W. M. Baskervill and J. W. Sewell
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN ENGLISH GRAMMAR ***
+
+***** This file should be named 14006.txt or 14006.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/1/4/0/0/14006/
+
+Produced by Stephen Schulze and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.